Post on 09-Dec-2021
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Engineering
Mathematics - I
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 1 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () BSC () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
Mathematics at +2
Level
6. Frequency (use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 14 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
The purpose of this module is to provide participants with the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to
perform fundamental mathematical procedures and processes for solution of engineering problems,
particularly the use of calculus, vector analysis and infinite series. The subject aims to show the relevance
of mathematics to engineering and applied sciences. This module also facilitates articulation to Degree
courses in all streams of Engineering and forms a basis for more specialist branches of mathematics.
9. Learning objectives:
The goal of the Engineering Math sequence is to master the basic tools for the study of science, business
and engineering and become skilled in its use for solving problems in science and engineering.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) To apply differential and integral calculus to notions of curvature and to improper integrals. Apart
from some other applications they will have a basic understanding of Beta and Gamma functions.
ii) The fallouts of Rolle‟s Theorem that is fundamental to application of analysis to Engineering
problems.
iii) The tool of power series and Fourier series for learning advanced Engineering Mathematics.
iv) To deal with functions of several variables that are essential in most branches of engineering.
v) The essential tool of matrices and linear algebra in a comprehensive manner.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 06
Title of the unit: Calculus
Evolutes and involutes; Evaluation of definite and improper integrals; Beta and Gamma functions and
their properties; Applications of definite integrals to evaluate surface areas and volumes of revolutions.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 06
Title of the unit: Calculus
Rolle‟s Theorem, Mean value theorems, Taylor‟s and Maclaurin theorems with remainders; indeterminate
forms and L' Hospital's rule; Maxima and minima.
Unit - 3 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Sequences and series
Convergence of sequence and series, tests for convergence; Power series, Taylor's series, series for
exponential, trigonometric and logarithm functions; Fourier series: Half range sine and cosine series,
Parseval‟s theorem.
Unit - 4 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Multivariable Calculus (Differentiation)
Limit, continuity and partial derivatives, directional derivatives, total derivative; Tangent plane and
normal line; Maxima, minima and saddle points; Method of Lagrange multipliers; Gradient, curl and
diverge
Unit - 5 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Matrices
Inverse and rank of a matrix, rank-nullity theorem; System of linear equations; Symmetric, skew
symmetric and orthogonal matrices; Determinants; Eigenvalues and eigenvectors; Diagonalization of
matrices; Cayley-Hamilton Theorem, and Orthogonal transformation.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant lectures
delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text book:
i) Ramana B.V., Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi, 11th Reprint,
2010.
Reference Books:
i) Erwin kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2006.
ii) D. Poole, Linear Algebra: A Modern Introduction, 2nd Edition, Brooks/Cole, 2005.
iii) N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A text book of Engineering Mathematics, Laxmi Publications,
Reprint, 2008.
iv) Veerarajan T., Engineering Mathematics for first year, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2008.
1. Name of the Department: Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Industrial
Chemistry
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 1 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () BSC () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite (if
any)
Chemistry at +2 or
Equivalent Level 6. Frequency (use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 14 Practical = 0
8. Brief Syllabus
This course intends to introduce students the basic concept of chemistry with atomic and molecular
structures. The students will learn about the stereochemistry and organic principles involved in various
reactions. They will also be made aware of different intermolecular forces, fuel/ water chemistry,
corrosion phenomenon‟s and kinetics of reactions. The students will understand the spectroscopic
techniques and its applications.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To bring adaptability to the concepts of chemistry and to acquire the required skills to become a
perfect engineer.
ii) To impart the basic knowledge of atomic, molecular and electronic modifications which makes
the student to understand the technology based on them.
iii) To acquire the knowledge of chemical kinetics, corrosion and water treatment which are
essential for the Engineers and in industry.
iv) To acquire the skills pertaining to spectroscopy and to apply them for medical and other fields.
v) To impart the knowledge of stereo-chemistry and structural aspects useful for understanding
reaction pathways.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): The basic concepts included in this course will help the student to gain:
i) The knowledge of atomic, molecular and electronic changes, chemical interactions, band theory
related to conductivity.
ii) The required principles and concepts of chemical kinetics, corrosion and in understanding the
problem of water and its treatments.
iii) The required skills to get clear concepts on basic spectroscopy and application to medical and
other fields.
iv) The knowledge of structural analysis of molecules and reaction mechanisms.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of lectures =
14
Title of the unit: Atomic, molecular structure & Periodic
properties
Schrodinger equation (Introduction). Forms of the hydrogen atom wave functions. Molecular Orbital
theory and its applications in MO energy level diagrams of diatomic molecules (N2, O2 and F2). Pi-
molecular orbitals of butadiene and benzene and aromaticity. Crystal Field Theory (CFT): Salient
Features of CFT- Crystal Field
Splitting of transition metal ion d-orbitals in Tetrahedral, Octahedral and square planar geometries and
its applications. Band structure of solids and effect of doping on conductance.
Solid state chemistry: Radius ratio rule, Type of unit cell and Bragg‟s Law. Graphite as two
dimensional solid and its conducting properties. Fullerene and its applications.
Effective nuclear charge, penetration of orbitals, variations of s, p, d and f orbital energies of atoms in
the periodic table, electronic configurations, atomic and ionic sizes, ionization energies, electron
affinity and electronegativity, oxidation states, coordination numbers and molecular geometries.
Unit - 2 Number of lectures =
8
Title of the unit: Stereochemistry & Organic Principles
Representations of 3-dimensional structures, structural isomers and stereoisomers, configurations and
chirality, enantiomers, diastereomers, optical activity. Isomerism in transitional metal compounds.
Inductive, mesomeric and hyper conjugative effects. Stability of reaction intermediates e.g. carbocation
and free radicals. Electrophilic and nucleophilic addition reactions: Addition of HBr to propene.
Markownikoff and anti Markownikoff‟s additions. Structure of medicinal drugs, Paracetamol and
Aspirin
Unit - 3 Number of lectures =
8
Title of the unit: Intermolecular forces, Fuel Chemistry&
Chemical Kinetics
Ionic, dipolar and van Der Waals interactions. Equations of state of real gases and critical phenomena.
Classification of fuels, Coal and Biogas. Octane number & Cetane number and their significance.
Thermodynamic functions: energy, entropy and free energy. Estimations of entropy and free energies.
Cell potentials, the Nernst equation and applications. Order and molecularity of reactions. Energy of
activation. Order and molecularity of reactions, Zero order, first order and second order reactions.
Unit - 4 Number of lectures =
8
Title of the unit: Water Chemistry and Corrosion
Hardness of water-Introduction. Causes of Hardness. Types of hardness: temporary and permanent.
Expression and units of hardness. Measurement of hardness of water by EDTA method. Method of
water softening (Lime Soda process & Zeolite process). Chemical treatment of water- Disinfection of
water by chlorination and Ozonization. Demineralization. Desalination of water-Reverse osmosis.
Corrosion: Introduction and types of corrosion (dry and wet corrosion), protective measures against
corrosion.
Unit - 5 Number of lectures =
4
Title of the unit: Spectroscopic techniques and
applications
Basic principles of spectroscopic methods and selection rules. Applications of UV-Vis, IR, 1H &
13C
Nuclear Magnetic resonance spectroscopy in the determination of structure of simple organic
compounds. Introduction to Magnetic resonance imaging.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
This will involve the NPTEL and SWAYAM portal system for the holistic knowledge. Power Point
Presentation will be used and assist in the pictorial based learning and enhance the knowledge in a
planned way. Lecture series on the online platform will be beneficial for the students. Online
assignment will be designated to students at large.
13. Books Recommended (5 Text Books + 3 Reference Books)
Text Book:
i) Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, by Cotton, F.A., Wilkinson G., Murrillo, C.A. and Bochmann,
Wiley, Ehichester, 1999.
Reference Books:
i) March‟s Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure Smith, Michael
B./March, Jerry, John Willey & sons, 6th Edition, 2007.
ii) Elements of Physical Chemistry, Glasstonne, Samuel B. ELBS, 2005.
iii) Organic Chemistry, Finar, I.L.: Addision – Wesley Longman, Limited, 2004.
iv) Applied Chemistry (Latest ed.), By H.D. Gesser.
14. Tutorial / Extended Tutorial /presentation/Case study components
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 Atomic, molecular structure & Periodic properties i
2 Stereochemistry & Organic Principles iv
3 Intermolecular forces, Fuel Chemistry & Chemical Kinetics i
4 Water Chemistry and Corrosion ii
5 Spectroscopic techniques and applications iii
1. Name of the Department: Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Industrial
Chemistry Lab
L
T
P
3. Course
Code
0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () BSC () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite (if
any)
Chemistry at +2 or
Equivalent Level 6. Frequency (use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 0 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Brief Syllabus
This practical course intends to enhance the students‟ knowledge related to the basic concept of
chemistry through experimentation. The students will learn about the chemical phenomena‟s and proper
laboratory safety techniques. This will help them in better understanding of the information obtained
from different scientific instrumentations.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To impart practical overview of common laboratory techniques including pH measurement,
acid/base titrations, UV/Visible spectroscopy, conductometer and Viscometer.
ii) To provide exposure of the scientific techniques mentioned above, to have better knowledge of
chemical phenomena.
iii) To engage in safe laboratory practices by handling laboratory glassware, equipment, and
chemical reagents appropriately.
iv) Learn about how to maintain a detailed scientific notebook.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): The basic concepts included in this course will help the student to gain:
i) Students to carry out scientific experiments as well as accurately record & analyze the results of
such experiments.
ii) Students will be skilled in handling of various scientific instruments.
Students will learn the different synthetic methodologies and chemical phenomena.
iii) Students to carry out scientific experiments as well as accurately record & analyze the results of
such experiments.
11. Lab Component
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 Determination of surface tension of given liquid by drop number
method.
i
2 Determine the viscosity of given liquid by using Ostwald‟s
viscometer / Redwood viscometer.
ii
3 Calculate the Rf value of given sample using Thin layer
chromatography / Paper chromatography.
i
4 Removal of Ca2+
and Mg2+
hardness from given water sample using i
ion exchange column.
5 Determination of chloride content in given water sample. i
6 Calculate the strength of strong acid by titrating it with strong base
using conductometer.
iii
7 To prepare the of urea formaldehyde and phenol formaldehyde resin. iii
8 To Prepare iodoform. iii
9 Calculate the saponification value / acid value of given oil sample. i
10 Chemical analysis of two anions and two cations in given sample of
salt.
i
11 To determine the total hardness of given water sample by EDTA
method.
i
12 Study the adsorption phenomena using acetic acid and charcoal. iii
1. Name of the Department: Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name English L
T
P
3.Course Code 2 0 0
4.Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () HSMC
()
PE () OE ()
5.Pre-requisite (if
any)
English at +2
level 6.Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem ()
Every Sem
()
7.Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 28 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8.Brief Syllabus:
Unit I: Effective Communication
Introduction to Communication: Types of Communication, Process of Communication
Barriers to Communication and ways to overcome the barriers to communication.
Unit II: Conversation Skills: Greetings and introducing oneself, framing questions and answers, Role play, Buying: asking details etc.
Word formation strategies, vocabulary building, One-word substitution, Antonyms, Synonyms,
Homophones, Homonym
Unit III: Reading Comprehension and Pronunciation: Simple narration and Stories, Simple Passages, Newspaper and articles clippings, Pronunciation:
Syllable and Stress.
Sentences: Types, Tenses, Phrases and Clauses, Parts of speech. Formal grammatical categories, Articles,
Prepositional phrases, Phrasal verbs
Unit IV: Listening and Reading Comprehension
Speeches, Interviews, audio-video clippings followed by exercises,
Types of Reading, Regular reading session: Newspaper, Articles, and Stories etc.
Speaking Skills Errors in use of grammatical categories, Practice of Skills for Reading and Writing
Comprehension Using Text from selected Stories/ Newspapers and Handouts.
Unit V: Writing Comprehension: Correct the sentences, Note Making, Letter Writing, Brief introduction to Types of Letter, Format of
Letter, Précis Writing, Paragraph Writing, Report Writing, Difference between Report and Proposal
10.Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Able to communicate and expand the knowledge of communication.
ii) Able to communicate in English confidently.
iii) Able to improve pronunciation and accent
iv) Able to improve listening and speaking skills
v) Able to improve reading and writing skills
11.Unit wise course details:
Unit-1 Number of lectures = 5 Title of the unit: Effective Communication
Introduction to Communication, Importance of Communication, Process of communication, Barriers to
communication and ways to overcome the barriers to communication, Interviews clipping followed by
exercises.
Unit - 2 Number of Lectures=5 Title of the unit: Conversation Skills
Greetings and introducing oneself, Framing questions and answers, Role play, Buying: asking details etc.
Word formation strategies, vocabulary building, One word substitution, Antonyms, Synonyms,
Homophones, Homonyms
Unit - 3 Number of lectures = 6 Title of the unit: Reading Comprehension and
Pronunciation
Simple narration and stories, Simple Passages, Newspaper and articles clippings, Pronunciation: Syllable,
Stress, Intonation and Modulation
Sentences types, Tenses, Phrases and Clauses, Parts of speech, Formal grammatical categories, Articles,
Prepositional phrases, Phrasal verbs
Unit - 4 Number of lectures = 6 Title of the unit: Listening and Reading Comprehension
Introduction of Listening, Types of Listening, Difference between Listening & Hearing
Speeches, audio-video clippings followed by exercises.
Types of Reading, Regular reading session: Newspaper, Articles, and Stories etc.
Speaking Skills Errors in use of grammatical categories, Practice of Skills for Listening and Reading
Unit-5 Number of lectures = 6 Title of the unit: Writing Comprehension
Writing Comprehension Using Text from selected Stories/ Newspapers and Handouts.
Correct the sentences, Note Making, Letter Writing, Brief introduction to Types of Letter, Format of
Letter, Précis Writing, Paragraph Writing, Report Writing, Difference between Report and Proposal
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal:
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/general/
13. Books Recommended (3 Text Books + 2-3 Reference Books)
i) Improve your Writing, V.N. Arora, Lakshmi Chandra, Oxford University Press, New Delhi
2014
ii) Fluency In English II, Promodini Varma, Mukti Sanyal, OUP India 2006
iii) Communication Skills in English, D. G. Saxena and Kuntal Tamang, Top Quark, 2011
iv) Complete Course in English, Robert J. Dixson PHI Private Limited 2009
v) Effective Technical Communication M Asharaf Rizvi Tata McGraw Hill Education Private
Limited 2005
vi) English Grammar in Context, R K Agnihotri and A L Khanna Ratna Sagar 1996
vii) Professional Communication, Malti Agrawal Krishna Educational Publishers 2013
1. Name of the Department: Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name English Lab L
T
P
3.Course Code 0 0 2
4.Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () HSMC
()
PE () OE ()
5.Pre-requisite (if
any)
English at +2
level 6.Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem ()
Every Sem
()
7.Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 0 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8.Brief Syllabus:
Unit I: Effective Communication
Introduction to Communication: Types of Communication, Process of Communication
Barriers to Communication and ways to overcome the barriers to communication.
Unit II: Conversation Skills: Greetings and introducing oneself, framing questions and answers, Role play, Buying: asking details etc.
Word formation strategies, vocabulary building, One-word substitution, Antonyms, Synonyms,
Homophones, Homonym
Unit III: Reading Comprehension and Pronunciation: Simple narration and Stories, Simple Passages, Newspaper and articles clippings, Pronunciation:
Syllable and Stress.
Sentences: Types, Tenses, Phrases and Clauses, Parts of speech. Formal grammatical categories, Articles,
Prepositional phrases, Phrasal verbs
Unit IV: Listening and Reading Comprehension
Speeches, Interviews, audio-video clippings followed by exercises,
Types of Reading, Regular reading session: Newspaper, Articles, and Stories etc.
Speaking Skills Errors in use of grammatical categories, Practice of Skills for Reading and Writing
Comprehension Using Text from selected Stories/ Newspapers and Handouts.
Unit V: Writing Comprehension: Correct the sentences, Note Making, Letter Writing, Brief introduction to Types of Letter, Format of
Letter, Précis Writing, Paragraph Writing, Report Writing, Difference between Report and Proposal
9. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Able to communicate and expand the knowledge of communication.
ii) Able to communicate in English confidently.
iii) Able to improve pronunciation and accent
iv) Able to improve listening and speaking skills
v) Able to improve reading and writing skills
10. Lab Component
Sr. No. Title CO
covered
i) Module –I ( Parts of Speech, Exercises on daily life routine) (ii)(iii)
ii) Module –II ([Pronunciation and voice modulation, Vowel Sounds) (ii)(iii)
iii) Module –III (Active and Passive voice, Direct & Indirect Speech and so on.) (iv)(v)
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Basic Electrical
Engineering
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () EAS () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite (if
any)
Physics and
Mathematics at +2
or Equivalent Level
6. Frequency (use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 14
8. Brief Syllabus
Electrical Technology is a field of engineering that deals with the study and applications of laws and
theorems in electrical and electronic systems. The course covers the analysis of electrical, analog and
digital electronic circuits. Upon completion, students should be able to deal with the various devices
and able to construct the circuits for given specification, and also able to analyze and troubleshoot
designed electronic circuits using related equipment.
9. Learning objectives:
This course gives an idea to students about analyzing and solving different electrical and electronic
circuits by applying different laws and theorems. The objectives are:
i) To prepare students to know the characteristics of different semiconductor devices
ii) Explain the fundamental principles necessary for the analysis and design of analog integrated
circuits at transistor level.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the student should be able to:
i) Understanding various theorems and applying them to solve different electrical circuits.
ii) Verifying the characteristics of Diode, BJT, and FET.
iii) Identify different electronic devices, apply subject knowledge and solve electronic device
problems.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 11
Title of the unit: DC Network Laws and Theorems
D.C. Network Laws and Theorems: (a). Concepts of network, Active and passive elements, Ohm‟s
law and its limitations, Kirchhoff‟s laws, Nodal and Loop methods of analysis, Star to Delta & Delta
to Star transformation.
(b) Thevenin‟s theorem, Norton‟s theorem, Superposition theorem, maximum power transfer theorem,
Millman‟s theorem.
Unit - 2 Number of
lectures = 9
Title of the unit: Single Phase AC Circuits
Single Phase A.C. Circuits: (a). Sinusoidal signal, Instantaneous and peak values, RMS and average
values, crest and peak factor, Concept of phase, representation-polar & rectangular, exponential and
trigonometric forms, behaviors of R, L and C components in A. C. circuits.
(b). Series and parallel A.C. circuits, Concept of active and reactive power, power factor, series and
parallel resonance, Q factor, cut-off frequencies and bandwidth.
Unit - 3 Number of
lectures = 12
Title of the unit: 3-Phase Circuits, Magnetic Circuits &
Single-Phase Transformers.
Three Phase A.C. Circuits, Magnetic Circuits & Transformer: Three phase system and its
necessity and advantages, Balanced supply and balanced load, Line and phase voltage/current
relations, Three-phase power and its measurement by two Wattmeter method.
Magnetic Circuits: Magnetic Effects of Electric Current; Magnetization Characteristics;
Electromagnetic, Induction and Self and Mutual Inductance; Hysteresis and Eddy Current Losses.
Introduction to different Electrical measuring Instruments i.e. Wattmeter, Ammeter, voltmeter and
Energy meter
Single Phase Transformers: Construction, Ideal Transformer, Transformer under No-Load and
Loading Conditions, Phasor diagram under different Load conditions, Equivalent Circuit of
Transformer, O.C and S.C test on transformer, Voltage Regulation Efficiency of a transformer.
Unit - 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: DC Machines, 3-Phase induction Motor
and Synchronous Machines
DC machines: Construction, EMF Equation, Torque Equation, Circuit Model – Generating and
Motoring Modes. Armature Reaction, Methods of Excitation, Characteristics of DC Motors, Speed
Control of Shunt Motor (Field and Armature Control), DC Motor Starting, Application of DC Motors.
Three Phase Induction Motor: Types, Principle of operation, Slip-torque characteristics,
Applications
Synchronous Machines: Construction, Three Phase Synchronous Machines: Principle of operation of
alternator and synchronous motor with applications.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students can utilize following resources for further learning and practice
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108076/
https://www.circuitglobe.com
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Basic Electrical Engineering (2nd Edition), Kothari, TMH
Reference Books:
i) Basic Electrical Engineering”, S N Singh; Prentice Hall International.
ii) Electrical and Electronics Technology, Edward Hughes; Pearson Education.
iii) Electrical technology, (Volume I, II), B L Theraja& A K Theraja, S. Chand & Company.
iv) Electric Machines, I.J. Nagrath and D.P. Kothari, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company
Limited.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Basic Electrical
Engineering Lab
L T P
3. Course
Code
0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () EAS () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite (if
any)
Physics and
Mathematics at +2
or Equivalent Level
6. Frequency (use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 0 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Brief Syllabus
Electrical Technology is a field of engineering that deals with the study and applications of laws and
theorems in electrical and electronic systems. The course covers the analysis of electrical, analog and
digital electronic circuits. Upon completion, students should be able to deal with the various devices
and able to construct the circuits for given specification, and also able to analyze and troubleshoot
designed electronic circuits using related equipment.
9. Learning objectives:
This course gives an idea to students about analyzing and solving different electrical and electronic
circuits by applying different laws and theorems. The objectives are:
i) To prepare students to know the characteristics of different semiconductor devices
ii) Explain the fundamental principles necessary for the analysis and design of analog integrated
circuits at transistor level.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the student should be able to:
i) Understanding various theorems and applying them to solve different electrical circuits.
ii) Verifying the characteristics of Diode, BJT, and FET.
iii) Identify different electronic devices, apply subject knowledge and solve electronic device
problems.
11. Lab Component
Sr.
No.
Title CO
covered
1 To study and verify Kirchhoff‟s Voltage and Current Laws. i
3 To study and verify Thevenin‟s theorem. i
4 To study and verify Norton‟s theorem. i
5 To study and verify Superposition theorem. i
6 To study and verify Maximum power transfer theorem. i
7 To study frequency response of RLC series circuit and find out its quality
factor and resonance frequency.
ii
8 To study frequency response of RLC parallel circuit and find out its quality
factor and resonance frequency.
ii
9 To study O.C and S.C tests on transformer. iii
10 To study various type of meters. iii
11 To perform direct load test of a transformer and plot efficiency v/s load
characteristics.
iii
12 To perform direct load test of a DC shunt generator and plot load voltage v/s
load current curve.
iii
13 To study the working of DC machines. iii
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Workshop
Technology
L T P
3. Course
Code
1 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () EAS () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite (if
any)
Physics at +2
Level
6. Frequency (use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Ever
y
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 14 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Brief Syllabus:
Workshop technology deals with different processes by which component of a machine or
equipment‟s are made. The subject aims at imparting knowledge and skill components in the field of
basic workshop technology. It deals with different hand and machine tools required for manufacturing
simple metal components and articles.
9. Learning objectives:
i) As the need of hand on practice for the engineers this course has special weightage. ii) To be industry ready a student must have the knowledge of various welding processes, should
have knowledge about the foundry and various machine tools. So this course fulfills all these
needs.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): After the completion of the course, the student shall be able to
i) Practice workshop safety rules effectively. ii) Acquire knowledge and use simple measuring and gauging instruments.
iii) Acquire knowledge and use simple hand tools
iv) Operate simple drilling machines for producing small holes
v) Operate various machine tools for producing simple metal components and articles
vi) Acquire knowledge and practice on foundry, forging and welding
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 2
Title of the unit: Introduction
INTRODUCTION: Introduction to Manufacturing Processes and their Classification, automation in
manufacturing, Industrial Safety; Introduction, Types of Accidents, Causes and Common Sources of
Accidents, Methods of Safety, Electric Safety Measures, First Aid. Plant Layout, Principles of Plant
Layout, Objectives of Layout, Types of Plant and shop layouts and their Advantages.
Unit - 2 Number of
lectures = 3
Title of the unit: Welding
WELDING: Introduction to Welding, Classification of Welding Processes, Gas Welding: Oxy-
Acetylene Welding, Resistance Welding; Spot and Seam Welding, Arc Welding: Metal Arc, TIG &
MIG Welding, Welding Defects and Remedies, Soldering & Brazing, Comparisons among Welding,
Brazing and Soldering Surface Finishing Processes, Introduction to Heat Treatment Processes,
Estimating of Manufacturing Cost
Unit - 3 Number of
lectures = 3
Title of the unit: Cold Working
Cold Working (Sheet Metal Work): Sheet Metal Operations, Measuring, Layout Marking,
Shearing, Punching, Blanking, Piercing, Forming, Bending and Joining - Advantages and Limitations.
Hot Working Processes: Introduction to Hot Working, Principles of Hot Working Processes, Forging,
Rolling, Extrusion, Wire Drawing.
Unit - 4 Number of lectures
= 3
Title of the unit: Introduction to Machine Tools
Specifications and Uses of commonly used Machine Tools in a Workshop such as Lathe, Shaper,
Planer, Milling, Drilling, Slotter, Introduction to Metal Cutting. Nomenclature of a Single Points
Cutting Tool and Tool Wear, Mechanics of Chips Formation, Type of Chips, Use of Coolants in
machining.
Unit - 5 Number of
lectures = 3
Title of the unit: Foundry
Foundry: Introduction to Casting Processes, Basic Steps in Casting Process, Pattern, Types of
Patterns, Pattern allowances, Risers, Runners, Gates, Molding Sand and its composition, Sand
Preparation, Molding Methods, Core Sands and Core Making, Core Assembly, Mold Assembly,
Melting (Cupola) and Pouring, Fettling, Casting Defects and Remedies. Testing of Castings
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Workshop Technology (Manufacturing Process) – S K Garg, Laxmi Publications; Fourth
edition (2018), ISBN-10: 8131806979
Reference Books:
i) Process and Materials of Manufacture -- Lindberg, R.A. Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,
Fourth Edition, ISBN-10: 9788120306639
ii) Principles of Manufacturing Materials and Processes - Campbell, J.S. - McGraw- Hill, New
Edition, ISBN-10: 0070992525
iii) Manufacturing Science - Amitabha Ghosh & Ashok Kumar Malik, - East-West Press,
PEARSON India, Second Edition (2010), ISBN-10: 8176710636
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Workshop
Technology Lab
L T P
3. Course
Code
0 0 4
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () EAS () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite (if
any)
Physics at +2
Level
6. Frequency (use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Ever
y
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 0 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 56
8. Brief Syllabus:
Workshop technology deals with different processes by which component of a machine or
equipment‟s are made. The subject aims at imparting knowledge and skill components in the field of
basic workshop technology. It deals with different hand and machine tools required for manufacturing
simple metal components and articles.
9. Learning objectives:
i) As the need of hand on practice for the engineers this course has special weightage. ii) To be industry ready a student must have the knowledge of various welding processes, should
have knowledge about the foundry and various machine tools. So this course fulfills all these
needs.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): After the completion of the course, the student shall be able to
i) Practice workshop safety rules effectively. ii) Acquire knowledge and use simple measuring and gauging instruments.
iii) Acquire knowledge and use simple hand tools
iv) Operate simple drilling machines for producing small holes
v) Operate various machine tools for producing simple metal components and articles
vi) Acquire knowledge and practice on foundry, forging and welding
11. Unit wise detailed content
Sr. No. Title CO
covered
1 To perform machining operations like turning, step turning, threading
etc. on the Lathe.
v
2 To make slot on work piece by using Milling Machine. iv
3 To prepare groves on work piece by using Shaper Machine. v
4 To perform surface finishing operation on Surface Grinder. iv, v
5 To perform drilling operations. iv
6 To make cross lap joint. iii, iv
7 To make butt joint i, ii, vi
8 To make Lap joint by using Electric Arc Welding. i, ii, vi
9 To make butt joint by using Electric Arc Welding i, ii, vi
10 To practice fitting operations. ii, iii, vi
11 To make male and female joint. ii, iii, vi
12 To prepare open box tray. ii, iii, vi
1. Name of the Department: Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Environment
Science
L
T P
3. Course Code 0 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE () MC
()
5. Pre-requisite
(if any)
at +2 or
Equivalent Level
6. Frequency (use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical
Lectures = 0 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Brief Syllabus
The course intends to introduce students the objective of environmental sciences and the importance
of conservation of natural resources. The students will learn about the sources, effects and control
measures of air, water, soil, noise, thermal pollution. They will also be made aware of global
environmental issues. The students will understand the need of sustainable development, environment
pacts, role of information technology in the environment. The students will be explained basic
principles of green building and environmental remedial measures.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To develop awareness about our environmental scenarios.
ii) To develop a concern about sustainable development through future strategies.
10. Course Outcomes (COs)
On completion of this course, the student should be able to:
i) Understand about environment and its components and Problems associated with natural
resources and their sustainable use.
ii) Sources of pollution in air, water and soil and Solid waste management and natural Disaster
management.
iii) Understanding about environmental and social issues, ecosystems, biodiversity.
iv) Understanding of role of information technology to address environmental issues through
human involvement.
11. Unit wise Detailed Content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = NIL
Title of the unit: Multi-disciplinary Approaches of
Environmental Sciences
Definition and scope; Introduction, components of the environment, environment degradation;
ecological balance; principles of environmental impact assessment. Need for public awareness on
environmental issues.
Unit - 2 Number of
lectures = NIL
Title of the unit: Natural Resources
Natural Resources: Classification of Resources; Renewable and non-renewable resources; Water
resources: use and over utilization of surface and ground water, Role of Dams; Food Resources:
Global food challenges, changes in agricultural ways, water logging, salinity; Mineral resources: use
and over-exploitation; Land resources: Forest resources, man induces landslides, soil erosion, and
desertification; Energy resources: use of alternate energy source, case studies; Role of individuals in
conservation of natural resources
Unit - 3 Number of
lectures = NIL
Title of the unit: Eco Systems
Definition, Scope, and Importance of ecosystem. Classification, structure, and function of an
ecosystem, Food chains, food webs, and ecological pyramids. Biogeochemical cycles,
Bioaccumulation, Biomagnification, Introduction and characteristic features of the following eco
systems: Forest ecosystem, Grass land ecosystem Desert ecosystem, Aquatic eco systems (ponds,
streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries)
Unit - 4 Number of
lectures = NIL
Title of the unit: Bio-diversity and Biotic Resources
Introduction, Definition, genetic, species and ecosystem diversity; Biogeographically classification of
India; India as Hot spots of biodiversity; Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife,
impact of mankind on wild life; conservation of biodiversity: In-Situ and Ex-situ conservation.
National Biodiversity act.
Unit - 5 Number of
lectures = NIL
Title of the unit: Environmental Pollution and Control
Technologies
Environmental Pollution: Classification of pollution, Air Pollution: Primary and secondary pollutants,
Ambient air quality standards, Water pollution: Sources and types of pollution, drinking water quality
standards, Soil Pollution: Sources and types, Impacts of modern agriculture, Noise Pollution: Sources
and Health hazards, Nuclear hazards, Solid waste: Causes, composition, characteristics of e-Waste
and its management.
Pollution control strategies: Overview of different pollution control technologies, Global
Environmental Issues and Global Efforts: Climate change and impacts on human environment. Ozone
depletion and Ozone depleting substances (ODS). Deforestation and desertification. International
conventions / Protocols: Earth summit, Kyoto protocol, and Montréal Protocol.
Unit - 6 Number of
lectures = NIL
Title of the unit: Human population, Social issues and
the Environmental Policy
Social issues and Public awareness; Population and its explosion; role of education on HIV/AIDS
awareness; Role of information technology in environment and human health; Environmental
Protection act, Legal aspects Air Act- 1981, Water Act, Forest Act, Wild life Act, Municipal solid
waste management, hazardous waste management and handling rules. EIA structure. Climate change,
global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion; Environmental Ethics; Concept of Green Building.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
E-Learning, the online platform, will involve the NPTEL and SWAYAM portal system for the holistic
knowledge. Power Point Presentation will be used. Online Lecture series will be beneficial for the
students. Online assignment will be designated to students at large. Seminars will be conducted for the
broad-spectrum knowledge.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Environmental Studies, Anindita Basak, Pearson Education, 2009.
Reference Books:
i) Environmental Studies, Suresh K. Dhameja, S.K. Kataria and Sons, 2008.
ii) Environmental Science: towards a sustainable future by Richard T. Wright. 2008 PHL
Learning Private Ltd. New Delhi.
iii) Environmental Engineering and science by Gilbert M. Masters and Wendell P. Ela. 2008 PHI
1. Name of the Department: Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Engineering
Mathematics - II
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 1 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () BSC () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite (if
any)
Engineering
Mathematics - I
6. Frequency (use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 14 Practical = 0
8. Brief Syllabus
The purpose of this module is to provide participants with the skills, knowledge and attitudes required
to perform fundamental mathematical procedures and processes for solution of engineering problems,
particularly the use of, calculus, complex variables and differential equation. The subject aims to
show the relevance of mathematics to engineering and applied sciences. This module also facilitates
articulation to Degree courses in all streams of Engineering and forms a basis for more specialist
branches of mathematics.
9. Learning objectives:
The goal of the Engineering Math sequence is to master the basic tools for the study of science,
business and engineering and become skilled in its use for solving problems in science and
engineering.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Upon completion of this course, students will be able to solve field problems in engineering
involving PDEs.
ii) They can also formulate and solve problems involving random variables and apply statistical
methods for analysing experimental data.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Multivariable Calculus (Integration)
Multiple Integration: Double integrals (Cartesian), change of order of integration in double integrals,
Change of variables (Cartesian to polar), Applications: areas and volumes, Center of mass and
Gravity (constant and variable densities); Triple integrals (Cartesian), orthogonal curvilinear
coordinates, Simple applications involving cubes, sphere and rectangular parallelepipeds; Scalar line
integrals, vector line integrals, scalar surface integrals, vector surface integrals, Theorems of Green,
Gauss and Stokes.
Unit - 2 Number of
lectures = 06
Title of the unit: First order ordinary differential
equations
Exact, linear and Bernoulli‟s equations, Euler‟s equations, Equations not of first degree: equations
solvable for p, equations solvable for y, equations solvable for x and Clairaut‟s type.
Unit - 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Ordinary differential equations of
higher orders
Second order linear differential equations with variable coefficients, method of variation of
parameters, Cauchy-Euler equation; Power series solutions; Legendre polynomials, Bessel functions
of the first kind and their properties.
Unit - 4 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Complex Variable – Differentiation
Differentiation, Cauchy-Riemann equations, analytic functions, harmonic functions, finding harmonic
conjugate; elementary analytic functions (exponential, trigonometric, logarithm) and their properties;
Conformal mappings, Mobius transformations and their properties.
Unit - 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Complex Variable – Integration
Contour integrals, Cauchy-Goursat theorem (without proof), Cauchy Integral formula (without proof),
Liouville‟s theorem and Maximum-Modulus theorem (without proof); Taylor‟s series, zeros of
analytic functions, singularities, Laurent‟s series; Residues, Cauchy Residue theorem (without proof),
Evaluation of definite integral involving sine and cosine, Evaluation of certain improper integrals
using the Bromwich contour.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant lectures
delivered by subject experts of SGT University. The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A text book of Engineering Mathematics, Laxmi Publications,
Reprint, 2010.
Reference Books:
i) Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2006
ii) P. G. Hoel, S. C. Port and C. J. Stone, Introduction to Probability Theory, Universal Book
Stall, 2003 (Reprint)
iii) S. Ross, A First Course in Probability, 6th Ed., Pearson Education India, 2002
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Engineering
Physics
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 1 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () BSC () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
Intermediate
courses
6. Frequency
(use tick marks)
Even () Odd () Either Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 14 Practical = 0
8. Course Description:
Engineering physics course provide an opportunity to students to learn fundamental concepts of
physics and apply these concepts in today's rapidly changing and highly technical/engineering
environment. This course also emphasizes the solid foundations of modern scientific principles.
9. Learning Objectives:
i) To give students a basic exposure to Physics that will better prepare them for more rigorous
courses that will be taken later on.
ii) To make students learn and understand basic concepts and principles of physics to analyze
practical engineering problems and apply its solutions effectively and meaningfully.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): At the completion of this course, students will be able to:
i) Describe the behavior of and make predictions regarding the phenomena of the physical world.
ii) Apply fundamental principles of physics to solve problems relating to mechanics, energy,
matter, and waves.
iii) Understand the importance of record-keeping and have practiced its use during labs and/or
lectures.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures =
13
Title of the unit: Wave Optics
Interference: Coherent sources, conditions for sustained interference. Division of Wave-Front -
Fresnel‟s Biprism, Division of Amplitude- Newton‟s Rings, applications.
Diffraction: Difference between interference and diffraction, Fraunhofer and Fresnel diffraction.
Fraunhofer diffraction through a single slit, Plane transmission diffraction grating, dispersive power
and resolving power of grating.
Polarization: Polarized and unpolarised light, uniaxial crystal, double refraction, Nicol prism, Quarter
and Half wave plates, Detection and production of different types of polarized light.
Unit - 2 Number of
lectures =
13
Title of the unit: Polarization and Special Theory of
Relativity
Crystal Structure: Space lattice, unit cell and translation vector, Miller indices, simple crystal
structure, Bragg's law, defect in solids.
Free Electron Theory: Elements of classical free electron theory and its limitations. Drude's theory of
conduction, quantum theory of free electrons, Fermi level, density of states, Fermi-Dirac distribution
function.
Band Theory of solids: Origin of energy bands, Kroning-Penney model ,E-K diagrams, Brillouin
zones, Concept of effective mass and holes, Classification of solids into metals, semiconductors and
insulators, Hall effect and its applications.
Unit - 3 Number of
lectures =
13
Title of the unit: Laser and Fiber Optics
Special Theory of Relativity: Postulates of special theory of relativity, Lorentz transformations.
Consequences of LT (length contraction and time dilation). Variation of mass with velocity, Mass
energy equivalence.
Quantum Physics: Inadequacies of classical physics, introduction to quantum mechanics-simple
concepts, Black body radiations Discovery of Planck's constant, wave particle duality, phase velocity
and group velocity. Schrodinger wave equations-time dependent and time independent, Expectation
value, particle in a one-dimensional box.
Unit - 4 Number of
lectures =
13
Title of the unit: LASER and Electromagnetic theory
LASER: Spontaneous and Stimulated emission, characteristics of laser beam, principle of laser, lasing
action, three level laser, four level laser, He-Ne laser, applications.
Fiber Optics: Propagation of light in optical fibers, numerical aperture, V-number, single and
multimode fibers, attenuation, dispersion, applications.
Electromagnetic theory: Gradient, divergence and curl, stokes theorem, gauss- divergence theorem,
gauss law, faraday law, ampere circuital law, displacement current, Maxwell‟s equation.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
To understand basic concepts in detail, students may get study materials on following links.
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_ph02
https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/physics/
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Modern Physics for Engineers – S.P.Taneja (R. Chand)
Reference Books:
i) Engineering Physics – SatyaPrakash (Pragati Prakashan)
ii) Modern Engineering Physics – A.S.Vasudeva (S. Chand)
iii) Perspectives of Modern Physics - Arthur Beiser (TMH)
iv) Optics - Ajoy Ghatak (TMH)
v) Fundamentals of Physics – Resnick & Halliday (Asian Book)
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Engineering
Physics Lab
L T P
3. Course
Code
0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () BSC () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
Intermediate
courses
6. Frequency
(use tick marks)
Even () Odd () Either Sem
()
Every Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical
Lectures = 0 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Course Description:
Experiments include the fundamental of interference, diffraction, polarization of light, calculation of
e/m ratio by different methods, study of characteristics of a p-n diode and solar cell.
9. Learning Objectives:
i) To impart practical knowledge about some of the phenomena they have studied in the
Engineering Physics course like interference, diffraction and polarization.
ii) To develop the experimental skills of the students and
iii) To implement them into practically working equipment which are helpful in our daily life.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): At the completion of this course, students will be able to:
i) Apply the concepts of basic optical devices to design various equipment.
ii) Understand operation of Carey Foster bridge, solar cell, p-n diode etc.
iii) Apply the concepts of electricity and magnetism to design various equipment.
iv) Analyze electronic circuits design for various practical applications
11. Lab Component
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 To find the wavelength of sodium light by Newton's rings
experiment.
i
2 To find the wavelength of various colors of white light with the
help of a plane transmission diffraction grating.
i
3 To find the wavelength of a He-Ne laser beam. i
4 To study the photo conducting cell and hence to verify the inverse
square law.
ii
5 To find the low resistance by Carey- Foster's bridge. ii, iv
6 To study the characteristics of a solar cell and to find the fill factor.
7 To find the value of e/m for electrons by helical method. iv
8 To find the ionization potential of Argon/Mercury using a thyratron
tube.
iv
9 To study the variation of magnetic field with distance and to find
the radius of coil by Stewart and Gee's apparatus.
iii, iv
10 To study the V-I characteristics of a p-n diode. ii
11 To find the value of e/m for electrons by Thomson method. iii, iv
12 To calculate the value of „g‟ using bar pendulum. -
13 Measurement of Specific rotation of sugar solution using
polarimeter.
i
14 To determine value of Boltzmann constant using V-I characteristic
of PN diode.
ii
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Basic Electronics
Engineering
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () EAS () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite (if
any)
Physics and
Mathematics at +2
or Equivalent
Level
6. Frequency (use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
The course intends to introduce students to the fundamental concepts of Analog and Digital
electronics. The physical structure, working principle and characteristics of widely used components
such as diodes, transistors and measuring instruments such as voltmeter, ammeter and oscilloscopes is
covered. The working theory of basic digital components such as logic gates and flip flops is also
included.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To explain the origins of semiconductor device physics.
ii) To explain the physical structure and I-V characteristics of the standard p-n junction diode and
other special types of diodes.
iii) To explain the construction and working principle of meters and displays.
iv) To explain the application of logic gates and flip flops.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the student should be able to:
i) Explain the structure and working of various types of diodes.
ii) Demonstrate the different applications of diodes and transistors.
iii) Explain the working principle and limitations of various measuring instruments.
iv) Explain the process of minimizing Boolean functions & differentiate between different types
of Flip Flops.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of lectures =
10
Title of the unit: Semiconductor Diodes
P-N junction diode: theory, depletion region, biasing, I-V characteristics, temperature dependence,
equivalent circuit and capacitance.
Construction, Working principle and I-V characteristics of Zener diode, Photodiode, LED, Schottky
diode, Tunnel diode and Varactor diode.
Unit - 2 Number of lectures = Title of the unit: Application of Diodes and Transistor
11 Basics
Application of Diodes: Rectifiers (types and performance), Clippers & Clampers (series, parallel and
biased), Voltage Regulators.
Transistor Basics: Schematic Diagrams and Working of Bipolar Junction Transistors (BJT), Junction
Field Effect Transistor (JFET)
Unit - 3 Number of lectures =
11
Title of the unit: Instrumentation & Digital Electronics
Instrumentation: Construction & Operation of Voltmeter, Ammeter, Multimeter, CRT, CRO, DSO,
Function Generator and Regulated Power Supply.
Digital Electronics: Logic gates, Realization of Logic operations using Universal Gates, Application
of Boolean Laws in Minimizing logic functions, Number Systems and their inter conversion, Flip
Flops (S-R, J-K, D and T).
Unit - 4 Number of lectures =
10
Title of the unit: Fundamentals Of Communication
System
Block Diagram of Communication, System & its types; Classification of signals-Periodic/aperiodic,
even/odd, deterministic /random, exponential/sinusoidal, representation of unit step, unit impulse &
unit ramp function, reversal, time shifting, time scaling.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students can utilize following resources for further learning and practice
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/117103063/
https://www.circuitglobe.com
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Basics of Electronics, J.B. Gupta, Dhanpat Rai Publications
Reference Books:
i) Integrated Electronics, Millman & Halkias, Tata McGraw Hills India, 2007.
ii) Robert L. Boylestad & Louis Nashelsky “Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory”, 10th
Ed.
Pearson Education, 2013.
iii) A Course in Electrical & Electronic Measurement and Instrumentation, A.K. Sawhney and
PuneetSawhney, Dhanpat Rai Publications,
iv) Basics of Electronics Engineering, Vijay Baruet. al., Wiley India Private Limited.
v) Electronic Fundamentals and Application, J. D. Ryder, Prentice Hall India.
vi) Electronic Instrumentation, H. S. Kalsi, Tata McGraw Hills India, 3rd
Edition.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Basic Electronics
Engineering Lab
L T P
3. Course
Code
0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () EAS () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite (if
any)
Physics and
Mathematics at
+2 or Equivalent
Level
6. Frequency (use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 0 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Course Description
The course intends to introduce students to the fundamental concepts of Analog and Digital
electronics. The physical structure, working principle and characteristics of widely used components
such as diodes, transistors and measuring instruments such as voltmeter, ammeter and oscilloscopes is
covered. The working theory of basic digital components such as logic gates and flip flops is also
included.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To study the I-V characteristics and other parameters of different types of diodes.
ii) To study the construction and working principle of different measuring instrument and
displays.
iii) To study the application of logic gates and flip flops.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the student should be able to:
i) Use various types of diodes for Industrial applications.
ii) Use various measuring instruments.
iii) Explain the process of minimizing Boolean functions & differentiate between different types
of Flip Flops.
11. Lab Component
Sr. No. Title CO
covered
1 To study the I-V characteristics of a p-n junction diode. i
2 To study the application of a Zener diode as a voltage regulator. i
3 To study the working of a Light Emitting Diode. i
4 To study the application of a diode as a rectifier. ii
5 To study the application of a diode as a clipper and a clamper ii
6 To study the working of a CRO and a DSO. iii
7 To study the working of a Function Generator. ii, iii
8 To study the working of a Regulated Power Supply. iii
9 To study different types of logic gates. iii
10 To study the application of NOR & NAND gates as Universal logic gates. iii
11 To study the working of different Flip Flops (S-R, J-K, D and T) iv
12 To study the I-V characteristics of a bipolar junction transistor in CB, CE and
CC configuration.
ii
1. Name of the Department: Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Fundamentals of
Computer
Programming
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () EAS
()
OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite (if
any)
Basic Knowledge of
Computers 6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Brief Syllabus
The course of introductory computation and problem solving includes the approach to design an
algorithm to solve a logical problem. The details of flow chart and the steps to create a flow chart are
included in the course. C Programming language is included in the course.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To be able to develop the programs using C programming language.
ii) To prepare the flow chart for any logical kind of problem.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): At the completion of this course, students will be able to:
i) Design a flow chart for a problem to solve.
ii) Develop live software projects using C programming languages
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of lectures =
11
Title of the unit: Introduction to Computer System
An introduction of Computer System: Introduction of Computer, Evaluation of Computers,
Different Units of Computer System, Processor, Memory- Primary, Secondary; Input-Output Devices;
Storage Devices. Number system and Conversions- Binary, Octal, Decimal, Hexa decimal.
Basic Introduction to System Software and Programs: Machine Language, Assembly Language,
Low level languages, High level Languages, Types of high-level languages, Complier, Interpreter,
Assembler, Loader, Linker.
Unit - 2 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Computer programming/Networks
Operating System Basics: Introduction to Operating system, Functions of an Operating system,
Classification of Operating Systems, Basic introduction to DOS, UNIX/LINUX OS, Windows XP
Basic concepts of Computer Networks: Computer Networks concepts, Network Topologies, Types
of Networks: LAN, MAN and WAN, OSI Reference model, Introduction to Internet and protocols:
TCP/ IP Reference model.
Unit - 3 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: C Language: Basic
Basics of „C‟ Language: C Fundamentals, Program formats, header file, Basic data types, local and
external variables and scope, operators, expressions, decision control structure, selection statements,
loops control; case controls; Arrays and Strings.
Unit - 4 Number of
lectures = 11
Title of the unit: C Language: Advanced
Advanced features of C Language: Functions, Parameter passing in functions, call by value, call by
reference, passing arrays to functions, Recursive functions, defining structures, declaring variables,
accessing structure members, structure initialization, unions, Accessing union members. Idea of
pointers, use of pointers. Introduction to file handling and operations on file.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Fundamentals of Computers by P.K. Sinha, BPB Publications Reprint Edition, 2018
Reference Books:
i) Computer Fundamentals and Programming in C, Reema Theraja, Oxford 2nd
Edition, 2016.
ii) Let Us C by Yashwant Kanetkar , BPB Publications.16th
Edition 2017
iii) The C Programming Language by Dennis M Ritchie, Brian W. Kernigham, 2nd
Edition, PHI,
2015.
1. Name of the Department: Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Fundamentals of
Computer
Programming Lab
L T P
3. Course
Code
0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () EAS
()
OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite (if
any)
Basic Knowledge of
Computers 6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even () Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 14
8. Brief Syllabus
The course of introductory computation and problem solving includes the approach to design an
algorithm to solve a logical problem. The details of flow chart and the steps to create a flow chart are
included in the course. C Programming language is included in the course.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To be able to develop the programs using C programming language.
ii) To prepare the flow chart for any logical kind of problem.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): At the completion of this course, students will be able to:
i) Design a flow chart for a problem to solve.
ii) Develop live software projects using C programming languages
11. Unit wise detailed content
S. No. Title CO covered
1 Assembly and disassembly of a Desktop Computer with connections. i, ii
2 Operating System Installation-Formatting, Partitioning i, ii
3 Additional Hardware Installation like printer, mobile, scanner. i, ii
4 Application Software Installation-MS Office and CD/DVD Writing i, ii
5 To connect two PC‟s using the interconnecting devices and transfer the
data between them.
i, ii
6 To study various connections and ports used in computer communication.
PS/2 port and its specification, VGA Port and its specification, Serial port
and its specification and applications, Parallel Ports and its specification,
USB Port and its specification, RJ45 connector, DVI Monitor port.
i, ii
7 To study various cards used in a Computer System. (Ethernet Card, Sound
Card, Video/Graphics Card, Network Interface card, TV Tuner Card,
Accelerator card)
i, ii
8 Write a C program to print a message i, ii
9 Write a program to find the largest of three numbers. (if-then-else) i, ii
10 Write a program to find the largest number out of ten numbers (for-
statement)
i, ii
11 Write a program to find a number is even or odd i, ii
12 Write a program to find a number is prime or not i, ii
13 Write a program using arrays to find the largest and second largest no. out
of given 50 nos.
i, ii
14 Write a program to find sum of 2 matrices i, ii
15 Write a program to find multiplication of 2 matrices i, ii
16 Write a program to find factorial of a number using function i, ii
17 Write a program to check that the input string is a palindrome or not. i, ii
18 Write a program to implement concept of while and do while loop i, ii
19 Write a program to print a pattern i, ii
20 Write a program which manipulates structures (write, read, and update
records).
i, ii
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Engineering
Graphics and
Design
L T P
3. Course Code 1 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () EAS () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite
(if any)
Geometry and
Drawing at +2
Level
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures =14 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Brief Syllabus
Engineering Drawing is considered as language of engineers. This course is thus introduced to
provide basic understanding of fundamentals of engineering drawing, visualization, standards and
conventions of drawing, the tools of drawing and use of drawing in engineering applications with
design. The topics are covered in a sequence and starts from the basic concepts of geometrical
constructions and progress to the principles of projection techniques in engineering drawing. Towards
the end of the course it is expected that students would be matured to visualize the engineering
components from any drawing sheet, followed by the projection techniques and able to design also. A
number of chosen problems will be solved to illustrate the concepts clearly.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To understand the basic concepts of drawing and projection techniques. ii) To enhance the knowledge of reading the layouts. iii) To design with the aid of computer. iv) To develop engineering imagination which is essential for creation of successful designs.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Clarity in Drawing ii) Can read shop layout and industrial layouts iii) Design any layout by using projection techniques. iv) Basic knowledge about CAD.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 4
Title of the unit: Introduction to Drawing and CAD
Introduction and importance of engineering drawing and design, drawing instruments, drawing
standards and conventions. Geometrical constructions and scales. Classification of lines. Sheet
layouts.
Drawing and editing commands, display commands, coordinate systems. Solid modelling.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 2
Title of the unit: Principle of Projection
Principles of Orthographic Projections. Methods of projection: 1st angle and 3rd angle projections
with conventions. Projection of points: including Points in all four quadrants. Projection of lines:
Parallel, perpendicular inclined to one plan and inclined to both planes. True length and true angle of
a line. Traces of a line. Projection of plains: Plane parallel, perpendicular and inclined to one
reference plane. Plane inclined to both the reference planes. Traces of plane.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 3
Title of the unit: Projection of solids
Types of solids. Projection of solids like cylinder, cone, prisms, pyramid with axes parallel,
perpendicular and inclined to both reference planes. Projections of regular solids, cube, prisms,
pyramids, tetrahedron, cylinder and cone, axis inclined to both planes.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 2
Title of the unit: Development of surfaces
Definitions and significance. Methods of development. Development of Surfaces of Right, Regular
Solids – Prisms, Cylinder, Pyramids, Cone and their parts. Frustum of solids.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 3
Title of the unit: Isometric
ISOMETRIC PROJECTIONS: Principles of Isometric Projection – Isometric Scale – Isometric
Views– Conventions – Plane Figures, Simple and Compound Solids – Isometric Projection of objects
having non- isometric lines.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Engineering Drawing plane and solid geometry: N D Bhatt and V M Panchal, Charotar
publishing House, 53rd
Edition 2014 edition, ISBN-10: 9380358962
Reference Books:
i) Engineering Drawing by K. Venu Gopal & V. Prabu Raja New Age Publications. 2009, ISBN
8122421091 ii) Engineering Drawing by John. PHI Learning Publisher, ISBN: 9788120337886 iii) Engineering Drawing – M.B. Shah and B.C. Rana, Pearson, 2005, ISBN: 9788129712301
1. Name of the Department- B.Tech 1st Year
2. Course Name Engineering
Graphics and
Design Lab
L T P
3. Course Code 0 0 4
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () EAS () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite
(if any)
Geometry and
Drawing at +2
Level
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures =0 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 56
8. Brief Syllabus
Engineering Graphics and design is considered as language of engineers. This course is introduced to
provide basic understanding of importance of designing aspects in engineering applications. The
topics are covered in a sequence and starts from the basic concepts of introduction to computer aided
design and then designing of planes and solids. Towards the end of the course it is expected that
students would be matured to visualize the engineering components from any drawing sheet, followed
by the projection techniques. A number of chosen problems will be solved to illustrate the concepts
clearly.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To understand the basic concepts of drawing and projection techniques. ii) To enhance the knowledge of reading the layouts. iii) To develop designs. iv) To develop engineering imagination which is essential for creation of successful designs.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Clarity in Drawing ii) Can read shop layout and industrial layouts iii) Design any layout by using projection techniques.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Sr. No. Title CO Covered
1 Different types of lines with illustration and application. i, ii
2 Design sheet layout with dimensioning and lettering. ii
3 Applications of drawing commands i, iii
4 Projection of points in four quadrants. i
5 Projection of straight lines in parallel, perpendicular and inclined planes. i
6 Projection of plane in perpendicular positions. i
7 Projection of cones and solid cylinders with axes parallel, perpendicular
and inclined to both reference planes.
i
8 Projection of prisms and pyramid. i, ii, iii
10 Design Orthographic projection of simple machine elements. i, ii, iii
11 Design Isometric projection of simple machine elements. i, ii. iii
12 Design Sectional views of simple machine elements. i, ii, iii
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Engineering
Lab
L T P
3. Course Code 0 0 4
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () EAS () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite
(if any)
Physics at +2
Level
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures =0 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 56
8. Brief Syllabus
Students belonging to all branches of Engineering are made to learn certain fundamental topics related
to mechanical engineering and civil engineering so that they will have a minimum understanding of
mechanical systems, equipment and process.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To understand the fundamentals of mechanical systems and material testing
ii) To understand and appreciate significance of mechanical engineering and material testing in
different fields of engineering.
iii) To understand the fundamentals of basic environment related aspects by use of civil
engineering.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Understand about the working, functions and applications of equipment‟s used in daily life. ii) Identify the broad context of Mechanical engineering problems, including describing the
problem conditions and identifying possible contributing factors iii) Understand the fundamental elements of Mechanical engineering systems, system components
and processes, with a good understanding of associated safety, quality, schedule and cost
considerations. iv) Understand the aspects of environment; sources of water, water quality, supply and treatment
of water; roads, traffic regulations and structural design. v) Understand the basic knowledge of Civil engineering components, general day to day
involvement of civil engineering in life. Also understand importance of Civil engineering in
solving environment and other problems. 11. Lab Component
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 Machine Studies:
To study the Cochran and Babcock & Wilcox boilers.
iii
3 To study the working and function of mountings and accessories in boilers. iii
4 To study various types of Internal Combustion Engines. i, ii, iii
5 To study various types of gears and gear boxes. i, ii, iii
6 To study various types of Transmission systems. i, ii, iii
7 To study functioning of Hybrid Vehicles / Electric Vehicles. i, ii, iii
8 To study Psychometric chart. ii
10 To Study the vapor compression Refrigeration System and determination
of its C.O.P.
i, ii, iii
11 To study the functioning of Window Room Air Conditioner. i, ii, iii
12 To study various vapor power cycles. i, ii, iii
13 To study various air standard cycles. i, ii, iii
14 To study the constructional features and working of different types of
Hydraulic machines.
i, ii, iii
15 Determine Mechanical Advantage, Velocity Ratio and Efficiency of Single
Start, Double Start and Triple Start Worm & Worm Wheel.
i, ii, iii
16 Determine Mechanical Advantage, Velocity Ratio and Efficiency of Single
purchase and Double purchase winch crab.
i, ii, iii
1 Material Testing:
Determination of pH value of given water samples.
iv
2 Determination of total Dissolved solid in a given water sample. iv
3 Measurement of environmental noise by noise level meter. iv
4 To conduct a study on rock formation and rock cycle. v
5 To conduct a study on interior of earth on the basis of seismic model. v
6 To conduct a study on Aquifers, groundwater and permeability of soils. iv
7 To study the concept of Meta-centric height of a body. iv, v
8 Conducting experiments to verify Bernoulli‟s theorem. iv, v
9 To study the properties of fluid flow. iv, v
10 To study the physical properties of soil. iv, v
11 To study the photogrammetric surveying. iv, v
12 To study the geometric design of highway. iv, v
13 To study the Traffic Regulations and Management. iv, v
14 To study the different elements of building structure. iv, v
15 To conduct the study on air quality index of ambient atmosphere. iv, v
16 To study various discharge measuring devices. iv, v
17 To conduct a case study by using Total Station. iv, v
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Engineering
Mathematics - III
L T P
3. Course Code 3 1 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () BSC () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite
(if any)
Engineering
Mathematics-II
6. Frequency (use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 14 Practical = 0
8. Brief Syllabus
The purpose of this module is to provide participants with the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to
perform fundamental mathematical procedures and processes for solution of engineering problems,
particularly the use of calculus, vector analysis and infinite series. The subject aims to show the
relevance of mathematics to engineering and applied sciences. This module also facilitates articulation
to Degree courses in all streams of Engineering and forms a basis for more specialist branches of
mathematics.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To introduce the solution methodologies for second order Partial Differential Equations with
applications in engineering
ii) To provide an overview of probability and statistics to engineers
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Upon completion of this course, students will be able to solve field problems in engineering
involving PDEs.
ii) They can also formulate and solve problems involving random variables and apply statistical
methods for analysing experimental data.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of lectures
= 06
Title of the unit: Partial Differential equations
Definition of Partial Differential Equations, First order partial differential equations, solutions of first
order linear PDEs; Solution to homogenous and non-homogenous linear partial differential equations of
second order by complimentary function and particular integral method. Second-order linear equations
and their classification, Initial and boundary conditions
Unit – 2 Number of lectures
= 08
Title of the unit: Application of PDEs
D'Alembert's solution of the wave equation; Duhamel's principle for one dimensional wave equation.
Heat diffusion and vibration problems, Separation of variables method to simple problems in Cartesian
coordinates. The Laplacian in plane, cylindrical and spherical polar coordinates, solutions with Bessel
functions and Legendre functions. One dimensional diffusion equation and its solution by separation of
variables.
Unit - 3 Number of lectures
= 12
Title of the unit: Sequences and series
Probability spaces, conditional probability, independence; Discrete random variables, Independent
random variables, the multinomial distribution, Poisson approximation to the binomial distribution,
infinite sequences of Bernoulli trials, sums of independent random variables; Expectation of Discrete
Random Variables, Moments, Variance of a sum, Correlation coefficient, Chebyshev's Inequality.
Continuous random variables and their properties, distribution functions and densities, normal,
exponential and gamma densities. Bivariate distributions and their properties, distribution of sums
and quotients, conditional densities, Bayes' rule.
Unit - 4 Number of lectures
= 06
Title of the unit: Statistics
Basic Statistics, Measures of Central tendency: Moments, skewness and Kurtosis – Probability
distributions: Binomial, Poisson and Normal - evaluation of statistical parameters for these three
distributions, Correlation and regression – Rank correlation.
Unit - 5 Number of lectures
= 08
Title of the unit: Curve Fittings and Test
Curve fitting by the method of least squares- fitting of straight lines, second degree parabolas and more
general curves. Test of significance: Large sample test for single proportion, difference of proportions,
Tests for single mean, difference of means, and difference of standard deviations. Test for ratio of
variances – Chi-square test for goodness of fit and independence of attributes.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT ELearning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/ Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A text book of Engineering Mathematics, Laxmi Publications,
Reprint, 2008.
Reference Books:
i) G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, Calculus and Analytic geometry, 9th Edition, Pearson, Reprint,
2002.
ii) Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2006.
iii) D. Poole, Linear Algebra: A Modern Introduction, 2nd Edition, Brooks/Cole, 2005.
iv) Ramana B.V., Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi, 11th Reprint,
2010.
v) Veerarajan T., Engineering Mathematics for first year, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2008.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Engineering
Mechanics
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
Engg. Physics &
Mathematics
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Brief Syllabus
Engineering Mechanics course is to expose students to problems in mechanics as applied to real-
world scenarios. In this subject student learn the how to apply laws of mechanics to actual
engineering problems. By this subject student develop analytical skill of splitting the larger practical
problems into a number of small problems like make free body diagrams and solve them easily.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To calculate the reactive forces and analyze the structures.
ii) To know the geometric properties of the different shapes.
iii) To learn energy and momentum methods.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Solve the engineering problems in case of equilibrium conditions.
ii) Calculate the reaction forces of various supports of different structures.
iii) Solve the problems involving dry friction.
iv) Determine the centroid, centre of gravity and moment of inertia of various surfaces and solids.
v) Calculate the forces acting on the rigid body, structures using the principle of virtual work.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Equilibrium of Particle and Rigid
body
Introduction to Mechanics – Fundamental Principles – Coplanar forces – Equilibrium of
particles – Free body diagram – Equilibrium of particle in space – Single equivalent force,
Equilibrium of rigid bodies in two dimensions. Analysis of plane trusses –Method of joints –
Method of sections – Zero-force member.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Friction and Virtual work
Characteristics of dry friction – Problems involving dry friction – Ladder – Wedges – Square
threaded screws. Definition of virtual work – Principle of virtual work – System of connected
rigid bodies – Degrees of freedom – Conservative forces – Potential energy – Potential energy
criteria for equilibrium.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Properties of Surfaces and Solids
Centroid – First moment of area – Theorems of Pappus and Guldinus – Second moment of area
– Moment and Product of inertia of plane areas – Transfer Theorems – Polar moment of inertia
– Principal axes – Mass moment of inertia.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Kinematic and Kinetics
Position, Velocity and Acceleration – Rectilinear motion – Curvilinear motion of a particle –
Tangential and Normal components –Radial and Transverse components – Rotation of rigid
bodies about a fixed axis – General plane motion – Absolute and relative motion method –
Instantaneous centre of rotation in plane motion.
Linear momentum – Equation of motion – Angular momentum of a particle and rigid body in
plane motion – D‟Alembert‟s principle.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Energy and Momentum Methods
Principle of work and energy for a particle and a rigid body in plane motion – Conservation of
energy - Principle of impulse and momentum for a particle and a rigid body in plane motion –
Conservation of momentum – System of rigid bodies– Impact -direct and central impact –
coefficient of restitution.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Engineering Mechanics by R S Khurmi, S Chand & Co Ltd, Revised Edition, ISBN:
9788121926164
Reference Books:
i) J. V. Rao, D. H. Young, S. Timoshenko, Sukumar Pati (2013), Engineering Mechanics, Tata
McGraw Hill Education. ISBN: 978-1-259-06266-7
ii) Irving H. Shames (2012), Engineering Mechanics – Statics and Dynamics, 4th Edition,
Prentice-Hall of India Private limited. ISBN: 978-8-131-72883-3
iii) P. Ferdinand, E. Beer and J. Russell (2010), Vector Mechanics for Engineers, 9th Edition,
McGraw-Hill International Edition. ISBN: 978-0-079-12637-5
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Engineering
Mechanics Lab
L T P
3. Course Code 0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
Engg. Physics &
Mathematics
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 0 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Brief Syllabus
Engineering Mechanics course is to expose students to problems in mechanics as applied to real-
world scenarios. In this subject student learn the how to apply laws of mechanics to actual
engineering problems. By this subject student develop analytical skill of splitting the larger practical
problems into a number of small problems like make free body diagrams and solve them easily.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To calculate the reactive forces and analyze the structures.
ii) To know the geometric properties of the different shapes.
iii) To learn energy and momentum methods.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Solve the engineering problems in case of equilibrium conditions.
ii) Calculate the reaction forces of various supports of different structures.
11. Lab Components
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 Verification of triangle law & parallelogram law of forces i, ii
2 Verification of polygon law of forces i, ii
3 Verification of the principle of moments using the bell crank lever
apparatus
i, ii
4 Verification of support reactions of a simply supported beam i, ii
5 Verification of condition of equilibrium of a system of forces i, ii
6 Verification of axial forces in the members of a truss i, ii
7 Verification of equilibrium of three-dimensional forces i, ii
8 Determination of coefficient of friction between two surfaces i, ii
9 Verification of centroid of different laminae i, ii
10 Determination of moment of inertia of a flywheel i, ii
11 Verification of newton‟s laws of motion i, ii
12 Verification of motion parameters using conservation of energy. i, ii
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Material
Engineering &
Technology
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Brief Syllabus
This introductory course combines the academic disciplines of chemistry, physics, and engineering to
create a MST curriculum. The course covers the fundamentals of ceramics, glass, metals, polymers,
and composites. Designed to appeal to a broad range of students, the course combines hands-on
activities, demonstrations and long-term student project descriptions. The basic philosophy of the
course is for students to observe, experiment, record, question, seek additional information, and,
through creative and insightful thinking.
9. Learning objectives:
i) The main objective of this course is to provide the basic knowledge needed to explore the
discipline of materials science and engineering.
ii) To develop the knowledge of how the structure of materials is described technically.
iii) To develop the knowledge of how the properties of materials are described and how material
failure is analyzed.
iv) To introduce the concepts of structure-property.
v) To develop knowledge in various class of materials and their applications.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Understand how materials are formed and their classification based on atomic arrangement.
ii) Describe the mechanical behavior of metallic systems and its importance.
iii) Evaluate system for fatigue failures.
iv) Gain knowledge on different class of materials and their applications.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Crystal Structure and their
Imperfections
Introduction to materials science – Primary and Secondary bonding in materials- Crystalline and
amorphous materials –Single crystal and polycrystalline materials – Space Lattice-Module cell –
Crystal systems – Bravais Lattice- Miller indices – Closed packed structures- Principal Metallic
crystal structures, stacking sequence and stacking faults, classification of crystal defects- Point, Line,
surface and volume, Edge & Screw dislocation, Effect of imperfection on material properties,
Numerical Problems on crystallography.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 06
Title of the unit: Phase Diagram
Basics of Solidification mechanism – Cooling curve of pure metal and alloy – Phase –Phase
Diagram–Gibbs‟s Phase rule – Interpretation of mass fractions using Lever‟s rule, Binary Iso-
morphous system, Binary Eutectic alloy system (Lead-Tin System) –Binary Peritectic alloy system
(Iron-Nickel System) – Invariant reactions – Iron-Iron carbide phase diagram- Slow cooling of Hypo
and hyper eutectoid steels – Temperature-Time-Transformation (TTT) and Continuous Cooling
Transformation(CCT) Diagrams – Effect of alloying elements in steel – types of stainless steel and
cast iron
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Heat Treatment
Heat Treatment – Annealing and its types, Normalizing, Hardening tempering, Aus-tempering and
Mar- tempering – Microstructure observation – Surface Heat treatment processes – Carburizing,
Nitriding, cyaniding, carbonitriding, flame and induction hardening.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Mechanical Properties of Materials
and Testing
Mechanical properties of materials – Strengthening mechanism –- Plastic deformation of single and
poly-crystalline materials – Effect of Slip and twinning – Stress-strain curves of various ferrous and
non-ferrous metals –Engineering stress strain – true stress strain relations –problems - Tensile test of
ductile material – properties evaluation- Hardness measurement tests – Fracture of metals – Ductile
and Brittle fracture; Fatigue – Endurance limit of ferrous and non-ferrous metals – Fatigue test ;
Creep and stress rupture– mechanism of creep – stages of creep and creep test – SEM, XRD.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Advance Material and Application
Composites – Fiber reinforced, Metal Matrix, Ceramic Matrix – properties and applications; Ceramics
– Alumina, Zirconia, Silicon Carbide, Sialons, Reaction Bonded Silicon Nitride(RBSN), Glasses–
properties and applications- Magnetic materials – Hard and soft magnets – Ferromagnetic Hysteresis
– properties of magnetic materials – Intermetallic compounds-Polymers – thermosetting and
thermoplastics – mechanical properties of polymers-Material selection procedure (two case studies)
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) O.P. Khanna, Material Science, Dhanpat Rai Publication House, New Delhi, 2012, ISBN:
8189928392
Reference Books:
i) V. Raghavan. Materials Science and Engineering, PHI; Fifth edition (30 July 2011), ASIN:
B00K7YGKWQ
ii) William D. Callister, David G. Rethwisch, Fundamentals Of Materials Science And
Engineering: An Integrated Approach, John Wiley & Sons; 4th Edition edition (8 December
2011), ISBN: 1118061608
iii) William F. Smith and Javad Hashemi (2004), Foundations of materials science and
engineering 5th Edition, Mc Graw Hill, 2009, ISBN: 9780073529240
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Material
Engineering &
Technology Lab
L T P
3. Course Code 0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 0 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Brief Syllabus
This introductory course combines the academic disciplines of chemistry, physics, and engineering to
create a MST curriculum. The course covers the fundamentals of ceramics, glass, metals, polymers,
and composites. Designed to appeal to a broad range of students, the course combines hands-on
activities, demonstrations and long-term student project descriptions. The basic philosophy of the
course is for students to observe, experiment, record, question, seek additional information, and,
through creative and insightful thinking.
9. Learning objectives:
i) The main objective of this course is to provide the basic knowledge needed to explore the
discipline of materials science and engineering.
ii) To develop the knowledge of how the structure of materials is described technically.
iii) To develop the knowledge of how the properties of materials are described and how material
failure is analyzed.
iv) To introduce the concepts of structure-property.
v) To develop knowledge in various class of materials and their applications.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Understand how materials are formed and their classification based on atomic arrangement.
ii) Describe the mechanical behavior of metallic systems and its importance.
iii) Evaluate system for fatigue failures.
iv) Gain knowledge on different class of materials and their applications.
11. Lab Components
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 Specimen preparation and micro-structural examination. i, iv, v
2 Comparative study of microstructures of given specimens (mild steel,
grey C.I., brass, copper etc.)
i, iv
3 Heat treatment experiments such as annealing, normalizing, quenching, ii, iii, iv
case hardening and comparison of hardness before and after.
4 Making a plastic mould for small metallic specimen. i, ii
5 Study & working of simple measuring instruments- Vernier callipers,
micrometre, tachometer.
ii
6 Measurement of effective diameter of a screw thread. ii
7 Measurement of angle using sine bar & slip gauges. ii
8 Study & angular measurement using bevel protector. ii
9 Study of undulation measurement using dial gauge. ii
10 Study of corrosion in given sample. iii
11 Measurement of gear dimensions using tool maker‟s microscope. ii
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Engineering
Thermodynamics
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
Engineering
Physics
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Brief Syllabus
This course provides a basic grounding in the principles and methods of classical thermodynamics. It
concentrates on: understanding the thermodynamic laws in relation to familiar experience; phase
change, ideal gas and flow processes; using sources of data like thermodynamic tables and charts;
application of the basic principles to the operation of various vapour and gas power cycles; and
fuels and combustion.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To learn the basic principles of classical thermodynamics.
ii) To apply the laws of thermodynamics to various systems and analyze the significance of the
results.
iii) To analyze the performance of thermodynamic gas and vapour power cycles.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Differentiate between closed and open systems and analyze related problems.
ii) Apply the concept of second law to design thermodynamic systems.
iii) Analyze the performance of gas and vapour power cycles and identify methods to improve
thermodynamic performance.
iv) Solve problems of combustion and stoichiometry
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1
Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: First Law of Thermodynamics
Basic concepts of Thermodynamics - Thermodynamics and Energy - Closed and open systems -
Properties of a system - State and equilibrium - Processes and cycles - Forms of energy - Work and
heat transfer - Temperature and Zeroth law of thermodynamics -First law of thermodynamics -
Energy balance for closed systems - First law applied to steady – flow engineering devices
Unit – 2
Number of lectures = 9 Title of the unit: Second Law of Thermodynamics
Limitations of the first law of Thermodynamics - Thermal energy reservoirs - Kelvin-Planck
statement of the second law of thermodynamics - Clausius statement - Equivalence of Kelvin-Planck
and Clausius statements - Refrigerators, Heat Pump and Air-Conditioners –COP - Perpetual Motion
Machines - Reversible and Irreversible process - Carnot cycle – Entropy -The Clausius inequality -
Availability and irreversibility -Second law efficiency
Unit – 3
Number of lectures = 9 Title of the unit: Vapour and Gas Power Cycles
Properties of pure substance-Property diagram for phase - change processes - Carnot vapour cycle -
Rankine cycle - Methods for improving the efficiency of Rankine cycle - Ideal Reheat and
Regenerative cycles - Combined gas – vapour power cycles - Analysis of power cycles - Carnot
cycle - Air standard assumptions - Otto cycle - Diesel and Dual cycles
Unit – 4
Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Ideal Gas Mixtures
Ideal and real gases - Vander Waals equation - Principle of corresponding states - Ideal gas equation
of state - Other equations of state - Compressibility factor - Mass and mole fractions - Dalton‟s law
of additive pressures - Relating pressure, volume and temperature of ideal gas mixtures – Evaluating
internal energy - enthalpy - entropy and specific heats.
Unit – 5 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Thermodynamic relations
Conditions for exact differentials. Maxwell relations, Clapeyron equation, Joule-Thompson coefficient and
Inversion curve. Coefficient of volume expansion, Adiabatic and Isothermal compressibility
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/ Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) P. K. Nag (2010), Basic and Applied Thermodynamics, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd., ISBN 978-0-070-15131-4
Reference Books:
i) Yunus A. Cengel (2005), Thermodynamics: An Engineering Approach, Tata McGraw- Hill
Publishing Company Ltd., ISBN 978-0-073-30537-0
ii) C. P. Arora, (2001), Thermodynamics, Tata McGraw- Hill Publishing Company Ltd., ISBN
978-0-074-62014-4.
Comment [1]: This topic would be taught in Power Plant engineering Subject
Comment [2]: This is taught in Engineering Chemistry in B.Tech first year
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Manufacturing
Process &
Technology
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisit
e (if
any)
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Eve
n ()
Od
d
()
Eithe
r Sem
()
Ever
y
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Brief Syllabus In this syllabus to introduce about manufacturing process, welding process and other important things
which are very needful to a mechanical engineer. The fundamental idea of manufacturing or
production is to create that has a useful form. This form is most likely predetermined, calculated, with
a certain physical geometry. Usually this geometry has certain tolerances that it must meet in order to
be considered acceptable. A tolerance outlines the geometric accuracy that must be achieved in the
manufacturing process. Students learn Metal Casting Processes, Joining Processes, Metal Forming
Processes, Processing of Powder Metals, Ceramics and Glass, Processing of Plastics and Composite
Materials, Rapid Prototyping and Tooling.
9. Learning objectives: i) To understand the principles of manufacturing process. ii) To develop the new models & new products. iii) To learn the principles of welding process. iv) To develop the knowledge of selecting the right equipment for a particular application of
manufacturing and production. v) To acquire basic knowledge about the behaviour and manufacturing properties of engineering
materials and concepts of foundry and casting processes.
vi) To acquire knowledge about various methods of welding, cold and hot working and forming. 10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) The curriculum of the Department is designed to satisfy the diverse needs of students.
Coursework is designed to provide students the opportunity to learn key concepts of
manufacturing, production, welding and basics for mechanical engineering. ii) Explain the mechanism of chip formation in machining. iii) Explain the various machining processes such as turning, drilling, boring, shaping, slotting,
milling and grinding. iv) Use the principles of foundry and casting. v) Choose materials in a manufacturing process based on their properties. vi) Conduct experiments on various manufacturing processes.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of lectures
= 10
Title of the unit: Metal Casting Processes
Manufacturing- selecting manufacturing process, global competitiveness of manufacturing costs,
Fundamentals of materials-their behavior and manufacturing properties, Ferrous metals and alloys,
Non-ferrous metals and alloys, Fundamentals of metal casting, Fluidity of molten metal, Solidification
time, Sand casting, Shell mold casting, Investment casting, Plaster mold casting, Ceramic mold
casting, Die casting, Centrifugal casting, Melting practice and furnaces, Defects in casting, Testing
and inspection of casting
Unit – 2 Number of lectures
= 6
Title of the unit: Metal Forming Processes
Cold and Hot working: Rolling, Forging, Extrusion, Drawing, Sheet metal forming processes, High
Energy Rate Forming Processes: Explosive Forming, Electro Hydraulic Forming, Electro Magnetic
Forming.
Unit – 3 Number of lectures
= 10
Title of the unit: Theory of Metal cutting
Mechanics of chip formation, single point cutting tool, forces in machining, Types of chip, cutting
tools– cutting fluids and Mach inability nomenclature, orthogonal metal cutting, thermal aspects,
cutting tool materials, tool wear, tool life, surface finish, cutting fluids and machinability.
Economics of Metal Machining: Introduction, elements of machining cost, tooling economics,
machining, economics and optimization, geometry of twist, drills and power calculation in drills.
Unit – 4 Number of lectures
= 08
Title of the unit: Machine Tools
Introduction, constructional features, specialization, operations and devices of basic machine tools
such as lathe, shaper, planner, drilling machining, and milling machine, indexing in milling
operation, working principles of capstan and turret lathes.
Unit – 5 Number of lectures
= 08
Title of the unit: Joining Process
Introduction to Welding, Classification of Welding Processes, Gas Welding: Oxy-Acetylene
Welding, Resistance Welding; Spot and Seam Welding, Arc Welding: Metal Arc, TIG & MIG
Welding, Submerged arc welding (SAW), resistance welding principles, electrode types and
selection, thermit welding, electro slag welding, electron beam welding, friction welding, Welding
Defects and remedies, brazing & soldering.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Books:
i) Kaushik JP; Manufacturing Processes; PHI, 2nd
Edition, 2013, ASIN: B00K7YK5KO
Reference Books:
i) Hajara Chaowdary; work shop technology, Media Promoters, 2008, ISBN-10: 8185099146
ii) Workshop Technology (Manufacturing Process) – S K Garg, Laxmi Publications; Fourth
edition (2018), ISBN-10: 8131806979
iii) Rao PN; Manufacturing Tech- Foundry, forming welding; Tata McGraw Hill, Fourth Edition,
2017, ISBN: 1259062570
iv) Raghuvanshi; Workshop Technology, Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P) Ltd., 2016,
ASIN: B01N11V21D
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Manufacturin
g Process &
Technology
Lab
L T P
3. Course
Code
0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisit
e (if
any)
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Eve
n ()
Od
d
()
Eithe
r Sem
()
Ever
y
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 00 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Brief Syllabus In this syllabus to introduce about manufacturing process, welding process and other important things
which are very needful to a mechanical engineer. Students learn Metal Casting Processes, Joining
Processes, Metal Forming Processes, Processing of Powder Metals, Ceramics and Glass, Processing of
Plastics and Composite Materials, Rapid Prototyping and Tooling.
9. Learning objectives: i) To understand the principles of manufacturing process. ii) To develop the new models & new products. iii) To learn the principles of welding process. iv) To develop the knowledge of selecting the right equipment for a particular application of
manufacturing and production. v) To acquire basic knowledge about the behaviour and manufacturing properties of engineering
materials and concepts of foundry and casting processes.
vi) To acquire knowledge about various methods of welding, cold and hot working and forming. 10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) The curriculum of the Department is designed to satisfy the diverse needs of students.
Coursework is designed to provide students the opportunity to learn key concepts of
manufacturing, production, welding and basics for mechanical engineering. ii) Explain the mechanism of chip formation in machining. iii) Explain the various machining processes such as turning, drilling, boring, shaping, slotting,
milling and grinding. iv) Use the principles of foundry and casting. v) Choose materials in a manufacturing process based on their properties. vi) Conduct experiments on various manufacturing processes.
11. Lab Component
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 Study and identification of various types of flames generated in oxy-
acetylene.
i, vi
2 Preparation of butt joint using arc welding. i, vi
3 Preparation of joint using spot welding. i, vi
4 To establish the relationship between cutting speed, feed rate and depth
of cut during forces generated in oblique cutting.
ii, iii, vi
5 Preparation of green sand mould using wooden pattern. iv
6 Determination of grain fineness number. iv
7 Determination of permeability number. iv
8 Welding of stainless-steel specimen using TIG welding. iii, vi
9 (i) To prepare a sheet metal product (Funnel).
(ii) Report the various parameters for the various passes during
the rolling of the given metal piece.
iv
10 To study and observe various stages of casting through demonstration of
Sand-Casting Process.
iv
11 (i) To prepare a pattern for given object for lost form casting.
(ii) To prepare a Green sand mold from the prepared pattern.
(iii) To melt and pour Aluminium metal into the mold.
iii
12 To study and observe the plain and grooved Rolling techniques through
demonstration.
vi
13 To study and observe the Powder Metallurgy techniques through
demonstration.
vi
14 To study and observe the Closed Die Forging techniques through
demonstration.
vi
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Constitutio
n of India
L T P
3. Course
Code
0 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE () MC ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even () Odd () Either Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical
Lectures = 0 Tutorials =
0
Practical = 0
8. Brief Syllabus
Understand the premises informing the twin themes of liberty and freedom from a civil rights
perspective and to address the growth of Indian opinion regarding modern Indian intellectuals‟
constitutional role and entitlement to civil and economic rights as well as the emergence of
nationhood in the early years of Indian nationalism.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To learn the basic principles of classical thermodynamics.
ii) To apply the laws of thermodynamics to various systems and analyze the significance of the
results.
iii) To analyze the performance of thermodynamic gas and vapour power cycles.
10. Course Outcomes (Cos): On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Discuss the growth of the demand for civil rights in India for the bulk of Indians before the
arrival of Gandhi in Indian politics.
ii) Discuss the intellectual origins of the framework of argument that informed the
conceptualization of social reforms leading to revolution in India.
iii) Discuss the circumstances surrounding the foundation of the Congress Socialist Party [CSP]
under the leadership of Jawaharlal Nehru and the eventual failure of the proposal of direct
elections through adult suffrage in the Indian Constitution.
iv) Discuss the passage of the Hindu Code Bill of 1956.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1
Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: History of Making of the Indian
Constitution
History of Making of the Indian Constitution: History, Drafting Committee, (Composition &
Working) Philosophy of the Indian Constitution: Preamble, Salient Features.
Unit – 2
Number of
lectures = 9
Title of the unit: Contours of Constitutional Rights & Duties
Contours of Constitutional Rights & Duties: Fundamental Rights, Right to Equality, Right to
Freedom, Right against Exploitation, Right to Freedom of Religion, Cultural and Educational Rights,
Right to Constitutional Remedies, Directive Principles of State Policy, Fundamental Duties.
Unit – 3
Number of
lectures = 9
Title of the unit: Organs of Governance
Organs of Governance: Parliament, Composition, Qualifications and Disqualifications, Powers and
Functions, Executive, President, Governor, Council of Ministers, Judiciary, Appointment and
Transfer of Judges, Qualifications. Powers and Functions
Unit – 4
Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Local Administration
Local Administration: District‟s Administration head: Role and Importance, Municipalities:
Introduction, Mayor and role of Elected Representative CEO of Municipal Corporation, Panchayati
raj: Introduction, PRI: Zila Panchayat, Elected officials and their roles, CEO Zila Panchayat:
Position and role. Block level: Organizational Hierarchy (Different departments), Village level:
Role of Elected and Appointed officials, Importance of grass root democracy.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Election Commission
Election Commission: Election Commission: Role and Functioning. Chief Election Commissioner
and Election Commissioners. State Election Commission: Role and Functioning. Institute and
Bodies for the welfare of SC/ST/OBC and women
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University. The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) M. P. Jain, Indian Constitution Law, 7th Edn., Lexis Nexis, 2014, ISBN: 9789351430643
Reference Books:
i) The Constitution of India, 1950 (Bare Act), Government Publication. ii) Dr. S. N. Busi, Dr. B. R. Ambedkar framing of Indian Constitution, 1st Edition, 2016,
ASIN: B01MTKEPKH
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Technical
Report Writing
L T P
3. Course
Code
2 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE
()
HSMC
()
OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
Communicatio
n Skills
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Eve
n ()
Odd
()
Eithe
r Sem
()
Ever
y
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical
Lectures = 28 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Brief Syllabus
Introduction and Basics of Technical Writing
Tools for Technical Writing
Forms of technical Writing
Language Appropriateness
9. Learning objectives:
i) Clear understanding of role and purpose of technical writing
ii) Provide formats of various types of Technical writings
iii) Develop effective techniques of writing technical documents 10. Course Outcomes (Cos): On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Understand the importance of technical writing
ii) Develop documents for technical and non-technical audience
iii) Discern the requirement and use visual aids judiciously
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1
Number of
lectures = 7
Title of the unit: Introduction and Basics of Technical
Writing
Introduction to Technical Writing;
Objectives and Characteristics of Technical Writing;
Levels of Communication- Extra personal, Intrapersonal, Interpersonal, Organizational and
Mass Communication;
Flow of Communication-Vertical, Horizontal and Diagonal Communication
Visual Aids in Technical Communication-Tables, Graphs, Charts, Diagrams, Drawings,
Photographs, Maps
Unit – 2 Number of Title of the unit: Tools for Technical Writing
lectures = 8
Technical Writing Process;
Forms of Discourse;
Writing drafts and Revising;
Creating Indexes and references;
Editing Strategies, Proofreading
Unit – 3
Number of
lectures = 6
Title of the unit: Forms of technical Writing
Art of Condensation- Précis Writing
Formats of Written Correspondence
Memos
Report Writing
Business Letters- Letters of Enquiry, Order Placement, Sales Letters, Instruction Letters
Email Writing- Classification and Purpose, Email Etiquette, style, structure, content
Unit – 4
Number of
lectures = 7
Title of the unit: Language Appropriateness
Formal & Informal Language
Most Commonly used abbreviations in Engineering
Bias Free language – gender bias, age bias, racial/ethnic bias
Jargons and cliché, Words and Phrases
Sentence Construction- Short and precise sentences, avoiding pleonasm, Ensuring Word economy,
Redundancy, active vs passive construction
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University. The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Meenakshi Raman; Sangeeta Sharma, Technical Communication Principles and Practice,
Second Edition, Oxford University Press, 2011
Reference Books:
i) C. Muralikrishna; Sunita Mishra, Communication Skills For Engineers, Second Edition,
Pearson, 2016
ii) David F. Beer and David McMurrey, Guide to writing as an Engineer, John Willey. New
York, 2004
iii) Diane Hacker, Pocket Style Manual, Bedford Publication, New York, 2003. (ISBN
0312406843) 3. Shiv Khera, You Can Win, Macmillan Books, New York, 2003.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Technical
Report Writing
Lab
L T P
3. Course
Code
0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE
()
HSMC
()
OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
Communicatio
n Skills
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Eve
n ()
Odd
()
Eithe
r Sem
()
Ever
y
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical
Lectures = 00 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Brief Syllabus
Introduction and Basics of Technical Writing
Tools for Technical Writing
Forms of technical Writing
Language Appropriateness
9. Learning objectives:
i) Clear understanding of role and purpose of technical writing
ii) Provide formats of various types of Technical writings
iii) Develop effective techniques of writing technical documents 10. Course Outcomes (Cos): On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Understand the importance of technical writing
ii) Develop documents for technical and non-technical audience
iii) Discern the requirement and use visual aids judiciously
11. Lab Component
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 Introduction and Basics of Technical Writing i
2 Tools for Technical Writing ii, iii
3 Forms of technical Writing i, ii
4 Language Appropriateness ii
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Industrial
Economics and
Management
L T P
3. Course Code 2 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () EAS (0 PE () HSMC
()
OE () BS ()
5. Pre-requisite
Basic Economics 6. Frequency
(use tick marks)
Even () Odd () Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical
Lectures = 28 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description:
The course describes the basics of demand and demand forecasting. It explains cost functions, cost
control, cost reduction and pricing techniques.
9. Learning Objectives:
i) To learn about basic Industrial economics concept and terminology.
ii) Overview on importance of economic studies in Production Industries.
iii) To learn new concepts in the interface of Industrial management.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Apply the concept of demand.
ii) Estimate production and cost function.
iii) Formulate appropriate pricing strategies.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of lectures = 6 Title of the unit: Introduction
Introduction: The Scope and Method of Managerial economics – Fundamental Economics concepts –
Managerial Economics with other subjects - Objectives of the Firm
Unit - 2 Number of lectures = 6 Title of the unit: Demand and Supply Analysis
Meaning, Types and Determinants – Demand estimation- Demand elasticities for decision making –
Business and Economic forecasting: Qualitative and Quantitative methods – Supply analysis:
Meaning, elasticities and determinants – Market equilibrium and price determination
Unit - 3 Number of lectures = 6 Title of the unit: Production Economics
Production and Production function – Types – Estimation – Returns to Scale – Economies and
Diseconomies of Scale and Economies of Scope. Factor Inputs - Input-Output Analysis
Unit - 4 Number of lectures = 6 Title of the unit: Market Structure
Perfect Competition – Imperfect Competition: Monopoly – Monopolistic – Oligopolistic Strategy,
Cartels, Cournot, Kinked Demand and Price Leadership. Oligopolistic Rivalry & Theory of Games –
Measurement of economic concentration – Policy against monopoly and restrictive trade practices -
Competition Law – Pricing Practices: Objectives – Determinants – Pricing Methods – Government
Policies and Pricing.
Unit - 5 Number of lectures = 4 Title of the unit: Introduction to Macroeconomics
Circular Flow of Income and Expenditures – Components of National Income and its significance -
Measuring Gross Domestic Product (GDP) – Inflation and Business Cycles – Government Fiscal and
Monetary Policy - Balance of payments – Foreign exchange markets
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) P.L. Mehta – Managerial Economics Analysis, Problems and cases, Sultan Chand & Co. Ltd.,
2001.
Reference Books:
i) Peterson and Lewis: Managerial Economics, 4th Ed., Prentice Hall, 2004
ii) Dholakia and Oza: Microeconomics for Management Students, 2nd Edition, Oxford
University Press
iii) Gregory Mankiw: Principles of Microeconomics, Havcourt Asia Publishers, 2001
iv) Mote and Paul – Managerial Economics, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Strength of
Materials
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite
(if any)
Basic Engg. I
and
Mathematics
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials =0 Practical = 0
8. Brief Syllabus
Strength of Materials (also known as Mechanics of Materials) is the study of the internal effect of
external forces applied to structural member. Stress, strain, deformation deflection, torsion, flexure,
shear diagram, and moment diagram are some of the topics covered by this subject.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To develop the relationship between the loads applied to a non-rigid body and the internal
stresses and deformations induced in the body.
ii) To study the general state of stresses and strains in a given loaded member and the
magnitude and direction of the principal stresses.
iii) To understand the different approaches to calculate slope and deflection for various types
of beams.
iv) To analyze the columns with different edge conditions by using different theories.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Apply concepts of strength of materials to obtain solutions to real time Engineering
problems
ii) Able to analyze the different types of loading and the consequent deflection
iii) Able to find the load due to torsion
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1
Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Stresses and Strains
Definition/derivation of normal stress, shear stress, and normal strain and shear strain – Stress-strain
diagram- Elastic constants – Poisson‟s ratio – relationship between elastic constants and Poisson‟s
ratio – Generalized Hook‟s law – Strain energy – Deformation of simple and compound bars –
thermal stresses.
Unit – 2
Number of
lectures = 9
Title of the unit: Simple Bending
Types of beams: Cantilever, simply supported, Over hanging: Shear Force and Bending Moment
Diagrams. Theory of simple bending – bending stress and shear stress in beams.
Comment [3]: No change s required
Unit – 3
Number of
lectures = 9
Title of the unit: Deflection of Beams
Deflection of beams by Double integration method – Macaulay‟s method – Area moment theorems
for computation of slopes and deflections in beams – Conjugate beam method.
Unit – 4
Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Torsion and columns
Introduction to Torsion – derivation of shear strain – Torsion formula – stresses and deformations in
circular and hollow shafts – Stepped shafts – shafts fixed at the both ends.
Columns and Struts: Buckling and stability, slenderness ratio, combined bending and direct stress,
middle third and middle quarter rules, struts with different end conditions, Euler‟s theory for pin
ended columns, effect of end conditions on column buckling, Ranking Gordon formulae
Unit – 5
Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Bi-axial Stress system
Biaxial state of stress – Stress at a point – stresses on inclined planes – Principal stresses and Principal
strains and Mohr‟s circle of stress, Theories of failure
Thin cylinders and shells – deformation of thin cylinders and shells; Thick Cylinders, Shrink fits,
Compounding. Fundamentals of theory of elasticity.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) S.S. Rattan (2011) Strength of materials Tata McGraw Hill Education ISBN: 978-0-071-
07256-4.
Reference Books:
i) S.P. Timoshenko and D.H. Young (2011), Strength of materials 5th edition, East West Press
Ltd, ISBN: 978-8-176-71019-0.
ii) R.K. Bansal (2010), Strength of materials 5th Edition, Laxmi Publication ISBN: 978-8-131-
80814-6.
iii) Strength of Materials by Ryder, Macmillan, 3rd
Edition, ISBN: 9780333935361
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Strength of
Materials Lab
L T P
3. Course Code 0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite
(if any)
Basic Engg. I
and
Mathematics
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 00 Tutorials =0 Practical = 28
8. Brief Syllabus
Strength of Materials (also known as Mechanics of Materials) is the study of the internal effect of
external forces applied to structural member. Stress, strain, deformation deflection, torsion, flexure,
shear diagram, and moment diagram are some of the topics covered by this subject.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To develop the relationship between the loads applied to a non-rigid body and the internal
stresses and deformations induced in the body.
ii) To study the general state of stresses and strains in a given loaded member and the
magnitude and direction of the principal stresses.
iii) To understand the different approaches to calculate slope and deflection for various types
of beams.
iv) To analyze the columns with different edge conditions by using different theories.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Apply concepts of strength of materials to obtain solutions to real time Engineering
problems
ii) Able to analyze the different types of loading and the consequent deflection
iii) Able to find the load due to torsion
11. Lab component
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 Evaluation of engineering stress / strain diagram on steel rod, thin and
twisted bars under tension.
i, ii, iii
2 Determination of ultimate strength on bricks, concrete blocks. i, ii, iii
3 Comparison of hardness values of steel, copper and aluminium using
Brinell hardness testing machine.
i, ii, iii
4 Comparison of hardness values of steel, copper and aluminium using
Rockwell hardness testing machine.
i, ii, iii
5 Determination of spring constant under tension and compression. i, ii, iii
6 Determination of impact strength for the given specimen using Charpy
test
i, ii, iii
7 Determination of impact strength for the given specimen using Izod test i, ii, iii
8 Determination of fatigue strength for the given specimen using Fatigue
test.
i, ii, iii
9 Determination of shear stress for the given specimen using Torsion test i, ii, iii
10 Determination of shear strength for the given specimen using double
shear test.
i, ii, iii
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Internal
Combustion
Engine
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
Engg. Lab &
Engineering
Thermodynamic
s
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Brief Syllabus
This course provides an in-depth knowledge of the functioning of IC Engine & Gas Turbine, and also
deals with the combustion techniques used for various fuels. This course finds immense application in
automobile industry and gas-operated power plants.
9. Learning objectives:
i) Acquire knowledge about the IC engine cycles, classification and working Principles.
ii) Describe the testing and performance parameters along with heat balance Sheet.
iii) Explain different alternate fuels, gas turbines and about jet propulsion.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Explain basic concepts of actual cycles with analysis and to describe the fundamental concepts
of IC engines along with its working principles.
ii) Describe the combustion phenomenon in SI and CI engines.
iii) Evaluate the performance of IC engines and the importance of alternate fuels
iv) Classify the essential components of gas turbine along with its performance Improving
methods.
v) Illustrate the working principle of different types of Jet propulsive engines and Rockets
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Fundamentals of I.C. Engine
Basic Engine components and Nomenclature, Classification of Engines, The working principle of
Engines, Comparison of 2-Stroke and 4-Stroke Engines; CI, and SI Engines, Ideal and Actual
Working Cycles and their analysis, Valve timing Diagram.
Fuels: Fossil fuels, Chemical structure of Petroleum, Properties of SI and CI Engine Fuels, Fuel
Ratings; Octane Number, Cetane Number.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Combustion & Ignition System
Carburetors & Fuel Injection: Air Fuel Mixture Requirements, Construction and Working of Simple
Carburetor, Calculation of Air-Fuel Ratio, Parts of Carburetor. Requirement of Injection Systems,
Classification of Injection Systems, Fuel Feed pump, Injection Pumps, Working principles of
Governors, Nozzles and Fuel Injector, Injection in SI and CI Engines.
Combustion and Ignition Systems in SI and CI Engines: Normal and Abnormal Combustion in SI and
CI Engines, Stages of Combustion, Detonation and Knocking.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Performance parameters
Performance parameters for IC Engines: Engine Power, Engine Efficiencies, Performance
Characteristics, Variables Effecting Performance Characteristics, Methods of Improving Engine
Performance, Heat Balance.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Gas Turbine & Air Craft
Propulsion
Gas Turbine: Introduction to Gas Turbines, Development, Classification and Application of Gas
Turbines, Ideal and Actual Cycles; Effect of Inter cooling, Reheating, Regeneration, Combined
cycle, and Cogeneration.
Gas Turbine Cycles for Aircraft Propulsion: Criteria of performance, Intake, and propelling nozzle
efficiencies, Simple Turbojet Cycle, the turboprop engine, Thrust augmentation, Gas turbine
combustion systems, Combustion chamber designs, Gas Turbine Emissions.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Modern Automotive Engines
Modern Automotive Engines: Changes in Fuel injection Methods in S.I and C.I engines, Common
Rail Direct Injection System, Gasoline Direct Injection, Variable Valve Technology, A brief review
of Design changes to achieve high efficiency.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Internal Combustion Engine by V. Ganesan, Tata McGraw-Hill. Fourth Edition 2013,
ISBN: 1259006190
Reference Books:
i) Internal Combustion Engine by Mathur, M.L. and Sharma, R.P., Dhanpat Rai Publication,
2014, ISBN: 9383182423
ii) Internal Combustion Engines /Colin R. Ferguson /Wiley, 3rd Edition, 2015, ISBN: 978-1-
118-92652-9
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Internal
Combustion
Engine Lab
L T P
3. Course Code 0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite
(if any)
Engg. Lab &
Engineering
Thermodynamic
s
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 00 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Brief Syllabus
This course provides an in-depth knowledge of the functioning of IC Engine & Gas Turbine, and also
deals with the combustion techniques used for various fuels. This course finds immense application in
automobile industry and gas-operated power plants.
9. Learning objectives:
i) Acquire knowledge about the IC engine cycles, classification and working Principles.
ii) Describe the testing and performance parameters along with heat balance Sheet.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Explain basic concepts of actual cycles with analysis and to describe the fundamental concepts
of IC engines along with its working principles.
ii) Describe the combustion phenomenon in SI and CI engines.
iii) Evaluate the performance of IC engines and the importance of alternate fuels
11. Lab Component
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 To study the constructional details & working principles of two-stroke/
four stroke petrol engines.
i, ii
2 To study the constructional detail & working of two-stroke/ four stroke
diesel engines.
i, ii
3 Analysis of exhaust gases from single cylinder/multi cylinder
diesel/petrol engine by Orsat Apparatus.
i, ii, iii
4 To prepare heat balance sheet on multi-cylinder diesel engine/petrol
engine.
i, ii, iii
5 To find the indicated horse power (IHP) on multi-cylinder petrol
engine/diesel engine by Morse Test.
i, ii, iii
6 To prepare variable speed performance test of a multi-cylinder/single
cylinder petrol engine/diesel engine and prepare the curves
(i) bhp, ihp, fhp, vs speed (ii)
(ii) volumetric efficiency & indicated specific fuel consumption vs
speed.
i, ii, iii
7 To find fhp of a multi-cylinder diesel engine/petrol engine by Willian‟s
line method & by motoring method.
i, ii, iii
8 To perform constant speed performance test on a single cylinder/multi-
cylinder diesel engine & draw curve of
(i) bhp vs fuel rate, air rate and A/F and
i, ii, iii
(ii) bhp vs mep, mech efficiency & sfc.
9 To study and determine the effect of A/F ratio on the performance of the
two strokes, single- cylinder petrol engine.
i, ii, iii
10 To study and draw the valve timing diagram of four stroke, single
cylinder diesel engine
i, ii, iii
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Kinematics of
Machinery
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Brief Syllabus
The analysis of a machine requires the determination of the movement or kinematics of its component
parts, known as kinematic analysis. The assumption that the system is an assembly of rigid
components allows rotational and translational movement to be modelled mathematically. This allows
the position, velocity and acceleration of all points in a component to determine from these properties
for a reference point and the angular position, angular velocity and angular acceleration of the
component. Students learn Basics of Mechanisms, kinematic analysis of simple mechanisms,
synthesis of simple mechanisms, kinematics of CAMS and kinematics of gears and gear train.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To familiarize students with basic types of mechanisms, joints and degrees of freedom to
perform position, velocity and acceleration analysis using graphical and analytical
methods.
ii) To provide students an understanding of different types of mechanisms.
iii) To teach the basics of synthesis of simple mechanisms.
iv) To teach students the kinematic analysis of cam-follower motion and gears.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of various mechanisms and pairs.
ii) Conduct velocity and acceleration analysis of simple mechanisms.
iii) Design a layout of cam for specified motion.
iv) Synthesize simple mechanisms for function, path generation and body guidance.
v) Demonstrate an understanding of principles of operation of gears.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Basics of Mechanisms
Introduction to mechanisms and Grashoff‟s law, Kinematic Inversions of 4-bar chain, Single slider
and double slider crank chains, Quick return and its terminologies, Degree of freedom, Mobility,
Kutzbach criterion, Grubler‟s criterion for planar mechanisms mechanism, Limiting positions,
Mechanical advantage, Transmission angle.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Kinematic Analysis of Simple
Mechanisms
Displacement, velocity and acceleration analysis in simple mechanisms having turning, sliding and
rolling pair, Coriolis acceleration using graphical relative motion method, Instantaneous center
method, Four bar and slider crank mechanisms, Analytical method for four bar and slider crank
mechanisms.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Synthesis of Simple Mechanisms
Classification of kinematic synthesis problems, Two position synthesis of slider crank and crank
rocker mechanisms, Three position synthesis of double rocker mechanism, Chebychev spacing,
Freudenstein analytical method, synthesis of function genera-tor using three precision positions,
Graphical and analytical design of a four bar linkage for body guidance, path generation by graphical
method.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Kinematics of CAMS
Types of cams and followers, Definitions related cam profile, Derivatives of follower motion, High
speed cams, Undercutting, Graphical disk cam profile design, Simple harmonic motion, Constant
acceleration and deceleration, constant velocity, Cycloidal motion for knife edge and roller (in-line
and offset), flat faced and oscillating followers, Tangent cam with roller follower, circular arc cam
with flat faced follower.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Kinematics of Gears and Gear Trains
Spur gear terminology and definitions, Law of toothed and involute gearing, Interchangeable gears,
Gear tooth action, Interference and undercutting, Basics of nonstandard gear teeth, Helical, Bevel,
Worm, Rack and pinion gears, cycloidal tooth properties, Comparison of involute and cycloidal tooth
forms. Gear trains -Speed ratio, train value, Parallel axis gear trains, Epicyclic Gear Trains.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) S.S. Rattan (2009), “Theory of Machines”, 3rd
Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill. ISBN: 978-0-070-
14477-4.
Reference Books:
i) A. Ghosh (2009), Theory of Mechanisms and Machines, 3rd
Edition, East-West Press Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, ISBN: 978-8-185-93893-6.
ii) Thomas Bevan (2009), Theory of Machines, 3rd
Edition, Pearson Education, ISBN: 978-8-
131-72965-6.
iii) Kenneth J Waldron and Gary L. Kinzel (2007), Kinematics, Dynamics, and Design of
Machinery, 2nd
Edition, John-Wiley and Sons Inc., New York, ISBN: 978-8-126-51255-3.
iv) J. Uicker John, Gordon R. Pennock Jr. and Joseph E. Shigly (2011), Theory of Machines and
Mechanisms, 4th
Edition, Oxford University Press, ISBN: 978-0-199-77781-5.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Kinematics of
Machinery Lab
L T P
3. Course Code 0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 00 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Brief Syllabus
The analysis of a machine requires the determination of the movement or kinematics of its component
parts, known as kinematic analysis. The assumption that the system is an assembly of rigid
components allows rotational and translational movement to be modelled mathematically. This allows
the position, velocity and acceleration of all points in a component to determine from these properties
for a reference point and the angular position, angular velocity and angular acceleration of the
component. Students learn Basics of Mechanisms, kinematic analysis of simple mechanisms,
synthesis of simple mechanisms, kinematics of CAMS and kinematics of gears and gear train.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To familiarize students with basic types of mechanisms, joints and degrees of freedom to
perform position, velocity and acceleration analysis using graphical and analytical
methods.
ii) To provide students an understanding of different types of mechanisms.
iii) To teach the basics of synthesis of simple mechanisms.
iv) To teach students the kinematic analysis of cam-follower motion and gears.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of various mechanisms and pairs.
ii) Conduct velocity and acceleration analysis of simple mechanisms.
iii) Design a layout of cam for specified motion.
iv) Synthesize simple mechanisms for function, path generation and body guidance.
v) Demonstrate an understanding of principles of operation of gears.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 To study various types of Kinematic links, pairs, chains and Mechanisms. i
2 To study inversions of 4 Bar Mechanisms, Single and double slider crank
mechanisms.
i
3 To plot slider displacement, velocity and acceleration against crank ii
rotation for single slider crank mechanism.
4 To find coefficient of friction between belt and pulley. iv
5 To study various type of cam and follower arrangements. iii
6 To plot follower displacement vs cam rotation for various Cam Follower
systems.
iii
7 To generate spur gear involute tooth profile using simulated gear shaping
process.
v
8 To study various types of gears – Helical, cross helical worm, bevel gear. v
9 To study various types of gear trains – simple, compound, reverted,
epicyclic and differential
v
10 To study the working of Screw Jack and determine its efficiency. iv
11 Create various types of linkage mechanism in CAD and simulate for
motion outputs and study the relevant effects.
i, ii
12 Creation of various joints like revolute, planes, spherical, cam follower
and study the degree of freedom and motion patterns available.
iii
13 To design a cam profile by using the requirement graph using on-line
engineering handbook and verify the same using a 3D mechanism on
CAD
ii, iii
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Dynamics of
Machines
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
Kinematics of
Machinery
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 00 Practical = 00
8. Brief Syllabus
Dynamic loads and undesired oscillations increase with higher speed of machines. At the same time,
industrial safety standards require better vibration reduction. This course covers parameter
identification, balancing of mechanisms, torsional and bending vibrations, vibration isolation, and the
dynamic behavior of drives and machine frames as complex systems. Typical dynamic effects, such
as the gyroscopic effect, damping and absorption, shocks, nonlinear and self-excited vibrations are
covered in dynamics of machinery. Upon completion, students should be able to analyze the effect of
dynamic forces on systems and try to minimize negative impact of such effects.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To understand the concepts of turning moment diagrams, flywheel design and the dynamics of
reciprocating engines.
ii) To understand the balancing procedures for rotating and reciprocating masses, rotors and
engines.
iii) To understand the fundamentals of free and forced vibrations.
iv) To understand the mechanisms for control.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Demonstrate skills to design flywheel for an IC engine and punching press with the
consideration of geometrical and economical constraints.
ii) Perform static and dynamic balancing of high-speed rotary and reciprocating machines.
iii) Analyze free and forced vibrations of machines, engines and structures.
iv) Calculate gyroscopic couple find its effect on various vehicles.
v) Apply concept of governors for speed control.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Dynamic Force Analysis
D‟Alembert‟s principle, Equivalent offset inertia force, Dynamic analysis of four bar mechanism,
Dynamic Analysis of reciprocating engines, Piston effort, Crank effort, turning moment on
crankshaft, Inertia of connecting rod, Inertia force in reciprocating engines (Graphical method).
Turning moment diagrams, Single and multi-cylinder engines, Fluctuation of energy, Fly Wheels,
Applications in engines and punching presses.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Balancing
Static and Dynamic balancing of rotating masses, balancing of reciprocating masses, Balancing of
locomotives, Partial balancing of reciprocating masses, Multi cylinder Inline and radial engines.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Vibration – Singh Degree of Freedom
Systems
Introduction to vibration, Terminology, Classification of vibrations, Undamped and Damped free
vibration of single degree of freedom systems, Viscous damping, Introduction to coulomb damping.
Forced vibration, harmonic excitation, Magnification factor, Vibration isolation and Transmissibility.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Gyroscope
Gyroscopic couple, Gyroscopic effects on the movement of air planes and ships, Stability of two-
wheel drive and four-wheel drive, Gyroscope stabilization.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Mechanism for Control
Functions of Governors, Gravity controlled and Spring controlled governor characteristics. Stability,
Hunting and Isochronisms. Effect of friction, Calculation of equilibrium speeds and ranges of speed
of governors.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) S.S. Rattan (2009), “Theory of Machines”, 3rd
Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill. ISBN: 978-0-070-
14477-4.
Reference Books:
i) A. Ghosh (2009), Theory of Mechanisms and Machines, 3rd
Edition, East-West Press Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, ISBN: 978-8-185-93893-6.
ii) Thomas Bevan (2009), Theory of Machines, 3rd
Edition, Pearson Education, ISBN: 978-8-
131-72965-6.
iii) Kenneth J Waldron and Gary L. Kinzel (2007), Kinematics, Dynamics, and Design of
Machinery, 2nd
Edition, John-Wiley and Sons Inc., New York, ISBN: 978-8-126-51255-3.
iv) J. Uicker John, Gordon R. Pennock Jr. and Joseph E. Shigly (2011), Theory of Machines and
Mechanisms, 4th
Edition, Oxford University Press, ISBN: 978-0-199-77781-5.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Dynamics of
Machines Lab
L T P
3. Course Code 0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
Kinematics of
Machinery
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 00 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Brief Syllabus
Dynamic loads and undesired oscillations increase with higher speed of machines. At the same time,
industrial safety standards require better vibration reduction. This course covers parameter
identification, balancing of mechanisms, torsional and bending vibrations, vibration isolation, and the
dynamic behavior of drives and machine frames as complex systems. Typical dynamic effects, such
as the gyroscopic effect, damping and absorption, shocks, nonlinear and self-excited vibrations are
covered in dynamics of machinery. Upon completion, students should be able to analyze the effect of
dynamic forces on systems and try to minimize negative impact of such effects.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To understand the concepts of turning moment diagrams, flywheel design and the dynamics of
reciprocating engines.
ii) To understand the balancing procedures for rotating and reciprocating masses, rotors and
engines.
iii) To understand the fundamentals of free and forced vibrations.
iv) To understand the mechanisms for control.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Demonstrate skills to design flywheel for an IC engine and punching press with the
consideration of geometrical and economical constraints.
ii) Perform static and dynamic balancing of high-speed rotary and reciprocating machines.
iii) Analyze free and forced vibrations of machines, engines and structures.
iv) Calculate gyroscopic couple find its effect on various vehicles.
v) Apply concept of governors for speed control.
11. Lab Component
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 To determine natural frequency of longitudinal vibration in spring mass
system.
iii
2 Determination of torsional frequency of a single rotor system. iii
3 To study nomenclature of cam and plotting the cam profile. i
4 To determine gyroscopic couple on motorized gyroscope. iv
5 To perform experiment on Watt and Porter governors to determine
performance characteristic curves, and to find stability & sensitivity.
v
6 To determine the frequency of un-damped free vibration of an
equivalent spring mass system.
iii
7 To determine the radius of gyration „k‟ of the given compound
pendulum.
iii
8 Comparative study of static and dynamic balancing in rotors. ii
9 To find out critical speed and to compare the whirling speed of a shaft. iii
10 To study TRI –FILAR / BI-FILAR System. i
11 Comparative study of different types of clutches. v
12 To study different types of Dynamometer. i
13 To Determine the critical speed of the shaft iii
14 To perform experiment on Hartnell governor to determine performance
characteristic curves, and to find stability & sensitivity.
v
15 To perform experiment on Proell governor to determine performance
characteristic curves, and to find stability & sensitivity.
v
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Mechanical
Machine Design
L T P
3. Course Code 3 1 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
Machine
Drawing &
SOM
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 14 Practical = 00
8. Brief Syllabus
Design of Machine Elements is a required course for mechanical engineering students. This course is
an introduction to the basic principles of modern engineering. It provides the students with
fundamental skills of engineering and the ability to apply the theories of science to practice and
understand the factors; such as stresses, deformations, and failure criteria, influencing the machine
elements like shafts, springs, belts, bearings, gears etc. The main objective of design of machine
element is that the machine should function properly to satisfy the needs of the customer and it should
be safe against the predicted modes of failure.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To understand the design methodology for machine elements.
ii) To analyze the forces acting on a machine element and apply the suitable design methodology.
iii) To understand the various standards and methods of standardization.
iv) To apply the concept of parametric design and validation by strength analysis.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): After successful completion of the course, student will be able to
i) understand the basic of mechanical design process and design of simple machine components
like shaft, key, coupling, lever power screw etc.
ii) select various flexible power transmitting device such as belt drives such as belt drive and
chain drive from manufacture‟s catalogue.
iii) apply the knowledge of computer aided drafting tools to prepare production drawings of
machine components.
iv) determine tolerances for proper fit to achieve functional requirements of assembly
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Design Consideration of Machine
Parts
Loads, different types, factor of safety, stress, design stress factors affecting its selection,
determination of factor of safety, tensile, compressive, shear, bending, bearing, crushing stresses,
bending and torsional shear stress, transverse shear, principal stress determination, eccentric loading,
bearing pressure.
Unit – 2 Number of Title of the unit: Keys and Couplings
lectures = 10
Design of sunk keys, design of a muff, clamp, flange (protected type) and bushed pin type of flexible
coupling.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Shafts
Design stress, design of axles, spindles and shafts on the basis of strength, based on Rankines' and
Guests‟ theory, design of shafts on the basis of rigidity. Design of Joints
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Design of Springs and Engine parts
Wahls' factor and its use in design of spring, effect of end connections on design of compression
spring, design of helical tensile spring and compression spring for circular wire. Buckling of
compression spring. Length and number of turns calculation, design of leaf spring. Design of Parts
Subjected to Buckling such as connecting rod, push rod and piston rods.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Power Screws, Levers and Belt Drives
Power Screws: Types of threads, design of screw with different types of threads used in practice.
Design of nuts, design of C clamp, screw jack, design of toggle jack, design of coupler. Levers:
General procedure of design of levers, design of foot and hand operated levers, design of bell crank
lever, design of rocker arm for valves of engine. Flat and V Belt drives, design of pulleys for these
drives, chain and sprocket drive
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
i) V B Bhandari, “Design of Machine Elements”, TMH Publications, Fourth Edition, 2017,
ISBN: 9789339221126
ii) V B Bhandari, Introduction to Machine Design, TMH Publications
iii) 7P. Kannaiah, Machine design by, Scitech Publication
iv) J E Sighley, Mechanical Engineering Design, TMH Publications
v) Norton. R. L, Design of Machinery, TMH Publications
14. Tutorial / Extended Tutorial /presentation/Case study components
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 Part A: Machine Drawing
Drawing fundamentals: Types of drawing, Dimensioning terms and
notations, dimensioning rules, conventional representation of various
components
Machining symbols and surface texture: Indication of machining
allowance, Indication of surface roughness.
Limit, Fits & Tolerances: Basic definitions concerning limits, fits &
tolerances and its representation on drawing; Calculation using tables and
formulae.
i, ii
Geometric Dimensioning & Tolerancing: Feature control frame;
geometric characteristic symbol; Meaning and representation of form,
orientation, profile, runout and location tolerance on drawing.
Interpretation of Views: Missing line and missing view identification
2 Part B: Drafting Software
Basic drawing tools: Point, Line, Polyline, Multiline, Rectangle, Circle,
Arc, Polygon, Spline, Ellipse, Hatch and Text.
Editing tools: Copy, Move, Mirror, Offset, Pattern, Rotate, Lengthen,
Trim, Scale, Chamfer, Fillet, and Break.
Setup tools: Units, Grid, Snap, Ortho, Polar, Layer, Colour, Line type,
Line weight, point style, Multiline style, Drawing limits and Dimension
style.
Display and view tools: Zoom, Pan, Rotate, Shading, Areal view, 3D
views etc.
Dimensioning tools: Linear, Aligned, Radius, Angular, Coordinated
dimension, Base line, Continuous and GD&T frame.
Drawing layout and printing tools: Layout and model space, Viewport,
Configuring plotting device.
Solid modeling tools: Primitive solid modeling entity, Union,
Subtraction and Intersection of solid, Extrude, Revolve etc.
iii, iv
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Fluid Mechanics
and Machines
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite
Engg. Maths &
Mechanics
6. Frequency
(use tick marks)
Even () Odd () Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 00 Practical = 00
8. Course Description:
Fluid mechanics and machinery is a branch of continuum mechanics that deals with the behavior of
fluids (gases or liquids) either in motion or at rest and the subsequent effects of fluids upon
boundaries, which may be either solid surfaces or interfaces with other fluids. This course deals fluids
and their properties, and the kinematics and dynamics of fluid flow. After that students learn the
fundamentals of flow through pipes, turbulent flow, dimensional analysis and boundary layers and
their applications in engineering.
9. Learning Objectives:
i) Understand fluid behavior for engineering design and control of fluid systems.
ii) Develop competence with mass, energy and momentum balances.
iii) Study the development of boundary layers.
iv) Study about various turbines and pumps designed on above concepts
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Find frictional losses in a pipe for a flow between two places.
ii) Analyze the model and prototype.
iii) Find the dependent and independent parameters for a fluid flow.
iv) Explain various methods available for boundary layer separation.
v) Understand the working principles of turbines and pumps
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Fluid Properties and Hydrostatics
Introduction to fluid mechanics, Fluid types and properties: Density, Viscosity, Surface tension,
compressibility, capillarity, Fluid statics, Hydrostatic forces on plane, inclined and curved surfaces,
buoyancy – centre of buoyancy, metacenter. Fluid Kinematics, Streamline and Velocity potential
lines, stream function and potential function, Types of flows; Steady flow, Unsteady flow, Uniform
and Non-Uniform flow, Rotational flow, Irrotational flow, 1-D, 2-D, 3-D flows
Unit - 2 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Fluid Dynamics
Surface and Body forces-Euler and Bernoulli‟s equations and their applications, Momentum equation,
Navier-Stokes Equations, Applications, force on pipe bend
Closed conduit flow: Reynold‟s experiment- Darcy Weisbach equation- Minor losses in pipes- pipes
in series and parallel- total energy line- hydraulic gradient line
Measurement of flow- Venturi meter, orifice meter and Pitot tube
Unit - 3 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Boundary layers
Boundary layers, Laminar flow and Turbulent flow, Boundary layer thickness, momentum,
Integral equation, Drag and lift, Separation of boundary layer, Methods of separation of
boundary layer.
Unit - 4 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Dimensional Analysis and Turbo
machines
Dimensional homogeneity, Raleigh and Buckingham pi theorems, Non-dimensional numbers, Model
laws and distorted models, Module quantities, Specific quantities
Basics of Turbo machinery: Impact of jets on stationary and moving flat and curved plates, concept of
velocity diagram
Hydraulic turbines: Types and classification: Pelton, Francis and Kaplan turbines- work done,
efficiency, work proportions and performance characteristic curves, draft tube design.
Unit - 5 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Pumps and Hydraulic systems
Pumps- Centrifugal and reciprocating pumps: work done, efficiency, work proportions and
performance characteristic curves, pumps in series and parallel, Water hammer, NPSH.
Hydraulic systems: hydraulic ram and hydraulic crane etc. and basics of hydro-electric power
stations
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) R. K. Bansal (2010), A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, 9th Edition,
Laxmi Publication (P) Ltd. New Delhi. ISBN- 978-8-131-80815-3. Reference Books:
i) Yunus A. Çengel (2010), Fluid Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill, ISBN: 978-0-070-70034-5.
ii) Frank M. White (2011), Fluid Mechanics, 7th edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, ISBN-
978-0-071-33312-2.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Fluid Mechanics
and Machines
Lab
L T P
3. Course Code 0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite
Engg. Maths &
Mechanics
6. Frequency
(use tick marks)
Even () Odd () Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical
Lectures = 00 Tutorials = 00 Practical = 28
8. Course Description:
Fluid mechanics and machinery is a branch of continuum mechanics that deals with the behavior of
fluids (gases or liquids) either in motion or at rest and the subsequent effects of fluids upon
boundaries, which may be either solid surfaces or interfaces with other fluids. This course deals fluids
and their properties, and the kinematics and dynamics of fluid flow. After that students learn the
fundamentals of flow through pipes, turbulent flow, dimensional analysis and boundary layers and
their applications in engineering.
9. Learning Objectives:
i) Understand fluid behavior for engineering design and control of fluid systems.
ii) Develop competence with mass, energy and momentum balances.
iii) Study the development of boundary layers.
iv) Study about various turbines and pumps designed on above concepts
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Find frictional losses in a pipe for a flow between two places.
ii) Analyze the model and prototype.
iii) Find the dependent and independent parameters for a fluid flow.
iv) Explain various methods available for boundary layer separation.
v) Understand the working principles of turbines and pumps
11. Lab component
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 Conducting experiments to verify Bernoulli‟s theorem. iii
2 Determination of the Coefficient of discharge and coefficient of
velocity for the given Orifice meter.
i, iii
3 Determination of the Coefficient of discharge of given Venturi-
meter.
i, iii
4 Determination of the Coefficient of discharge of given of Notch iii
(V and Rectangular types)
5 Comparative study of head loss in pipes connected series and
parallel.
i, iii
6 Study of fluid flow types using Reynolds apparatus. iii
7 Determination of drag force at different incidence angle in wind
tunnel.
iii, iv
8 To determine the coefficient of impact for vanes. v
9 To determine the minor losses due to sudden enlargement, sudden
contraction and bends.
i
10 To determine the meta-centric height of a floating body. ii
11 To study the constructional details of a Pelton turbine and draw its fluid
flow circuit.
v
12 To draw the following performance characteristics of Pelton turbine-
constant head, constant speed and constant efficiency curves.
v
13 To study the constructional details of a Francis turbine and draw its fluid
flow circuit.
v
14 To draw the constant head, constant speed and constant efficiency
performance characteristics of Francis turbine.
v
15 To study the construction details of a Kaplan turbine and draw its fluid
flow circuit.
v
16 To draw the constant head, speed and efficiency curves for a Kaplan
turbine.
v
17 To study the constructional details of a Centrifugal Pump and draw its
characteristic curves.
v
18 To study the constructional details of a Reciprocating Pump and draw its
characteristics curves.
v
19 To study the constructional details of a Centrifugal compressor. v
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Refrigeration
and Air
Conditioning
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 00 Practical = 00
8. Brief Syllabus
Refrigeration and air conditioning are used to cool products or a building environment. The
refrigeration or air conditioning system(R) transfers heat from a cooler low-energy reservoir to a
warmer high-energy reservoir.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To understand the principles of refrigeration and air conditioning.
ii) To calculate the cooling load for different applications of Refrigeration and Air conditioning.
iii) To learn the principles of psychrometry.
iv) To develop the knowledge of selecting the right equipment for a particular application of
Refrigeration and Air-conditioning.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Possess the knowledge of system components of refrigeration and air conditioning.
ii) Design and implement refrigeration and air conditioning systems using standards.
iii) Apply the knowledge of psychrometry in calculating cooling load and heating load
calculations.
iv) Possess the knowledge of system components of refrigeration and air conditioning.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Refrigeration Cycles and Refrigerants
Vapour compression refrigeration cycles-Air refrigeration cycles-Simple saturated vapour
compression refrigeration cycle-P-H charts - Multi stage compression –Multi evaporator system-
cascade system-Vapour absorption systems.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: System Components
Refrigeration classification –Designation-Alternate refrigerants –Global warming and Ozone
depleting aspects. Refrigerant compressors Reciprocating –Rotary - Condensers - Evaporators -
Expansion devices - Cooling towers.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Cycling Controls and System Balancing
Pressure temperature control range and different settings - Selection and balancing of system
components - Graphical method.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Psychrometry System
Moist air properties - Psychrometric chart - Different Psychrometric process analysis.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Air Conditioning
Air conditioning systems – classification - Cooling load calculations - different types of loads -
GRSHF - ERSHF - Estimation of total load - Air distribution patterns - Dynamic and frictional
losses in air ducts - Equal friction method - Fan characteristics of duct system.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Arora, C. P., (2008), Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd. ISBN: 978-0-070-08390-5.
Reference Books:
i) Manohar Prasad, (2003), Refrigeration and Air conditioning, New Age International, ISBN:
978-8122414295.
ii) W. F. Stocker and J. W. Jones, Refrigeration and Air conditioning, McGraw Hill, (2014), 2nd
Edition ISBN: 9789332902954
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Refrigeration
and Air
Conditioning
Lab
L T P
3. Course
Code
0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 0 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Brief Syllabus
Refrigeration and air conditioning are used to cool products or a building environment. The
refrigeration or air conditioning systemI transfers heat from a cooler low-energy reservoir to a
warmer high-energy reservoir.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To understand the principles of refrigeration and air conditioning.
ii) To calculate the cooling load for different applications of Refrigeration and Air conditioning.
iii) To learn the principles of psychrometry.
iv) To develop the knowledge of selecting the right equipment for a particular application of
Refrigeration and Air-conditioning.
10. Course Outcomes (Cos):
i) Possess the knowledge of system components of refrigeration and air conditioning.
ii) Design and implement refrigeration and air conditioning systems using standards.
iii) Apply the knowledge of psychrometry in calculating cooling load and heating load
calculations.
iv) Possess the knowledge of system components of refrigeration and air conditioning.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Sr.
No.
Title CO Covered
1 To study the vapour compression Refrigeration System and determine
its C.O.P. and draw P-H and T-S diagrams.
i, iv
2 To Study the Mechanical heat pump and find its C.O.P. i
3 To study the Air and Water heat pump and find its C.O.P. i
4 To study the cut- sectional models of Reciprocating and Rotary
Refrigerant compressor.
iv
5 To study the various controls used in Refrigerating & Air Conditioning
systems.
ii
6 To study the Ice- plant, its working cycle and determine its C.O.P and
capacity.
i, ii, iv
7 To study the humidification, heating, cooling and dehumidification
processes and plot them on Psychrometric charts.
iii
8 To determine the By-pass factor of Heating & Cooling coils and plot
them on Psychrometric charts on different inlet conditions.
iii
9 To determine sensible heat factor of Air on re-circulated air-
conditioning set up.
iii
10 To study the chilling plant and its working cycle. iv
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Automation in
Manufacturing
L T P
3. Course Code 2 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
Manufacturing
Processes and
Technology &
Engineering
Graphics and
Design
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 28 Tutorials = 00 Practical = 00
8. Course Description
Automation in manufacturing is the use of computer systems to assist in the creation, modification,
analysis, or optimization of a design. CAD software is used to increase the productivity of the
designer, improve the quality of design, improve communications through documentation, and to
create a database for manufacturing. CAD output is often in the form of electronic files for print,
machining, or other manufacturing operations. Students learn the importance of CAD/CAM
principles in the Product development, programs related to manufacturing using codes and analyze
the importance of networking in manufacturing environment.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To understand the basics of CAD/CAM and concepts of computer graphics.
ii) To learn about the geometric issues concerned to the manufacturing and its related areas.
iii) To understand the latest advances in the manufacturing perspectives and their applications.
10. Course Outcomes (Cos):
i) To understand the importance of CAD/CAM principles in the Product development.
ii) To develop programs related to manufacturing using codes.
iii) To analyze the importance of networking in manufacturing environment.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 4
Title of the unit: Computer Hardware
Product Development Cycle – Introduction to CAD/CAM – Graphics input devices- cursor control
devices, Digitizers, Scanners, speech-oriented devices and touch panels, Graphics display devices –
CRT, color CRT monitors, DVST, Flat- panel display, Graphics output Devices – Printers and
Plotters – Graphics Standards – Neutral File formats –IGES, STEP.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 6
Title of the unit: Principles of Computer Graphics
Geometric Modeling – Wireframe, Surface and Solid – CSG and B-Rep- World/device co-ordinate
representations, 2D and 3Dn geometric transformations, Matrix representation-translation, scaling,
shearing, rotation and reflection, composite transformations, concatenation – Graphics software,
Graphics functions, output primitives- Bresenham‟s Algorithm and DDA.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 6
Title of the unit: CNC Machine Tools
Introduction to NC, CNC, DNC- Manual part Programming – Computer Assisted Part Programming
– Examples using NC codes- Adaptive Control – Canned cycles and subroutines – CAD / CAM
approach to NC part programming – APT language, machining from 3D models.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 6
Title of the unit: Group Technology, CAPP and FMS
Introduction to part families-parts classification and cooling – group technology machine cells-
benefits of group technology – Process Planning – CAPP & types of CAPP – Flexible manufacturing
systems (FMS) – the FMS concept-transfer systems – head changing FMS – Introduction to Rapid
prototyping, Knowledge Based Engineering.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 6
Title of the unit: Computer Integrated Manufacturing
CIM wheel – CIM Database- CIM-OSI Model– Networking Standards in CIM Environment –
Network structure – Network architecture –TCP/IP, MAP – Virtual Reality, Augmented Reality-
Artificial Intelligence and Expert system in CIM.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal. https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Mikell P. Groover (2008), Automation, Production Systems and Computer Integrated
Manufacturing, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education. ISBN: 978-8-120-33418-2.
Reference Books:
i) Ibrahim Zeid (2009), Mastering CAD/CAM, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill International
Edition, ISBN: 978-0-070- 15134-5.
ii) P N Rao (2010), CAD/CAM Principles and Applications, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill
Education, ISBN: 978-0-070- 68193-4.
iii) James A. Rehg and Henry W. Kraebber (2004), Computer Integrated Manufacturing, 3rd
Edition, Pearson Education, ISBN: 978-0-131-13413-3
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Automation in
Manufacturing
Lab
L T P
3. Course Code 0 0 4
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
Manufacturing
Processes and
Technology &
Engineering
Graphics and
Design
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 00 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 56
8. Course Description
Automation in manufacturing is the use of computer systems to assist in the creation, modification,
analysis, or optimization of a design. CAD software is used to increase the productivity of the
designer, improve the quality of design, improve communications through documentation, and to
create a database for manufacturing. CAD output is often in the form of electronic files for print,
machining, or other manufacturing operations. Students learn the importance of CAD/CAM
principles in the Product development, programs related to manufacturing using codes and analyze
the importance of networking in manufacturing environment.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To understand the basics of CAD/CAM and concepts of computer graphics.
ii) To learn about the geometric issues concerned to the manufacturing and its related areas.
iii) To understand the latest advances in the manufacturing perspectives and their applications.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) To understand the importance of CAD/CAM principles in the Product development.
ii) To develop programs related to manufacturing using codes.
iii) To analyze the importance of networking in manufacturing environment.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 Use and learn import/export techniques and customization of software. i
2 Construction of simple machine parts and components like Coupling,
Crankshaft, Pulley, Piston, Connecting rod, nuts, bolts, gears and
helical springs.
i
3 Assembly drawing with sectioning and bill of materials from given
detailed drawings of assemblies: Lathe Tail stock, Machine vice,
Pedestal bearing, Drill jigs and Milling fixture.
i
4 Make the part family/family table of a bolt i
5 Tool path generation i
6 Part programming ii
7 G & M codes development for machining operations ii
8 Physical interpretation of machining features and tool geometries iii
9 Part Programming- CNC Machining Centre
i) 1inear Cutting.
ii) Circular cutting.
iii) Cutter radius Compensation
iv) Canned Cycle operations
ii
10 Part Programming
i) Straight, Taper and Radius Turning.
ii) Thread Cutting.
iii) Rough and Finish Turning Cycle.
iv) Drilling and Tapping Cycle.
ii
11 Contour milling using CNC milling machine ii
12 Spur gear cutting in CNC milling machine ii
13 CL Data and Post Process generation using CAM packages. iii
14 Application of CAPP in Machining and Turning Centre. iii
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Machine
Learning for
Mechanical
Engineers
L T P
3. Course
Code
2 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE () MS ()
5. Pre-
requisite
6. Frequency
(use tick marks)
Even () Odd () Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical
Lectures = 28 Tutorials = 00 Practical = 00
8. Course Description:
This course deals with the basics of programming (Python) and use of linear Algebra, Statistics,
probabilistic distributions etc. in it. Basics of Machine learning, data interpretation and mathematical
tools like Regression analysis and its types used in various machine learning models. This course also
includes a brief introduction to Neural Networks and its uses.
9. Learning Objectives:
i) To familiarize students with the concept of machine learning and its application
ii) Provide an introduction to Python programming.
iii) To impart Knowledge of various mathematical tools used in various machine learning
models
iv) Familiarize the students with the concept of Neural Networks.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): At the end of this course, the learner will be:
i) Able to differentiate machine learning from normal computer programming
ii) Able to interpret a given data for drawing inference, forecasting etc.
iii) Able to successfully employ various mathematical tools to develop a machine learning
algorithm.
iv) Able to understand the basic structure and applications of Neural Networks.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of lectures = 05 Title of the unit: Introduction to Pyhton Programming
& Machine learning
Programming in Python and Libraries (Numpy, Pandas, Matplotlib, Seaborn), Linear Algebra with
Python, Statistics, Probability and Probability Distributions with Python, Machine Learning Concepts,
Machine Learning vs Computer Program, Application of Machine Learning, Relation between
variables, Supervised Learning Vs Unsupervised Learning, Semi-Supervised Learning,
Reinforcement Learning
Unit – 2 Number of lectures = 05 Title of the unit: Data Interpretation
Prediction: Dependent Variable vs. Independent Variables, Reducible Error and Irreducible Error,
Expected Value and Variance. Inference: Predictors associated with Response, Relationship between
response and predictors. Learning Methods: Parametric Methods, Non-Parametric Methods. Model
Flexibility vs. Interpretability, Model Accuracy and Selection: Quality of Fit, Bias – Variance Trade
Off, Bayes Classifier, K-Nearest Neighbors
Unit - 3 Number of lectures = 06 Title of the unit: Regression Analysis-I
Linear Regression: Basic Concepts, Construction of Regression Model, Selection of Predictor
Variables, Functional Form of Regression Relations, Scope of Model. Uses of Regression Analysis:
Description
Control, Prediction, Regression and Causality. Formal Statement of Model, Important Features of
Model, Meaning of Regression Parameters, Steps in Regression Analysis. Estimation of Regression
Function: Least Square Estimator, Estimating the Coefficients, Gradient Descent
Estimation of Variance Terms
Unit - 4 Number of lectures = 06 Title of the unit: Regression Analysis-II
Accuracy of Coefficients, Accuracy of Model: Residual Standard Error, R Square Statistics, Linear
methods of classification: Basic Concept with Example, why not Linear Regression, Logistic
Regression: Logistic Model, Estimating Regression Coefficients, Multiple Logistic Regressions,
Linear Discriminant Analysis, Nearest Neighbour Method, Machine learning Models: Decision Tree
Model, Support Vector Machine, Unsupervised Learning.
Unit - 5 Number of lectures = 06 Title of the unit: Introduction to Neural Networks
Introduction to Neural Networks, Perceptrons: NAND Gate, Sigmoid Neuron, Gradient
Descent, Multilayer Neural Network: Architecture of Multilayer Network, Backward
Propagation Algorithm, Cross Entropy Cost Function, Overfitting and Regularization, Weight
Initialization.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/,
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Books:
i) “An Introduction to Machine Learning”, by Gopinath Rebala, Ajay Ravi, Sanjay Churiwala,
1st Edition, 2019, ISBN: 3030157288
Reference Books:
i) “Machine Learning”, by Jaime G. Carbonell, Tom M. Mitchell, Volume-1, 2014 Edition,
Publisher Elsevier, ISBN 9780080510545
ii) “Neural Networks and Learning Machines”, by Simon O. Haykin, Prentice Hall India
Learning Private Limited; 3 edition (2010), ISBN-10: 8131763773
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Machine
Learning for
Mechanical
Engineers Lab
L T P
3. Course
Code
0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE () MS ()
5. Pre-
requisite
6. Frequency
(use tick marks)
Even () Odd () Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical
Lectures = 00 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Course Description:
This course deals with the basics of programming (Python) and use of linear Algebra, Statistics,
probabilistic distributions etc. in it. Basics of Machine learning, data interpretation and mathematical
tools like Regression analysis and its types used in various machine learning models. This course also
includes a brief introduction to Neural Networks and its uses.
9. Learning Objectives:
i) To familiarize students with the concept of machine learning and its application
ii) Provide an introduction to Python programming.
iii) To impart Knowledge of various mathematical tools used in various machine learning
models
iv) Familiarize the students with the concept of Neural Networks.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): At the end of this course, the learner will be:
i) Able to differentiate machine learning from normal computer programming
ii) Able to interpret a given data for drawing inference, forecasting etc.
iii) Able to successfully employ various mathematical tools to develop a machine learning
algorithm.
iv) Able to understand the basic structure and applications of Neural Networks.
11. Lab Component
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 Implement and demonstrate the FIND-S algorithm for finding the most
specific hypothesis based on a given set of training data samples. Read
the training data from a .CSV file.
i, ii, iii, iv
2 For a given set of training data examples stored in a .CSV file,
implement and demonstrate the Candidate-Elimination algorithm to
output a description of the set of all hypotheses consistent with the
training examples.
i, ii, iii, iv
3 Write a program to demonstrate the working of the decision tree based
ID3 algorithm. Use an appropriate data set for building the decision tree
and apply this knowledge to classify a new sample
i, ii, iii, iv
4 Build an Artificial Neural Network by implementing the Back-
propagation algorithm and test the same using appropriate data sets.
i, ii, iii, iv
5 Write a program to implement the naïve Bayesian classifier for a sample
training data set stored as a .CSV file. Compute the accuracy of the
classifier, considering few test data sets.
i, ii, iii, iv
6 Assuming a set of documents that need to be classified, use the naïve
Bayesian Classifier model to perform this task. Built-in Java classes/API
can be used to write the program. Calculate the accuracy, precision, and
recall for your data set.
i, ii, iii, iv
7 Write a program to construct a Bayesian network considering medical
data. Use this model to demonstrate the diagnosis of heart patients using
standard Heart Disease Data Set. You can use Java/Python ML library
classes/API.
i, ii, iii, iv
8 Apply EM algorithm to cluster a set of data stored in a .CSV file. Use
the same data set for clustering using k-Means algorithm. Compare the
results of these two algorithms and comment on the quality of clustering.
You can add Java/Python ML library classes/API in the program.
i, ii, iii, iv
9 Write a program to implement k-Nearest Neighbour algorithm to
classify the iris data set. Print both correct and wrong predictions.
Python ML library classes can
i, ii, iii, iv
10 Implement the non-parametric Locally Weighted Regression algorithm
in order to fit data points. Select appropriate data set for your experiment
and draw graphs.
i, ii, iii, iv
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Essence of
Indian
Knowledge
Tradition
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE () MC ()
5. Pre-
requisite
6. Frequency
(use tick marks)
Even () Odd () Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical =0
8. Course Description:
This course contains details about basic structure of Indian knowledge system (Introduction of Ved,
Upved, Upang & Vedang), correlation between modern science and Indian Knowledge system, Yoga
health care, different philosophical traditions, Indian Linguistic and Artistic tradition and various case
studies.
9. Learning Objectives:
The course aims at imparting:
i) Basic understanding of Indian Society through a process of thought, reasoning and inferencing.
ii) Knowledge about the connections between nature and Society
iii) Introduction to Yogic health care, Vedic Science and heritage of Sanskrit Language.
iv) Knowledge about Indian Linguistic and artistic heritage.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
At the end of this course, the learner will be able to understand, connect up and explain basics of
Indian Traditional Knowledge in modern scientific perspective.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Indian Knowledge system
Ashthadash Vidya, 4 Veds, 4 UpVeds, 6 Vedangs, 4 Upangs
Unit - 2 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Modern Science and Indian
Knowledge System
Historical Background, Indian Contribution to Global Science, Yogic health Care and Vedic science,
Case studies
Unit - 3 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Philosophical Tradition
Common themes, Comparison of Indian philosophies like justice, yog, Jain, Baudh, etc. and their
Influence
Unit - 4 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Indian linguistic Tradition
Indian‟s Oral Tradition, The Sanskrit intervention, The contemporary linguistic tradition, Vedic
literature etc.
Unit - 5 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Indian Artistic Tradition
Early Indian Art, Rock art, Indus Valley art, Buddhist art, Gupta art, Late Medieval period art,
Mughal art and Modern art.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) V. Sivaramakrishnan (Ed.), Cultural Heritage of India-course material, Bharatiya, Vidya
Bhavan, Mumbai. 5th Edition, 2014
Reference Books:
Swami Jitatmanand, Modern Physics and Vedant, Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, 2012, ASIN: B008V21FOO
i) Swami Jitatmanand, Holistic Science and Vedant, Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan
ii) Fritzof Capra, Tao of Physics
iii) Fritzof Capra, The Wave of life VN Jha (Eng. Trans.), Tarkasangraha of Annam Bhatta,
International Chinmay Foundation, Velliarnad, Arnakulam Yoga Sutra of Patanjali,
Ramakrishna Mission, Kolkata
iv) GN Jha (Eng. Trans.), Ed. RN Jha, Yoga-darshanam with Vyasa Bhashya
v) Vidyanidhi Prakashan, Delhi 2016 RN Jha, Science of Consciousness Psychotherapy and
Yoga Practices, Vidyanidhi
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Robotics L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
BOE and ICE 6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures =42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
This subject deal with fundamentals of robotics, its components and various types of sensing. Further,
robot programming and its industrial applications has been covered in detail. Robots are very useful
and efficient in repeated kind of tasks such as pick and place, welding, assembly etc. Over a period of
time intelligent robots are also developed which serves specific objectives.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To get acquainted with constructional features and other basic information on robotics.
ii) To know about the sensors used in robotics.
iii) To learn robot programming of a typical robot and also the concepts of path planning and
applications.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Know the basics of robotics.
ii) Do robot programming.
iii) Appreciate the applications of robotics and apply economic measures to justify advantages of
robots in industry.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 06
Title of the unit: Introduction
Definition of a Robot – Basic Concepts –Robot configurations – Types of Robot drives – Basic robot
motions – Point to point control – Continuous path control.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Components and Operation
Basic control system concepts – Control system analysis – Robot actuation and feedback -
Manipulators – direct and inverse kinematics - Coordinate transformation – Brief Robot dynamics.
Types of Robot and Effectors – Robot/ End – Effector interface.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Sensing and Machine Vision
Range sensing – Proximity sensing –Touch sensing – Force and Torque sensing. Introduction to
Machine vision – Sensing and Digitizing – Image processing and analysis.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Robot Programming
Methods – Languages – Capabilities and limitation – Artificial intelligence – Knowledge
representation –Search techniques in A I and Robotics.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Industrial Applications
Application of robots in machining – Welding – Assembly – Material handling –Loading and
Unloading – CIM – Hostile and Remote environments.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E- Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Robotics and Control by R K Mittal and I J Nagrath, Mcgraw Hill,2003, ISBN:
9780070482937
i) John J. Craig (2008), Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics and Control, 3rd Edition, Pearson
Education. ISBN: 978-8-131-71836-0.
Reference Books:
i) Richard D. Klafter, Thomas A. Chmielewski and Michael Negin, (2010), Robotic Engineering
An Integrated Approach, 1st Edition, Prentice-hall of India. ISBN: 978-8-120-30842-8.
ii) S. R. Deb and Sankha Deb (2009), Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation, 2nd
Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Edu-cation. ISBN: 978-0-070-07791-1.
iii) Robert Joseph Schilling (2007), Fundamentals of Robotics: Analysis and Control, Prentice
Hall India. ISBN: 978-8-120-31047-6.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Robotics Lab L T P
3. Course Code 0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
BOE and ICE 6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures =00 Tutorials = 00 Practical = 28
8. Course Description
This subject deal with fundamentals of robotics, its components and various types of sensing. Further,
robot programming and its industrial applications has been covered in detail. Robots are very useful
and efficient in repeated kind of tasks such as pick and place, welding, assembly etc. Over a period of
time intelligent robots are also developed which serves specific objectives.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To get acquainted with constructional features and other basic information on robotics.
ii) To know about the sensors used in robotics.
iii) To learn robot programming of a typical robot and also the concepts of path planning and
applications.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Know the basics of robotics.
ii) Do robot programming.
iii) Appreciate the applications of robotics and apply economic measures to justify advantages of
robots in industry.
11. Lab Component
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 To study of robot anatomy. i
2 To study different types of robots. ii
3 To study Denavit Hartenberg parameters of Robotics. ii
4 To study of various robot programming techniques. iii
5 Write a program and perform the pick and place task. iii
6 Write a program and perform sketching by manipulator. iii
7 To study of automated material handling system. i, ii, iii
8 Design a work cell to perform loading and unloading. i, ii, iii
9 To study of various sensors and actuators used in Robots. i, ii, iii
10 Write a program to pick the different color pen. i, ii, iii
11 Study of hydraulics and Pneumatics circuit, based on the industrial
application.
iii
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Heat and Mass
Transfer
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisit
e (if
any)
Engineering
Thermodynamics
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
An introductory course in heat and mass transfer covering conduction, convection and radiation heat
transfer, principals of heat exchanger and mass transfer. Heat transfer and mass transfer are kinetic
processes that may occur and be studied separately or jointly. Studying them apart is simpler, but both
processes are modelled by similar mathematical equations in the case of diffusion and convection (there
is no mass-transfer similarity to heat radiation), and it is thus more efficient to consider them jointly.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To comprehend and evaluate various modes of heat and mass transfer
ii) To design fin enhanced systems, evaporators, condensers and heat exchangers.
iii) To understand boundary layer theory, condensation and boiling.
iv) To determine effectiveness of heat exchangers using LMTD and NTU.
10. Course Outcomes (Cos): On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Apply basic principles of fluid mechanics, thermodynamics, heat transfer for designing heat and
mass transfer systems.
ii) Model heat, mass and momentum transport systems and develop predictive correlation.
iii) Assess and evaluate various designs for heat and mass transfer and optimize the solution.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1
Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Conduction – I
Basic concepts, conduction, convection and radiation, Laws – General equation of heat conduction –
Derivation in cartesian and cylindrical – One dimensional steady state heat conduction in simple
geometries – plane wall – cylinder and sphere – Heat transfer composite walls – composite cylinders and
composite spheres – Critical thickness of insulation –Thermal contact resistance – Overall heat transfer
coefficient – Electrical analogy – Heat generation in plane wall – cylinder and sphere – Extended
Comment [4]: No Change is required in this subject
surfaces – general equations
Unit – 2
Number of
lectures = 9
Title of the unit: Conduction – II
Two- and Three-dimensional steady state heat conduction – Analytical – Graphical and Numerical
methods – Unsteady state heat conduction – Lumped parameter system – Non-dimensional numbers in
conduction – Significance of Biot and Fourier numbers -Types and applications of fins – Fin efficiency
and effectiveness – Fin performance.
Unit – 3
Number of
lectures = 9
Title of the unit: Convection
Boundary layer theory – Conservation equations of mass – momentum and energy for laminar flow over
a flat plate – Turbulent flow over a flat plate –Internal flow through pipes – annular spaces – Analogy
between momentum and heat transfer – Natural convection in vertical Dimensional analysis.
Unit – 4
Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Condensation, Boiling and Radiation
Condensation and Boiling – Film wise and Dropwise condensation – Film condensation on a vertical
plate – Regimes of Boiling –Forced convection boiling – Radiation heat transfer – Thermal radiation –
Laws of radiation – Black body concept – Emissivepower – Radiation shape factor – Gray bodies –
Radiation shields.
Unit – 5
Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Heat Exchanger and Mass Transfer
Heat Exchangers – Types and practical applications – Use of LMTD – Effectiveness – NTU method –
Compact heat exchangers– Plate heat exchangers – Fouling factor – Heat pipes – Types and applications.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) J. P. Holman (2005), Heat Transfer, 9th
Edition, McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited.
ISBN: 978-0-070-29618-3.
Reference Books:
i) R. C. Sachdeva (2005), Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, New Age International (P)
Ltd. ISBN: 978-8-122-40076-2.
ii) P. K. Nag (2005), Heat Transfer, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited. ISBN: 978-0-
070-60653-1.
iii) Dewitt Lavine, Bergmann and Incropera (2010), Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, 6th
Edition, John Wiley & Sons, ISBN: 978-8-126-52764-9.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Heat and Mass
Transfer Lab
L T P
3. Course
Code
0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisit
e (if
any)
Engineering
Thermodynamics
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 0 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Course Description
An introductory course in heat and mass transfer covering conduction, convection and radiation heat
transfer, principals of heat exchanger and mass transfer. Heat transfer and mass transfer are kinetic
processes that may occur and be studied separately or jointly. Studying them apart is simpler, but both
processes are modelled by similar mathematical equations in the case of diffusion and convection (there
is no mass-transfer similarity to heat radiation), and it is thus more efficient to consider them jointly.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To comprehend and evaluate various modes of heat and mass transfer
ii) To design fin enhanced systems, evaporators, condensers and heat exchangers.
iii) To understand boundary layer theory, condensation and boiling.
iv) To determine effectiveness of heat exchangers using LMTD and NTU.
10. Course Outcomes (Cos): On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Apply basic principles of fluid mechanics, thermodynamics, heat transfer for designing heat and
mass transfer systems.
ii) Model heat, mass and momentum transport systems and develop predictive correlation.
iii) Assess and evaluate various designs for heat and mass transfer and optimize the solution.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 To calculate thermal conductivity of insulating material in the form of
slab.
i, ii
2 To calculate total thermal resistance and thermal conductivity of
composite wall.
ii
3 To calculate the thermal conductivity of insulating powder. ii
4 To calculate the thermal conductivity of given liquid (glycerin). ii
5 To calculate the average heat transfer co-efficient of vertical cylinder ii
under natural convection.
6 To calculate surface heat transfer coefficient for a pipe by forced
convection and compare heat transfer coefficient for different air flow
rates and heat flow rates.
ii
7 To calculate the heat transfer coefficient experimentally and theoretically
for free and forced convection and compare the theoretical temperature
distribution with experimentally obtained distribution.
ii
8 To study the Boiling Heat Transfer phenomenon for pool boiling of
water.
ii
9 To conduct test on a heat pipe and compare the temperature distribution
and rate of heat transfer with geometrically similar copper and stainless-
steel tubes.
ii
10 To determine the value of Stefan-Boltzmann constant for radiation heat
transfer.
i, ii
11 To measure the property of emissivity of the test plate surface at various
temperatures.
ii
12 To study and compare temperature distribution, heat transfer rate, overall
heat transfers co-efficient in parallel flow and counter flow heat-
exchanger.
iii
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Operation
Research
Techniques
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
IE & M 6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
Operation research is having many powerful tools to optimize the real life problems. The study of this
subject will give knowledge to the students regarding transportation and inventory related problems.
This also describes the method of sequencing of jobs through different number of machines. Focus is
also given to most common problems of waiting of either jobs/machines/peoples. Emphasis is given
to decision models and replacement problems. So, the study of this subject will develop the capability
among students to solve effectively many problems arising during their career.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To provide students the knowledge of optimization techniques and approaches.
ii) To enable the students, apply mathematical, computational and communication skills needed
for the practical utility of Operations Research.
iii) To introduce students to research methods and current trends in Operations Research.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Apply operations research techniques in industrial optimization problems.
ii) Solve transportation problems using various OR methods.
iii) Illustrate the use of OR tools in a wide range of applications in industries.
iv) Explain current topics and advanced techniques of Operations Research for industrial
solutions.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1
Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Linear Models
Introduction to Operations Research – Linear Programming - Mathematical Formulation – Graphical
method – Simplex method – Duality – Two – Phase Simplex method – Transportation problems –
Northwest Corner method – Vogel‟s Approximation method – MODI method – Transshipment
problems - Assignment problems – Applications Introduction to dynamic programming and non
linear programming- Goal programming.
Unit – 2
Number of
lectures = 9
Title of the unit: Sequencing and Networks
Sequencing –Problem with N jobs and 2 machines using Johnson‟s method, Problems with N jobs - 3
machines and „M‟ machines using modified Johnson‟s method.
Network models – Basic Concepts – Construction of Networks – Project Network – CPM and PERT
- Critical Path Scheduling – Crashing of Network.
Unit – 3
Number of
lectures = 9
Title of the unit: Inventory Models
Inventory models – Various Costs and Concepts–EOQ–Deterministic inventory models – Production
models – Stochastic Inventory models – Buffer stock.
Unit – 4
Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Queuing Models
Queuing models – Poisson arrivals and Exponential service times – Single channel models and Multi
channel models. Simulation – Basic concepts – Advantages and Disadvantages – Random number
generation – Monte-Carlo Simulation models.
Unit – 5
Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Decision Models
Decision models – Game theory – Two person zero sum game – Graphic solution - Property of
dominance – Algebraic solution.
Replacement models – Items that deteriorate with time - When money value changes – Items that fail
completely – Individual replacement and Group replacement.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Kanti Swarup, P.K. Gupta and Manmohan Lal (2010), Operations Research, 15th Edition, S.
Chand & Sons, ISBN: 978- 8-180-54771-3.
Reference Books:
i) H. M. Wagner (2009), Principles of Operation Research, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India
Ltd ISBN: 978-8-120- 30162-7.
ii) Hamdy Taha, (2008), Operations Research-An Introduction, 8th Edition, Pearson Education,
ISBN: 978-8-131-71104-0.
iii) R. Panneerselvan (2006), Operation Research, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
ISBN: 978-8-120-31743-7.
iv) J. K. Sharma (2013), Operation Research, 5th Edition, Macmillan Publications, ISBN: 978-9-
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Applied
Thermodynamics
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite
Thermodynamics 6. Frequency
(use tick marks)
Even () Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description:
This course is designed for comprehensive study of combustion and thermal aspects in steam power
plants and its allied components. This will enable the students to understand thermal analysis of steam
power plant components. The students will be able to identify, track and solve various combustion
problems and evaluate theoretically the performance of various components involved in steam power
plants and internal combustion engines.
9. Learning Objectives:
i) Understand thermal behavior of mechanical devices.
ii) Develop competence with steady slow devices.
iii) Study the development of various flows & its usages.
iv) Practical applications of thermodynamic laws.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): At the end of this course, the learner will be:
i) Find volumetric efficiency.
ii) Find the properties of steam.
iii) Types of turbines & its usages
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Properties of Steam
Pure substance; Steam and its formation at constant pressure: wet, dry, saturated and super-heated
steam; Sensible heat(enthalpy), latent heat and total heat (enthalpy) of steam; dryness fraction and its
determination; degree of superheat and degree of sub-cool
Unit - 2 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Steam Generators
Classification and Applications of Steam Generators; Working and constructional details of fire-tube
and water-tube boilers: (Cochran, Lancashire, Babcock and Wilcox boilers); Merits and demerits of
fire-tube and water-tube boilers; Modern high-pressure boilers (Benson boiler, La Mont boiler) and
Super critical boilers (Once through boilers-Tower type)
Unit - 3 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Steam Nozzles
Definition, types and utility of nozzles; Flow of steam through nozzles; Condition for maximum
discharge through nozzle; Critical pressure ratio, its significance and its effect on discharge; Area of
Comment [5]: No Change is required
throat and at exit for maximum discharge; Effect of friction; Nozzle efficiency.
Unit - 4 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Air Compressors
Classification of Air Compressors; Application of compressors and use of compressed air in industry
and other places; Complete representation of compression process on P-v and T-s coordinates with
detailed description of areas representing total work done and polytropic work done
Unit - 5 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Reciprocating Air Compressors
Single stage single acting reciprocating compressor (with and without clearance volume):
construction, operation, work input and best value of index of compression, heat rejected to cooling
medium, isothermal, overall thermal, isentropic, polytropic, mechanical efficiency, Clearance
Volumetric efficiency
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Books:
i) P. K. Nag (2010), Basic and Applied Thermodynamics, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd., ISBN 978-0-070-15131-4 Reference Books:
i) K. Soman (2011), Thermal Engineering, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. ISBN 13:
9788120340480
ii) J.S. Rajadurai,(2003) Thermodynamics and Thermal Engineering New Age
International (P) Ltd. Publishers ISBN13 9788122414936
iii) R. Yadav, Sanjay and Rajay (2011), Applied Thermodynamics, Central Publishing
House. ISBN-13: 978-8185444031
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Production
Planning and
Control
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
IE & M 6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
PPC, is the process of production planning sets the objectives, goals, targets on the basis of available
resources with their given constraints. Control is the integral part of effective planning. Similarly
control involves assessment of the performance; such assessment can be made effectively only when
some standards are set in advance. Planning involves setting up to such standard. The controlling is
made by comparing the actual performance with these present standard and deviations are ascertained
and analyzed.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To provide knowledge about various types of productions.
ii) To acquire the knowledge of value analysis.
iii) To know various types inventory planning.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Identify and suggest correct type of production planning technique.
ii) Analyze the concepts of production planning.
iii) Control and implement PPC methods in crucial areas of the industry.
iv) Implement the knowledge of ERP systems and shop floor scheduling.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1
Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: MPC Performance
Factors influencing MPC performance - Review of fundamental features of Material Requirements
Planning systems - MRP systems dynamics and system nervousness.
Unit – 2
Number of
lectures = 9
Title of the unit: Sales and Operations Planning
Sales and operations planning - Production Planning - Master scheduling and order promising -
Distribution Resource Planning - Bills of material structuring, master scheduling - and final assembly
scheduling.
Unit – 3
Number of
lectures = 9
Title of the unit: Capacity Management
Capacity management using planning factors - bills of capacity - and capacity requirements planning
– CRP and I/O Control - Shop floor control/operations scheduling – Inventory models.
Unit – 4
Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Shop Floor Control
Shop floor control/scheduling - Kanban/pull systems - Alternative pull systems; parameter settings -
Pull systems for suppliers.
Unit – 5
Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: ERP Systems
ERP systems - Technical aspects of SAP - Focus on implementation and system‟s fit - ERP
implementation - Beyond ERP Software for manufacturing firms - Supply Chain Management.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) D.W. Fogarty, J.H. Blackstone and T. Hoffmann. (2009), Production and Inventory
Management, 3rd
Edition, South-Western Publishing. ISBN: 978-0-324-31137-2
Reference Books:
i) S. K Mukhopadhyay (2009), Production Planning and Control: Text and Cases, 2nd
Edition,
Phi Learning. ISBN: 978-8-120-33118-1
ii) Stephen N. Chapman (2005), Fundamentals of Production Planning and Control, Prentice
Hall. ISBN: 978-0-130-17615-8.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Fuel and
Combustion
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
Engg.
Thermodynamics
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
Two and four stroke engines, air standard cycles, fuels and combustion, fundamental of ignition
systems, performance and rating of engines, combustion characteristics and combustion chamber for
S.I and C.I engines, supercharging.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To learn about various types of fuels, their composition and properties
ii) To acquire depth knowledge of solid, liquid and gaseous fuels.
iii) To understand the thermodynamics of combustion.
iv) To learn about the types of pollution and its control.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Analyze the composition of various types of fuels and their properties.
ii) Estimate the composition of various types of fuels and their properties
iii) Demonstrate the knowledge of combustion thermodynamics.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1
Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Fuel Characteristics
Fuels – Types and Characteristics of Fuels – Determination of Properties of Fuels - Fuels Analysis -
Proximate and Ultimate Analysis - Moisture Determination – Calorific Value - Gross and Net
Calorific Values - Calorimetry - DuLong‟s Formula for CV Estimation - Flue gas Analysis - Orssat
Apparatus - Fuel and Ash Storage and Handling – Spontaneous Ignition Temperatures.
Unit – 2
Number of
lectures = 9
Title of the unit: Solid and Liquid Fuels
Solid Fuels: Wood and Wood Charcoal-Origin of coal-Composition of coal –Analysis and
properties of different grades of coal preparation and storage of coal-coal washing –Briquetting.
Liquid coals: Origin of petroleum fuels-Production –Composition-Petroleum Refining-Various
grades of petro-Products-Properties and testing –Alcohol shale oil-Gasification of liquid fuels –
Synthetic fuels -Storage and handling of liquid fuels.
Unit – 3
Number of
lectures = 9
Title of the unit: Gaseous Fuels
Classification - Composition and Properties – Estimation of Calorific Value - Gas Calorimeter. Rich
and Lean Gas - Wobbe Index - Natural Gas - Dry and Wet Natural Gas - Stripped NG - Foul and
Sweet NG - LPG - LNG - CNG - Methane – Producer Gas - Gasifies - Water Gas – Town Gas -
Coal Gasification – Gasification Efficiency - Non - Thermal Route - Biogas - Digesters -Reactions –
Viability - Economics.
Unit – 4
Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Stoichiometry and Kinematics
Stoichiometry - Mass Basis and Volume Basis – Excess Air Calculation - Fuel and Flue Gas
Compositions – Calculations – Rapid Methods - Combustion Processes - Stationary Flame – Surface
or Flameless Combustion – Submerged Combustion – Pulsating and Slow Combustion Explosive
Combustion. Mechanism of Combustion – Ignition and Ignition Energy - Spontaneous Combustion -
Flame Propagation - Solid - Liquid and Gaseous Fuels Combustion - Flame Temperature -
Theoretical - Adiabatic and Actual - Ignition Limits – Limits of inflammability.
Unit – 5
Number of
lectures = 6
Title of the unit: Air Pollution
Types of pollution - Combustion-Generated air pollution - Effects of air pollution - Pollution of
fossil fuels and its control – Pollution from automobiles and its control.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Books:
i) Stephen Turns, (2011), an Introduction to Combustion: Concepts and Applications, McGraw
Hill. McGraw-Hill Education; 3 Edition, ISBN: 978-0073380193
ii) SS Thipse (2010) Alternative Fuels. Jaico Publishers, 1st Edition, ISBN: 9788184950786
Reference Books:
i) John B. Heywood (2017)– Internal Combustion Engine, McGraw Hill. 1 edition, ISBN-13:
978-1259002076
ii) Mishra, D. P, (2007), Fundamentals of Combustion, Prentice Hall of India. Revised Edition
ISBN 13: 9788120333482
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Advanced
Machining
Processes
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even () Odd () Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
Today‟s stringent design requirements and difficult-to-machine materials such as tough super alloys,
ceramics, and composites, have made traditional machining processes costly and obsolete. As a result,
manufacturers and machine design engineers are turning to advance machining processes. These
machining processes utilizes electrical, chemical and optimal sources of energy to machine the given
job. Going through this subject student will get insight of various advanced machining processes and
there system components, process variables and industrial applications. This is a perfect course for
anyone designing, researching or converting to a more advance machining process.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To teach the principles of material removal mechanism of advanced machining processes such
as mechanical, electro-chemical and thermal.
ii) To provide in depth knowledge in selection of advanced machining process to
fabricate intricate and complex shapes in difficult to machine material.
iii) To provide awareness of advanced finishing processes to achieve submicron/Nano
surface finish.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Identify and suggest the suitable manufacturing process for advanced materials and critical
finishing.
ii) Select a process for a given application such as IBM, EBM, PAM etc.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Mechanical Advanced Machining Processes
Need and classification of nontraditional machining processes – Material removal in traditional and
nontraditional machining processes - considerations in process selection. Ultrasonic machining –
Working principle, mechanism of metal removal – Theory of Shaw, elements of the processes, tool
feed mechanism, effect of parameters, applications and numerical. Abrasive jet machining, Water jet
machining and abrasive water jet machine - Basic principles, equipments, process variables,
mechanics of metal removal, MRR, application and limitations.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Chemical Processes
Principle of ECM process, chemistry of the ECM processes, Parameters of the process,
determination of the metal removal rate, dynamics of ECM process, polarization, tool design,
advantages and disadvantages, application, electrochemical grinding, electro-chemical honing,
electrochemical deburring, Application of ECM for deep hole drilling – electro stream drilling and
shaped tube electrolytic machining. Chemical machining - Fundamental principle, types of chemical
machining, maskants, etchants, advantages, disadvantages, applications.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures =08
Title of the unit: Electric Discharge Machining
Working principle of EDM, Power circuits for EDM - RC pulse generator and controlled pulse
generator– Analysis of R-C Circuits – Mechanics of metal removal in EDM, Process parameters,
selection of tool electrode and dielectric fluids, surface finish and machining accuracy,
characteristics of spark eroded surface and recent development in EDM. Wire EDM – Working
principle, process variables, process characteristics and applications. Electric discharge grinding and
electric discharge diamond grinding - working principle, process capabilities and applications.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Laser, Electron Beam, Ion Beam and
Plasma Arc Machining
General working principle of laser beam machining – Generation of Laser, types of Lasers, process
characteristics and applications. Electron Beam Machining - Equipment for production of Electron
Beam, theory of EBM, thermal and non-thermal type, process characteristics and applications. Ion
Beam Machining - Mechanism of metal removal and associated equipments, process characteristics
and applications. Plasma Arc Machining - Metal removal mechanism, process parameters, process
characteristics, types of torches, applications.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Advanced Finishing Processes
Abrasive flow Machining (AFM) - working principle, AFM system, process variables, process
performance and applications. Magnetic abrasive finishing (MAF) - working principle, MAF
system, material removal and surface finish, process variables and applications. Chemo mechanical
polishing, working principle, material removal and surface finish and applications
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E- Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) V. K. Jain (2004), Advanced Machining Processes, 1st Edition, Affiliated Allied Publishers.
ISBN: 978-8-177-64294-0.
Reference Books:
i) Hassan El-Hofy (2005), Advanced Machining Processes, 1st edition Affiliated McGraw-Hill.
ISBN: 978-0-071-45334-9.
ii) Gary F. Benedict (1987), Nontraditional Machining Processes, 1st Edition, Affiliated CRC
press. ISBN 082-4-773-527.
iii) M. Adithan (2008), Modern Machining Methods, 1st Edition, Affiliated Khanna Publishers
New Delhi. ISBN: 978-8-174-09225-0.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Steam Power
Generation
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
Power Plant
Engineering
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
To teach students about the working of various power generation units and steam cycles. To introduce
students to steam generators, combustion and firing methods in order to make the fullest use of
thermal power potentialities of the country. To enable students, understand functioning of boilers,
turbines and pumps used in power generation.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To calculate the efficiency of thermal power plant.
ii) To know the working of boilers and turbines.
iii) To learn various sources of energy.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Involve in optimizing and selecting an alternate source of energy
ii) Know about the kind of boilers being used in various industries and their applicability.
iii) Distinguish between various power generation units and choose one that meets desired
economic, environmental and social requirements
iv) Understand basic power generation types and steam cycles
v) Possess the knowledge of global energy resources
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Description of Boiler
Classification and types of boilers, arrangements of main boiler, fundamentals of boiler design,
location of various pressure parts.
Boiler Circulation Theory: Water walls, boiling phenomena, nucleate / film boiling, natural /
controlled / forced circulation. Construction Details of Super Heaters, Re-heaters, and Economizers,
De-super heaters. Steam Separation Theory: Boiler Drum & its internals.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Steam turbine and condenser
Water Supply System: Soft water, Circulated Water, Cooling Water, and D.M. Water.
Steam Cycle Theory: Carnot Cycle, Rankine Cycle, with reference to a specific unit 500/210 MW,
steam properties.
Steam Turbines: Classification of Turbines, Metallurgical considerations, working principles.
Description of main components i.e. Turbine casing, rotor, blades stream admission valves, couplings,
bearing etc.
Steam Condensation and Condensers: Film wide / drop wise condensation, direct/indirect
condensation and vacuum creation
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Power Station Pumps
Classification of pumps, centrifugal pumps, and positive displacement pumps.
Boiler Feed Pump: Function of BFP, Constructional details.
Circulating Water System: Open / closed system, CW Pumps, Cooling Towers, CT Pumps, CT Fans.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Various Fans and their salient
features
Construction details / lubricating oil system for PA Fan, FD Fan, ID Fan.
Air Pre-heaters: Types and functions, constructional details, SCAPH, soot blowers.
Fuel Firing Arrangements and Burners: Corner, front and rear wall firing, Direct and indirect
firing, details of coal and oil burners, burners tilting mechanism, atomization of fuel oil in oil
burners and igniters.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Draught and lubrication System
Theory of natural, induced, balance and forced draught, drought loss, stack effect.
Turbine Lubrication Oil System: Construction and working principles of main oil pumps, starting oil
pumps, AC, DC oil pumps, Oil coolers.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Books:
i) R. K. Rajput, (2007), A Text Book of Power Plant Engineering, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd.
5th
Edition. ISBN 13: 9788131802557
Reference Books:
i) P. K. Nag, (2014), Power Plant Engineering: Steam and Nuclear, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company Ltd., 4th
Edition ISBN13 9789339204044.
ii) Wood, A.J. and Wollen Berg, B.F. (2013), Power Generation and Control, John Wiley, 3rd
Edition, ISBN: 978-0-471-79055-6
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Tool Design L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
Workshop
Technology,
Manufacturing
Process and
Technology
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
Tool design is a specialized area of manufacturing engineering comprising the analysis, planning,
design, construction, and application of tools, methods, and procedures necessary to increase the
manufacturing productivity.
9. Learning objectives:
i) The main objective of this course is to provide the basic knowledge needed to explore the
discipline of tool design and engineering.
ii) Implement the tool design process when designing tooling for the manufacturing of a product
iii) Design, develop, and evaluate cutting tools and work holders for a manufactured product
iv) Use CAD and conventional techniques in creating tooling drawings.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): At the end of the course, the student will be able to,
i) Understand basic motions involved in a machine tool.
ii) Design machine tool structures.
iii) Design and analyze systems for specified speeds and feeds.
iv) Select subsystems for achieving high accuracy in machining
v) Understand control strategies for machine tool operations.
vi) Apply appropriate quality tests for quality assurance.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Introduction
Introduction to Machine Tool Drives and Mechanisms: Introduction to the course, Working and
Auxiliary Motions in Machine Tools, Kinematics of Machine Tools, Motion Transmission.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 06
Title of the unit: Regulation of Speed and Feeds
Regulation of Speeds and Feeds: Aim of Speed and Feed Regulation, Stepped Regulation of Speeds,
Multiple Speed Motors, Ray Diagrams and Design Considerations, Design of Speed Gear Boxes,
Feed Drives, Feed Box Design.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Heat Treatment
Design of Machine Tool Structures: Functions of Machine Tool Structures and their Requirements,
Design for Strength, Design for Rigidity, Materials for Machine Tool Structures, Machine Tool
Constructional Features, Beds and Housings, Columns and Tables, Saddles and Carriages
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Mechanical Properties of Materials
and Testing
Design of Guideways, Power Screws and Spindles: Functions and Types of Guideways, Design of
Guideways, Design of Aerostatic Slideways, Design of Anti-Friction Guideways, Combination
Guideways, Design of Power Screws. Design of Spindles and Spindle Supports: Functions of
Spindles and Requirements, Effect of Machine Tool Compliance on Machining Accuracy, Design of
Spindles, Antifriction Bearings.
Unit – 5 Number of Title of the unit: Advance Material and Application
lectures = 08
Dynamics of Machine Tools: Machine Tool Elastic System, Static and Dynamic Stiffness Acceptance
Tests.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
i) Machine Tool Design and Numerical Control/ N.K. Mehta / Mc Graw Hill Education,
ISBN: 9781259004575
Reference Books:
i) Principles of Machine Tools/ G. C. Sen and A. Bhattacharyya / New Central Book
Agency/ASIN- B01FIX1MKA.
ii) Design of Machine Tools / D. K Pal, S. K. Basu / Oxford /ISBN: 9788120417779/Product
Code- EBK0013309.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Modeling and
Simulation of
Manufacturing
Systems
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisit
e (if
any)
Computer Aided
Machine Design
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
The objective of this course is to give a sound knowledge of the fundamental aspects of system
simulation, which is used in the analysis of complex system and finds applications in a wide range of
real-life situations. Modeling and Simulation of Manufacturing Systems course is concerned with the
concepts of system, system modeling and simulation, has been expanded to include the details of types
of models and simulation software. This course covers the mathematical and statistical models. This
course provides the knowledge of random number generation and inverse transform techniques. This
course also discusses the analysis of simulation data and application of simulation system in
manufacturing and material handling systems
9. Learning objectives:
i) To learn about various types of fuels, their composition and properties.
ii) To introduce modeling, simulation and optimization as it applies to the study and analysis of
manufacturing systems for decision support.
iii) To expose with a wide range of applications for simulation methods and models and to
integrate them with their introduction to operations management.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Develop the practical skills necessary to design, implement and analyze discrete-event
simulation systems.
ii) Cover the basic theory underlying discrete-event simulation methodologies in order to enable a
critical understanding of simulation output in managerial environments.
iii) Build the foundations necessary to quickly adapt for future advances in simulation technology.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1
Number of
lectures = 9
Title of the unit: Introduction to System Simulation
Introduction to system simulation – Applications – Discrete and Continuous simulation – Simulation
models – Simulation procedure– Simulation Examples – General Principles -Simulation software.
Unit – 2
Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Mathematical and Statistical Models
Review of basic probability and Statistics – Statistical models in simulation - Selecting input
probability distributions.
Unit – 3
Number of
lectures = 7
Title of the unit: Random Numbers
Random number generation-Testing of Random numbers – Techniques for generating random
numbers- Random Variate Generation– Inverse transform techniques-Acceptance-Rejection
techniques- Special properties.
Unit – 4
Number of
lectures =10
Title of the unit: Combustion: Analysis of Simulation Data
Input modeling – Data collection – Identifying the distribution with data- Parameter estimation -
Goodness of fit tests – Fitting a non-stationery Poisson`s process- Selecting input models without
data-Multi Variate and Time Series Input Models- Model Building – Verification, Validation and
Calibration of Simulation Models – Output analysis – Comparison and Evaluation of Alternative
System designs
Unit – 5
Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Applications
Simulation of Manufacturing and Material Handling systems – Simulation of Computer Systems –
Simulation of Computer Networks
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Stephen Jerry banks, John S Carson, Barry L Nelson and David M Nicol (2006), Discrete
Event System Simulation, 4th Edition, Pearson Education Asia. ISBN: 978-8-177-58591-9
Reference Books:
i) Manufacturing Systems Modeling and Analysis 2nd ed. 2011 Edition by Guy L.
Curry, Richard M. Feldman (ISBN-13: 978-3642166174, ISBN-10: 9783642166174)
ii) Averill M. Law and W David Kelton (2000), Simulation Modeling and Analysis, 3rd Edition,
McGraw Hill. ISBN: 978-0-071-16537-2.
iii) W David Kelton, Randoll P Sadowski and Debroah A Sasowski (2003), Simulation with
ARENA, 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill. ISBN: 978-0-072-91981-3.
iv) Geoffrey Gordon “System simulation” – Prentice Hall of India, 1992 (ISBN - 10 :
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Gas Dynamics
and Jet
Propulsion
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite
(if any)
Heat & Mass
Transfer
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
The principles of jet propulsion are of prime significance in designing and constructing aircraft
engines. The primary focus of this course is on the teaching of thermodynamics and gas dynamics in
aircraft engines. This course provides information that will enable the engineering analysis of ramjets
and turbine engines and its separate components including inlets, nozzles, combustion chambers,
compressors.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To learn about various types of fuels, their composition and properties
ii) To provide an insight into applications of compressible flows and the fundamentals of jet
propulsion systems.
iii) To formulate and solve problems in one-dimensional steady compressible flow.
iv) To solve problems in two-dimensional compressible flows.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Demonstrate the knowledge of major elements in a jet engine and calculate the overall
performance of a jet engine.
ii) Apply the concepts of gas dynamics for applications related to compressible flows and jet
propulsion.
iii) Possess the knowledge of jet engines and aircraft propulsion theories.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1
Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Gas Dynamics
Conservation laws for mass - Momentum and energy in steady flow - Velocity of sound - Bulk
modulus of elasticity – Coefficient of Compressibility - Stagnation state - Critical state - Various
regions of flow - Physical significance of Mach number – Crocco Number - Characteristic Mach
number - Critical Mach number - Mach cone - Von – Karma‟s rules for supersonic flow – Differences
between Incompressible and Compressible flows. Properties of atmosphere - Effect of Mach number
on compressibility: T-S and H-S diagrams showing Nozzle and Diff user process.
Comment [6]: No change is required.
Unit – 2
Number of
lectures = 9
Title of the unit: Isentropic Flow
Isentropic flow through a constant area duct – Absence of any of the factors which can trigger a
change in fluid flow behavior like area change - Heat transfer - Friction and work transfer – Non
variation of properties. Isentropic flow through a variable area duct – Mach number variation - Area
ratio as a function of Mach number - Impulse function - Mass flow rate through nozzles and diff
users. Phenomenon of choking – subsonic and supersonic designs - Pressure values for nozzles - Diff
users.
Unit – 3
Number of
lectures = 9
Title of the unit: Flow Through Constant Area Duct
Fanno flow - Fanno curves - Equation and its solution - Variation of flow properties with duct length -
Applications. Isothermal flow with friction – Variation of flow properties – Applications Rayleigh
flow - Rayleigh flow equation - Rayleigh line – Variation of flow properties - Maximum heat transfer
applications. on Isothermal flow with heat transfer and friction - Basic formulation– Elementary
treatment only.
Unit – 4
Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Normal Shock Gas Dynamics
Flow with normal shock waves - Governing equations - Prandtl–Meyer equation - Impossibility of
rarefaction shock – Mach number downstream of shock - Property variation across shock - Strength
of shock wave - entropy change. Characteristics of flow through a C-D nozzle at various back
pressures. Normal shocks in Fanno and Rayleigh flow. Flow with oblique shock waves (Qualitative
treatment)
Unit – 5
Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Jet Propulsion
Air craft propulsion – Types of jet engines - Energy flow through jet engines - Thrust - Thrust power
and Propulsive efficiency - Turbojet components - Diff user compressor - Combustion chamber -
Turbines - Exhaust system - Performance of jet engines – Thrust augmentation - Pulse jet and Ram jet
engines. Rocket propulsion – Rocket engines - Basic theory of equation – Thrust effective jet velocity
- Specific impulse - Rocket engine performance - Solid and Liquid propellant rockets - Comparison of
various propulsion systems - Principle and Working of Helicopter.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Somasundaram, S.L. (2008) Gas Dynamics and Jet Propulsion New Age International ISBN-
13: 978-8122409925
Reference Books:
i) Mattingly J (1985) Elements of Gas Turbine Propulsion, McGraw-Hill Education India Pvt.
Ltd, ISBN13: 9780070606289
ii) Nicholas Cumpsty (2018) Jet Propulsion Cambridge University Press ISBN:9781316223116
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Introduction to
Biomaterials
Science
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite
Material
Engineering &
Technology
6. Frequency
(use tick marks)
Even () Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description:
A biomaterial is any matter, surface, or construct that interacts with biological systems. As a science,
biomaterials are about fifty years old. The study of biomaterials is called biomaterials science. It has
experienced steady and strong growth over its history, with many companies investing large amounts
of money into the development of new products. Biomaterials science encompasses elements of
medicine, biology, chemistry, tissue engineering and science. In this subject student will enables to
learn about biomaterials science, tissue Engineering, bio mineralization and Bio-mimicking materials.
9. Learning Objectives:
i) To learn about Biomaterials.
ii) Overview on ongoing research in Biomaterials Science.
iii) To learn new concepts in the interface of biology and materials science.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the students will
i) Explain the basic knowledge on the subject of Biomaterials Science.
ii) Apply new researches in the field.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Introduction
Introduction to Biomaterials Science; Bulk properties of Materials; Surface properties and Surface
characterization of materials; Role of bonding in biomaterials. Polymers; Silicone Biomaterials;
Medical Fibers and Bio textiles; Hydrogels; Smart Polymers; Bioerodable and Bioresorbable
materials; Natural materials; Metals, Ceramics, glasses and glass-ceramics; Pyrolytic carbon;
Composites; Non-fouling surfaces; Physiochemical surface modification for medicinal usage;
Textured and porous materials; Surface immobilized biomolecules.
Unit – 2 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Introduction to Biological Concept
Biochemistry basics (Amino acids, Proteins, Lipids, carbohydrates); Cells and cell injury; Tissues,
matrix and cell-biomaterial interaction; Mechanical forces on cells; Role of adsorbed proteins on
biomaterials; Biological fluids. Inflammation, wound healing and foreign body response; Innate and
adaptive immunity – the immune response to foreign materials; system toxicity and hypersensitivity;
blood coagulation mechanism and blood-materials interaction; Tumorigenesis; Biofilms; Biomaterials
and device related infections.
Unit – 3 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Tissue Engineering
Tissue Components; Overview of Tissue Engineering; Immuno isolation; Synthetic bioresorbable
polymer scaffolds; Stem Cells and Tissue Engineering.
Unit – 4 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Biomineralization and Bio Mimicking
Material
Biomineralization overview; Chiton tooth; Mollusk shells; Other examples of Biomineralization in
nature; Synthesis of materials inspired by biomineralization; Bio-inspired Materials overview; Gecko
foot; Hydrophobicity and Hydrophilicity; Wettability; Lotus leaf as an example; Lbl polymer films;
lipid films; Tomography for investigation of biomineralization.
Unit – 5 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Materials in Biology – Medicines and
Artificial Organs & Miscellaneous
Applications in Cardiology; Applications in Nephrology; Applications in Ophthalmology;
Applications in dentistry; Skin substitutes; Wound dressings and sutures; Bioelectrodes; Biosensors;
Intravenous Catheters; Bio glasses; Hydrogels; Cloning; Biopolymers; Frontiers in biomaterials
science research; Legal and ethical aspects in biomedical sciences; Implant and device failure;
Standardization and Regulation of products using Biomaterials; Sterilization; Implant retrieval and
Evaluation.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text book:
i) Amar K. Mohanty, Manjusri Misra and Lawrence T. Drzal, Natural Fibers, Biopolymers, and
Bio composites, First Edition, CRC Press. ISBN: 978-0-849-31741-5.
References Books:
i) Allan S. Hoff man, Buddy D. Ratner, Frederick J. Schoen (2012), Biomaterials Science: An
Introduction to Materials in Medicine,3rd Edition, Academic Press Publisher. IBSN: 978-0-
123-74626-9.
ii) Astrid Sigel, Helmut Sigel and K. O. Roland Sigel (2008), Biomineralization: From Nature to
Application, Wiley Publisher. ISBN: 978-0-470-03525-2.
iii) JB Park and RS Lakes (2010), Biomaterials - An Introduction, Springer. ISBN: 978-1-441-
92281-6.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Mechanical
Vibrations
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
KOM &
DOM
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures =42 Tutorials =
0
Practical = 0
8. Course Description
A structure or a body is said to vibrate if it has a to and fro motion. A greater proportion of human
activities involve vibration in one form or the other. We hear because our eardrums vibrate. The cause
and effects of vibration must be clearly understood. The structures designed to support the high-speed
machines are subjected to inherent unbalance which causes problems. The unbalance may be due to
faulty design or poor manufacture. Because of cyclic vibration, the material of the structure or the
machine component may undergo fatigue failure. Vibration causes fasteners such as nuts of the
machine to become loose. In metal machining processes, vibration may cause chatter, which results in
poor surface finish. If the natural frequency of vibration of a machine or structure equals the forced
frequency caused by external excitation, resonance occurs which causes dangerously large
oscillations and the structure fails. A bridge can collapse due to wind-induced vibration. Critical
instruments mounted on machines may lose their accuracy due to excessive vibrations. Vibrations can
be used for useful works such as vibration testing equipment‟s, vibratory conveyors, hoppers, sieves,
compactors, washing machines.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To learn the basics of vibrations including causes and effects of vibrations.
ii) To study the undamped and damped free vibration.
iii) To study the forced vibrations.
iv) To study multi degrees of freedom system.
v) To study vibration measuring instruments.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Write differential equation of the given vibration model.
ii) Calculate the frequencies of free or natural, damped and forced vibrations.
iii) Find the response of a vibrating system.
iv) Calculate the natural frequencies and mode shapes of multi degrees of freedom systems.
v) Use vibration measuring instruments.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures =08
Title of the unit: Fundamentals of Vibrations
Terminology, Single degree freedom systems, Response to arbitrary periodic excitations, Duhamel`s
integral, Impulse response function, Virtual work, Lagrange`s equation, Single degree freedom forced
vibration with elastically coupled viscous dampers, System identification from frequency response,
Transient vibration, Laplace transformation formulation.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Two Degree Freedom System
Free vibration of spring-coupled system, Mass coupled system, bending vibrations of two-degree
freedom system, Forced vibration, Vibration Absorber, Vibration Isolation.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Multi Degree Freedom System
Normal mode of vibration, Flexibility matrix and Stiffness matrix, Eigen value and Eigen vector,
Orthogonal properties, Modal matrix, Modal analysis, Forced vibration by matrix inversion, Modal
damping in forced vibration, Numerical methods for fundamental frequencies.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Vibration of continuous Systems
System governed by wave equations, Vibration of strings, Vibration of rods, Euler`s equation for
beams, Effects of Rotary Inertia and shear deformation, Vibration of plates.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Experimental Methods in Vibration
Analysis
Vibration Measuring Instruments, Vibration Exciters, Vibration Tests – Free and Forced Vibration
Tests. Examples of Vibration Tests, Industrial Case Studies.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) G K Grover (2003), Mechanical Vibrations, Nem Chand & Bros. Roorkee, ISBN 81-85240-
75-2
Reference Books:
i) William T. Thomson (2005), Theory of vibration with applications, 5th
Edition,
Pearson Education India. ISBN: 978-8-131-70482-0.
ii) R V Dukkipati (2008), Advanced Mechanical Vibrations, Alpha Science. ISBN: 978-1-842-
65222-0.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Cryogenic
Engineering
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
Refrigeration &
Air conditioning,
Applied
Thermodynamics
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical =0
8. Course Description
Introduction to Cryogenics and its applications, Properties of cryogenic fluids, Properties of materials
at cryogenic temperature, Cryogenic Refrigeration Systems, Gas-liquefaction systems, Cryocoolers,
Cryogenic Insulations, Vacuum Technology, Instrumentation in Cryogenics, Liquid storage and
transfer systems, heat exchangers used in cryogenic systems.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To provide in-depth knowledge of low temperature science.
ii) To provide knowledge on the properties of materials at low temperature.
iii) To familiarize with Cryogenic refrigeration systems.
iv) To familiarize with various gas liquefaction systems.
v) Cryogenic storage and transfer lines
10. Course Outcomes (COs): The students will be able to
i) Understand the science of cryogenic temperatures.
ii) Know about Cryogenic refrigeration systems.
iii) Get ideas on cryogenic fluids, cryogenic instrumentation and cryogenic heat exchangers.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Introduction
Introduction to Cryogenics, properties of cryogenic fluids like Oxygen, Nitrogen, Argon, Neon,
Florin, Helium, Hydrogen. Properties of material at cryogenic temperature- mechanical,
thermal, magnetic and electrical-Super conductivity, application of cryogenic systems in space,
medical, industries, biological etc.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Cryogenic Refrigeration
Principle and Methods of production of low temperature and their analysis: Joule Thomson
expansion, Adiabatic expansion, Linde Hampson Cycle, Claude & Cascaded System, Magnetic
Cooling, Stirling Cycle Cryo Coolers. Gas liquefaction & separation systems: Liquefaction
systems for Neon. Hydrogen and Helium. Cryogenic Refrigeration systems: Ideal Refrigeration
systems. Refrigeration using liquids and gases as refrigerant- Refrigerators using solids as
working media
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Cryogenic System Requirements
Cryogenics Heat Exchangers, Compressors, Expanders, Effect of various parameters in
performance and system optimization. Various insulations (expanded foams, gas filled, fibrous,
vacuum, multi-layer etc.) and Storage equipment for cryogenic fluids, industrial storage and
transfer of cryogenic fluids
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Cryogenic instrumentation and
safety
Properties and characteristics of instrumentation, strain displacement, pressure, flow, liquid level,
density and temperature measurement in cryogenic range. Safety in cryogenic fluid handling, storage
and use. Safety against cryogen hazards: Physical hazards, Chemical hazards, Physiological hazards,
combustion hazards, oxygen hazards, accidents in cryogenic plants & prevention
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Applications of Cryogenics
Super conductive devices such as bearings, motors, cryotrons, magnets, D.C. transformers, tunnel
diodes, space technology, space simulation, cryogenics in biology and medicine, food preservation
and industrial applications, nuclear propulsions, chemical propulsions
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Randall F. Barron, “Cryogenics Systems”, Second Edition, Oxford University Press, New
York (1985). (ISBN-10: 0070038201, ISBN-13: 978-0070038202)
Reference Books:
i) Timmerhaus, Flynn, “Cryogenic Process Engineering”, Plenum Press, New York (1989).
ISBN: 978-1-4684-8758-9)
ii) Thomas M. Flynn, “Cryogenic Engineering”, second edition, CRC press, New York (2005),
ISBN: 9780824753672)
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Power Plant
Engineering
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisit
e
Engineering
Thermodynamics
6. Frequency
(use tick marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description:
Power Plant engineering course is concerned with the types, construction, working principles and
performance of various conventional and non-conventional power plants. This course covers the design,
construction, operations and performance of various components of steam, gas turbine, nuclear, hydral
and diesel power plants. The course also focus on various sub components of power plants, such as
steam generators, condensers, cooling towers, fuel and air handling system, super-heaters, inter-coolers,
re-heaters and waste handling systems; to have a proper understanding. This course also discusses the
Steam power plant in detail as 60% of total energy produced in world are generated by thermal power
plants. The syllabus also covers nuclear power plant in detail which is a need of current scenario.
9. Learning Objectives:
i) To teach students about the working of various power generation Modules and steam cycles.
ii) To introduce students to steam generators, combustion and firing methods in order to make the
fullest use of thermal power potentialities of the country.
iii) To enable students, understand in detail about nuclear, gas turbine, hydro and diesel power plants
which play an important role in power generation.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Understand basic power generation types and steam cycles.
ii) Know about the kind of boilers being used in various industries and their applicability.
iii) Solve problems related to gas turbine and Rankine cycles.
iv) Distinguish between various power generation Modules and choose one that meets desired
economic, environmental and social requirements.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Introduction to Power Plant
Power plants-Features - Components and layouts-Working principle of Steam - Hydro - Nuclear - Gas
Turbine and Diesel power plants-Selection of site-Analysis of steam cycles-Rankine cycle-Reheating and
Regenerative cycles.
Unit – 2 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Steam Generators
Boiler classification-Types of Boiler-Fire tube and Water tube boilers-High pressure and Supercritical
boilers-Positive circulation boilers-Fluidized bed boiler-Waste heat recovery boiler-Feed water heaters-
Super heaters- Reheaters-Economizer-Condenser-Cooling tower-Feed water treatment-Air heaters.
Unit – 3 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Combustion and Firing Methods
Coal handling and preparation-Combustion equipment and firing methods-Mechanical Stokers-
Pulverized coal firing systems-Cyclone furnace-Ash handling systems-Electrostatic precipator-Fabric
filter and Bag house-Forced draft and Induced draft fans-Chimney.
Unit – 4 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Nuclear and Gas Turbine Power
Plants
Principles of nuclear energy-Energy from nuclear reactions-Energy from fission and fuel Burn up-Decay
rates and Half-Lives-Boiling water reactor-Pressurized water reactor-Pressurized Heavy Water Reactor-
Gas cooled reactor-High temperature gas cooled reactor-Pebble bed reactor-Fast breeder reactor-Liquid
metal fast breeder reactor-reactor materials-Radiation shielding-Waste disposal-Gas turbine power plant-
Open and closed cycles-Intercooling - Reheating and Regenerating-Combined cycle power plant.
Unit –5 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Hydro and Diesel Power Plants
Classification of Hydro-electric power plants and their applications-Selection of prime movers-
Governing of turbine-Diesel power plant- Subsystems-Starting and stopping-Heat Balance-
Supercharging of Diesel engines.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Books:
i) R. K. Rajput, (2007), A Text Book of Power Plant Engineering, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd. 5th
Edition. ISBN 13: 9788131802557
Reference Books:
i) P. K. Nag, (2014), Power Plant Engineering: Steam and Nuclear, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd., 4th
Edition ISBN13 9789339204044.
ii) M.M. El- Wakil, (2010), Power Plant Technology, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 1st Edition,
ISBN 13: 9780072871029
iii) P C Sharma (2013), Power Plant Engineering, S.K. Kataria & Sons; 2013 edition, ISBN-13:
978-9350143841
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Lean Enterprises
and New
Manufacturing
Technology
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisit
e
Industrial
Economics &
Management &
Machining
process &
Metrology
6. Frequency
(use tick marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description:
Lean manufacturing reduces waste in manufacturing processes. It involves producing high quality
products using the least amount of resources possible. The faster a business is able to produce the final
product, the lesser the cost of holding finished inventory and raw materials. Further Cellular
manufacturing employs setup reduction and gives the workers the machine tools to be multi process,
operating multiple processes, owning quality improvements, waste reduction, and simple machine
maintenance. This allows workers to easily self-balance within the cell while reducing lead times,
resulting in the ability for companies to manufacture high quality products at a low cost, on time.
9. Learning Objectives:
i) To provide overall view of modern management techniques
ii) To study lean manufacturing principles and its benefits
iii) To know about value stream mapping and its associated advantages
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Identify value in all walks of their life
ii) Use of process mapping and Group Technology in the industry
iii) Enhance the productivity through applications of modern management techniques
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Introduction to Lean
manufacturing
General - Brief history of lean manufacturing – Just in time – Toyota systems – Pioneers of lean
manufacturing – Ohno and Shingo – Benefits of lean manufacturing – Theory of constraints –
Reduction of wastes.
Unit – 2 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Lean Manufacturing Principles
Lean manufacturing: - Principles - Basic tools - Techniques - Definition - Assessment tools -
Implementing lean manufacturing –Science behind lean manufacturing – Capacity utilization -
Variability – Delivery.
Unit – 3 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Strategic Issues
Strategic issues: - Actions - Issues - Focus - Leadership - Management of teams – Training. Lean
accounting: Activity based costing- Product costing - Volume adjusted costing – Focused factory
concept – Building strategic advantage through enterprise wide.
Unit – 4 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Process Mapping
Value stream and process mapping: - Overview - Where to use - Step by step approach – How to use –
Reduce stream mapping –Present and future states - VSM symbols - Process mapping - Detailed
instructions - limits – facilitation.
Unit –5 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Cellular Manufacturing
Cellular manufacturing: - Work cell – Cell design - Facility planning – Plant layout – Balancing the
work in work cells – Tact time – Defining - Benefits - Uses - Limitations – Facilities planning tools.
Group technology coding classification - Productivity Improvement Aids - Kaizen – Kanban - 5S -
TPM - Automation - Jidoka – Mistake proofing – Yoko poko Design Root cause analysis - Failure
models and effects
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) R. G. Askin and J. B. Goldberg (2007), Design and Analysis of Lean Production Systems, 1st
Edition, Wiley India Edition. ISBN: 978-8-126-51449-6.
Reference Books:
i) Taiichi Ohno (1988), Toyota Production System: Beyond Large-Scale Production (English
translation ed.), Portland, Oregon: Productivity Press, ISBN 978-1-563-27268-4.
ii) Kigoshi Suzaki (1988), Th e New Manufacturing Challenge, Free Press, New York, Simon &
Schuster ISBN: 978-0-029-32040-2.
iii) Shigeo Shing (1989), Study of Toyota Production System, Portland, Oregon Productivity
Press. ISBN 978-0-915-29917-1.
1. Name of the Department: Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Fluid Power
System
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite
Fluid Mechanics
and Fluid
Machinery
6. Frequency
(use tick marks)
Even () Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description:
A fluid power system has a pump driven by a prime mover (such as an electric motor or IC engine)
that converts mechanical energy into fluid energy. This fluid flow is used to actuate a device such as:
A Hydraulic cylinder or Pneumatic cylinder, A Hydraulic motor or Pneumatic motor, A Rotary
actuator etc.
9. Learning Objectives:
i) Understanding of basics of hydraulics and pneumatics (pumps and various power supply
sources).
ii) To learn students about the utilization of cylinders, accumulators, valves and various control
components.
iii) To learn about fluid power maintenance and troubleshooting.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): At the end of this course, the learner will be:
i) Find the importance of fluid power technology in industries and to obtain knowledge on
hydraulic and pneumatic components.
ii) Gets exposure to the basics of fluid flow including the physical laws affecting fluid standards
and symbols used in industrial applications.
iii) Gain knowledge of the various components in fluid power industry and solve problems related
to pumps.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Introduction to Fluid Power
Definition- Hydraulics Vs Pneumatics – Standards- Application – Basic Principle of Hydraulics-
Pascal‟s Law-Transmission and multiplication of force-Basic properties of hydraulic fluids- liquid
flow- static head pressure-pressure loss – Power-Basic principle of pneumatics: absolute pressure and
Temperature- gas laws- vacuum.
Unit – 2 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Hydraulic and Pneumatic Power
Supply Source
Hydraulic Pump- graphic symbol- pump types -pump flow and pressure- pump drive torque and
Power- pump efficiency –air compressor- graphic symbol-compressor types-compressor sizing-
vacuum pumps.
Unit – 3 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Hydraulic and Pneumatic Control
Components
Cylinders-accumulators –FRL-Directional control Valves- Pressure control valves-Flow control
Valves-electronic control components- symbols.
Unit – 4 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Basic Circuits
DCV controlling single acting, double acting cylinder-counter balance circuit-Fail safe circuit-AND
and OR valve circuit-regenerative circuit-meter in and meter out circuit for extended and retracted
stroke-pressure intensifier circuit-accumulator circuits.
Unit - 5 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Fluid Power System Maintenance
Introduction, Sealing Devices - Reservoir System - Filters and Strainers - Beta Ratio of Filters - Wear
of Moving Parts - Gases in Hydraulic Fluids - Temperature Control - Troubleshooting.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Ilango and Sundararajan (2017), Introduction to Hydraulics and Pneumatics, 3rd Edition,
Prentice hall, ISBN: 978-81-203-4406-8.
Reference Books:
i) M. Rabie (2009), Fluid power Engineering, McGraw-Hill, NY, ISBN: 978-0-071-62246-2.
ii) Espositho (2009), Fluid power with application, 6th edition, Prentice Hall, ISBN: 978- 81-
7758- 580-3.
iii) Robert P. Kokernak (1999), Fluid power technology, 2nd edition, Prentice Hall, ISBN: 978-0-
139-12487-7.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Automobile
Engineering
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
IC Engines 6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures =42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
Automobile engineering is the one of the streams of mechanical engineering. It deals with the various
types of automobiles, their mechanism of transmission systems and its applications. Automobiles are
the different types of vehicles used for transportation of passengers, goods, etc. Basically, all the types
of vehicles work on the principle of internal combustion processes or sometimes the engines are
called as internal combustion engines. Different types of fuels are burnt inside the cylinder at higher
temperature to get the transmission motion in the vehicles. Most of the automobiles are internal
combustion engines vehicles only.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To broaden the understanding of students in the structure of vehicle chassis and engines.
ii) To introduce students to steering, suspension, braking and transmission systems.
iii) To introduce students to engine auxiliary systems like heating, ventilation and air-conditioning
and also the importance of alternate fuels.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Develop chassis and identify suitable engine for different applications.
ii) Formulate steering, braking and suspension systems.
iii) Select a suitable conventional and automatic transmission system.
iv) Identify the usage of Electrical vehicles / Hybrid vehicles and power plants.
v) Develop chassis and identify suitable engine for different applications.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Introduction to Vehicle Structure and
Alternate Fuels
Vehicle construction - Chassis and body - Specifications - Engine - Types - Construction - Location
of engine - Cylinder arrangement - Construction details - Cylinder block - Cylinder head - Cylinder
liners - Piston – piston rings - Piston pin - Connecting rod - Crankshaft - Valves. Lubrication system -
Types - Oil pumps - Filters - Cooling system - Types - Water pumps - Radiators-Thermostats - Anti-
freezing compounds - Ignition system.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Ignition, Fuel Supply and Emission Control
System
Coil and Magneto - Spark plug - Distributor – Electronic ignition system - Fuel system - Carburetor -
Fuel pumps - Fuel injection systems– Module injector – Nozzle types - Electronic Fuel Injection
system (EFI) - Automobile Emissions - Source of formation – Effects on human health and
environment - Control techniques - Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) - Catalytic converter -
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Transmission System
Clutches - Function - Types - Single plate, Multiple plate and Diaphragm Clutch - Fluid coupling -
Gearbox - Manual - Sliding - Constant - Synchromesh - Overdrive - Automatic transmission - Torque
converter - Continuously variable transmission - Universal joint - Propeller shaft - Hotchkiss drive –
Final drive - Rear axle assembly - Types -Differential - Need - Construction –– Differential locks -
Four wheel drive.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Steering, Suspension and Braking System
Principle of steering - Steering Geometry and wheel alignment - Steering linkages – Steering
gearboxes - Power steering - front axle - Suspension system - Independent and Solid axle – coil, leaf
spring and air suspensions - torsion bar - shock absorbers-Wheels and Tires - Construction - Type and
specification - Tire wear and causes - Brakes - Needs – Classification –Drum and Disc Mechanical -
Hydraulic and pneumatic - Vacuum assist – Retarders.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Instrumentation and Advances in
Automobile Engineering
Dash board instrumentation – Passenger comfort – Safety and security – HVAC – Seat belts – Air
bags – Automotive Electronics - Electronic Control Module (ECU) - Common-Rail Diesel Injection
(CRDI) – Multipoint fuel injection system(MPFI) - Gasoline Direct Injection (GDI) - Variable Valve
Timing (VVT) - Active Suspension System (ASS) - Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Electronic
Brake Distribution (EBD) – Electronic Stability Program(ESP) Traction Control System (TCS) -
Global Positioning System (GPS) - X-by-wire - Electric - Hybrid vehicle.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Kirpal Singh (2011), Automobile Engineering, 12th
edition, Standard Publications, ISBN:
9788180141775
Reference Books:
i) William H. Crouse (2006), Automotive Mechanics, 10th Edition, McGrawHill/ ISBN:
9780070634350
ii) Joseph Heitner (1999), Automotive Mechanics: Principles and Practices, 2nd
edition, Affiliated
East West Pvt. Ltd, D. Van Nostrand Company publisher, ISBN:978-0442033026.
iii) Bosch Automotive Hand Book (2007), 9th
edition, Robert Bosch GmbH; Publications, ISBN:
978-0837617329
iv) K. Newton and W. Steeds (2001), The motor vehicle, 13th Edition, Iliffe Books Ltd
publisher, ISBN 13: 9780408011181.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Total Quality
Management
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
Industrial
Engineering,
Probability &
Statistics.
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
To give the students an overview of quality and TQM and explaining the salient contributions of
Quality Gurus like Deming, Juran and Crosby. General barriers in implementing TQM.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To learn the basic concepts of quality and quality from organizational point of view.
ii) To learn the concept of total quality management from different philosophical approach.
iii) To learn the internal politics, quality culture, education and training of the organization.
iv) To be aware of international/national Quality standards.
10. Course Outcomes (Cos): Students should be able to understand
i) Need and steps of maintaining Quality environment of the organization.
ii) The TQM approach for manufacturing/service organization at length.
iii) Quality terms like Tolerance and Variability PDCA cycle, Crosby‟s 10 points and Deming‟s
14 Points etc.
iv) The international/national Quality Standards.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 06
Title of the unit: Introduction
Introduction – Need for quality – Evolution of quality – Definitions of quality – Dimensions of
product and service quality – Basic concepts of TQM – TQM Framework –– Barriers to TQM –
Quality statements – Customer focus – Customer orientation, Customer satisfaction, Customer
complaints, Customer retention – Costs of quality.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 06
Title of the unit: TQM Principles
TQM, Leadership, Lean and JIT Quality Philosophy, Strategic quality planning, Quality Councils,
PDCA cycle, 5s, Kaizen, Contributions of Deming, Juran and Crosby
Unit – 3 Number of Title of the unit: Tools & Techniques for Quality
lectures = 10 management-I
Introduction to Process Quality, Graphical and statistical techniques for Process Quality
Improvement, Graphical tools for data representation, Sampling, sampling distribution, and
hypothesis Testing, Regression, Control charts, Process capability analysis, Measurement system
analysis, Analysis of Variance (ANOVA), Design and Analysis of Experiment (DOE)
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Tools & Techniques for Quality
management-II
Six sigma for Process Improvement, Quality functions development (QFD), QFD process. Failure
mode effect analysis (FMEA) – requirements of reliability, failure rate, FMEA stages, design, process
and documentation. Seven old (statistical) tools. Seven new management tools. Bench marking and
POKA YOKE.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Quality Systems
Introduction to IS/ISO 9004:2000 – quality management systems – guidelines for performance
improvements. Quality Audits. TQM culture, Leadership – quality council, employee involvement,
motivation, empowerment, recognition and reward- Introduction to software quality.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) D. C. Montgomery, Introduction to Statistical Quality Control, John Wiley & Sons, 3rd
Edition, ISBN- 978-0470169926.
Reference Books:
i) Dale H. Besterfield et al, Total Quality Management, Third edition, Pearson Education, ISBN-
9789332534452.
ii) Shridhara Bhat K, Total Quality Management – Text and Cases, Himalaya Publishing House,
ISBN- 978-8178662527.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Acoustics and
Noise Control
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
Dynamics of
Machinery
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
Our overall aim of this course is to give students the conceptual, analytic, experimental and practical
knowledge they require to work as acoustical engineers or to undertake graduate studies in acoustics.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To provide introduction to students the fundamentals of acoustics related to generation,
transmission and control techniques
ii) To provide in depth knowledge to students in machinery acoustics, standards and control
measures at source and path
iii) To introduce students to diagnostics for effective maintenance
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Solve complicated problems in acoustics
ii) Demonstrate the knowledge of noise and physiological effects
iii) Exposed to acoustic instrumentation and noise control techniques
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Introduction to Acoustics
Introduction to Acoustics- terminology - limits and standards – Sound sources and propagation –
Plane and spherical waves - Near and far field - Free and reverberant field - Anechoic and
Reverberant chambers.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Acoustic evaluation techniques
Room Acoustics - Reverberation time - Acoustic materials - Absorption and absorption coefficient -
Evaluation techniques.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Noise and physiological effects
Noise and Physiological effects - Loudness - Hearing - Mechanism - Weighted - Networks - Noise
standards for traffic
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Acoustic Instrumentation
Comment [7]: No change is required
Acoustic Instrumentation. Sound level and intensity meters - Octave analyzers - Calibration - Sound
power estimation
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Noise control Techniques
Noise control techniques – At source and transmission path - Barriers and Enclosures - Machinery
acoustics and levels
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Books
i) J.D. Irwin and E.R. Graf, Industrial noise and Vibration control, Prentice Hall Inc.2nd
Edition
ISBN: 9780134615745
Reference Books
i) Bies and Colin. H. Hanson, (2001): Engg. Noise Control, E & FN SPON.3rd
Edition ISBN 0-
415-26714-5
ii) David M. Lipscomb and Arthur C. Taylor (1998) Noise Control Hand Book of Principles and
Practices, Van Nostrand Reinhold Company ISBN: 9780442248116
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Instrumentation
and Control
Engineering
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisit
e (if
any)
Metrology,
Dynamics of
Machinery
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
The objective of this course is to present sufficient background in different instruments and sensors and
their use in control system design. This course combines knowledge, techniques, and methodologies
from various sources, using techniques from transform theory and basic principle of classical physics
based upon which different instruments and sensors are built.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To introduce a variety of sensors and instruments commonly used in Mechanical Engineering
practice.
ii) To instill a fundamental understanding of various instrumentation and control detection circuits
as they relate to temperature, pressure, flow, and level monitoring.
iii) To learn professional measurement techniques used to engineer thermal and mechanical
systems.
iv) To enable students, apply control engineering techniques to the automatic control systems found
in modern manufacturing, processing and transportation environments.
v) Identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Understand fundamental elements of instrumentation, measurement and control systems.
ii) Build mathematical models of simple physical systems using transfer functions.
iii) Will be able to design a control system for any required objective by using the theory of control
system and implementing it with various sensors and transducers.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of lectures
= 08
Title of the unit: Fundamentals of Measuring Systems
General concepts of Mechanical measuring instruments – Elements of a measuring system –
Requirements of measuring instruments – Static and dynamic characteristics of measuring instruments
– Errors in measurements – Introduction to Transducers and Sensors – Classification and types.
Unit – 2 Number of lectures
= 08
Title of the unit: Measuring Devices - I
Measurement of vibrations – Accelerometer – Measurement of Low, Medium, and High pressures-
Measurement of temperature: bi-metallic thermometer, thermocouple, RTD, thermistor, pyrometer –
Measurement of flow- hot wire anemometer – magnetic flow meter – ultrasonic meter.
Unit – 3 Number of lectures
= 08
Title of the unit: Measuring Devices - II
Measurement of displacement – Measurement of Force – Proving Ring, Strain gauge, Load cells-
Measurement of torque – Measurement of Speed – Case study assignments.
Unit – 4 Number of lectures
= 10
Title of the unit: Fundamentals of Control System
Introduction to Control systems – Open and Closed loop systems – servomechanisms. Transfer
function: Block diagram reduction algebra, signal flow graphs – Basics of Controllers – Problems.
Unit – 5 Number of lectures
= 08
Title of the unit: Response Analysis
Time response of First and Second order systems –Frequency domain analysis – Polar and Bode plots –
Concept of Stability-Routh-Hurwitz Criterion– Problems.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/ Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Instrumentation And Control Systems Paperback – 1 Jan 2015 by V. Sugumaran, ISBN-
10: 9383828501, ISBN-13: 978-9383828500)
Reference Books:
i) Instrumentation and Control Paperback – 2011by Patranabis D. (ISBN-10: 8120342461, ISBN-
13: 978-8120342460)
ii) Instrumentation and Process Control Paperback – 2019 by D. C. Sikdar. (ISBN-
10: 9789382609049, ISBN-13: 978-9382609049)
iii) J.P. Holman (2004), Experimental Methods for Engineers, Tata McGraw-Hill (ISBN-
10: 0070586748, ISBN-13: 978-0070586741)
iv) I.J. Nagrath and M. Gopal (1999), Control Systems Engineering, New Age Int. Pub (ISBN-
10: 9789386070111, ISBN-13: 978-9386070111)
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Product
Design for
Manufacturing
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisit
e (if
any)
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
Product design for manufacturing is the general engineering art of designing products in such a way
that they are easy to manufacture. This design practice not only focuses on the design aspect of a part
but also on the product ability. In simple language it means relative ease to manufacture a product,
part or assembly. DFM describes the process of designing or engineering a product in order to
facilitate the manufacturing process in order to reduce its manufacturing costs. This course will impart
knowledge of various methods and approaches used in design of manufacturing. Moreover, students
will get familiar to DFMA software through case studies. In the end of course, student will be able to
utilize the knowledge gained through coursework for the development of new product.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To expose with basics of product design and manufacturing.
ii) To introduce principles and evaluation methods of various aspects of designing components.
iii) To teach about the manufacturability requirements and assembly processes.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Apply customer-oriented, manufacturing and life cycle sensitive approach to product design
and development with product design principles and structured design methodologies.
ii) Possess methods and approaches for developing, implementing and nurturing an effective
DFM process within the firm.
iii) Demonstrate the knowledge of DFMA software for case studies.
iv) Develop a new product as per the requirement.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of lectures
= 08
Title of the unit: Introduction to Product design
Introduction to Product design: Asimow‟s Model - Product design practice in Industry - Strength
consideration in product design- Design for stiffness and rigidity.
Unit – 2 Number of lectures
= 08
Title of the unit: Principles and evaluation methods
Principles and evaluation methods of various aspects of Design for X (machining - sheet metal
working - injection molding - environment- service and repair - etc.).
Unit – 3 Number of lectures
= 08
Title of the unit: Manufacturability requirements
Manufacturability requirements - Forging design - Pressed component design - Casting design - Die
Casting and special castings.
Unit – 4 Number of lectures
= 10
Title of the unit: Assembly and assembly process
Assembly and assembly process - principles of Design for assembly and applications
(Boothroyd/Dewhurst Method – case studies using DFMA software).
Unit – 5 Number of lectures
= 08
Title of the unit: Other supporting techniques
Other supporting techniques for new product development processes such as quality function
deployment - and quality engineering and Taguchi Method.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Geoffrey Boothroyd, Peter Dewhurst and Winston Anthony Knight (2009), Product Design for
Manufacture and Assembly, Taylor & Francis e-Library. ISBN: 978-1-420-08927-1.
Reference Books:
i) A.K. Chitale and R.C. Gupta, (2005), Product Design and Manufacturing, 3rd Edition, Printice
Hall of India. ISBN: 978
ii) Karl T. Ulrich and Steven D. Eppinger (2011), Product Design and Development, 3rd Edition,
Tata McGraw.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Nuclear Power
Engineering
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
PPE 6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures =42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
Nuclear Power Engineering concentrate on the principles, techniques and processes involved in
generation of power from nuclear fuels. This involves studying and exploring various aspects of
science ranging from processing of nuclear fuel to merits and demerits of various nuclear reactors and
from reprocessing of nuclear waste to their safely disposal. Upon completion of this course students
will be able to have better understanding of nuclear processes involved in nuclear power generation,
know working and pros & cons of various reactors and also have understanding of nuclear power
generation and safety rules implemented during power generation from nuclear fuels and nuclear
waste disposal.
9. Learning objectives:
i) The student will be exposed to the basic physics of nuclear reactions and operation of nuclear
reactors.
ii) To learn various types of power generation methods, safety and its impact on environment.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Know the nuclear fission and fusion processes
ii) Understand the working of a nuclear reactors
iii) Understand power generation and safety aspects
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Nuclear Reactors
Mechanism of nuclear fission – Nuclides - Radioactivity – Decay chains - Neutron reactions - Fission
process – Reactors - Types of reactors – Design and construction of nuclear reactors - Heat transfer
techniques in nuclear reactors - Reactor shielding.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Reactor Materials
Nuclear fuel cycles – Characteristics of nuclear fuels – Uranium – Production and purification of
uranium – Conversion to UF4 and UF6 – Other fuels like Zirconium, Thorium, Berylium.
Unit – 3 Number of Title of the unit: Reprocessing
lectures = 08
Nuclear fuel cycles - Spent fuel characteristics - Role of solvent extraction in reprocessing-
Solvent extraction equipment.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Separation of Reactor Products
Processes to be considered - Fuel element dissolution - Precipitation process – Ion exchange -
Redox - Purex - TTA – Chelation -U235 -Hexone - TBP and Thorax processes - Oxidative slagging
and electro-refining - Isotopes – Principles of isotope separation.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Waste Disposal and Radiation
Protection
Types of nuclear wastes – Safety control and pollution control and abatement - International
convention on safety aspects – Radiation hazards prevention.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Janet Wood (2007), Nuclear Power, Institution of Engineering and Technology.
ISBN: 978-0-863-41668-2.
Reference Books:
i) Samuel Glasstone, Alexander Sesonske (2012), Nuclear Reactor Engineering: Reactor
Systems Engineering, 4th Edition, CBS Publisher. ISBN: 978-1-461-35866-4.
ii) J. Kenneth Shultis, Richard E. Faw, Marcel Dekker (2002), Fundamentals of Nuclear Science
and Engineering, Marcel Dekker. ISBN: 978-0-824-70834-4.
iii) Samuel Glasstone (1994), Nuclear Reactor Engineering: Reactor Design Basics, Volume-1,
4th Edition, Kluwer Academic Publishers. ISBN: 9780412985218
iv) A.E. Walter and A.B. Reynolds (1981), Fast Breeder Reactor, Pergamon Press, ISBN: 978-0-
080-25982-6.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Composite
Materials
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
MET 6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures =42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
Composites are a unique class of materials made from two or more distinct materials that when
combined are better than each would be separately. They are non-corroding, non-magnetic, radar
transparent and they are designed to provide strength and stiffness where it is needed. This course will
describe different types of composites. Student will also get the idea about design and manufacturing
methods involved in making of composites. Joining method and failure theories for composites are
also discussed in this course. Since composites are affordable high-performance material and
expanded commercial as well as industrial utilization, hence this course is quite useful.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To understand the properties and design of composite materials.
ii) To familiarize with the manufacturing methods for composites.
iii) To get acquainted with practical requirements associated with joining and manufacturing.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Design and manufacture composite materials for various applications.
ii) Conduct mechanical testing of composite structures and analyze failure modes.
iii) Analyze economic aspects of using composites.
iv) Explain the relevance and limitations of the destructive and non-destructive test methods used
for composites.
v) Demonstrate the ability to use appropriate design and analysis tools and techniques.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 6
Title of the unit: Introduction
Definitions: Composites, Reinforcements and matrices, Types of reinforcements, Types of matrices,
Types of composites, Carbon Fibre composites, Properties of composites in comparison with standard
materials, Applications of metal, ceramic and polymer matrix composites.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Manufacturing Methods
Hand and spray lay-up, press molding, injection molding, resin injection, RRIM, filament winding,
pultrusion, centrifugal casting and prepress. Fibre/Matrix Interface, Theories of adhesion; absorption
and wetting, Inter diffusion, electrostatic, chemical, and mechanical. Measurement of interface
strength. Characterization of systems; carbon fibre/epoxy, glass fibre/polyester, etc. Influence of
interface on mechanical properties of composite.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Mechanical Properties
Stiffness and Strength: Geometrical aspects – volume and weight fraction. Unidirectional continuous
fibre, discontinuous fibers, Short fiber systems, woven reinforcements – length and orientation
distributions. Mechanical Testing: Determination of stiffness and strengths of unidirectional
composites; tension, compression, flexure and shear. Fracture: Typical fracture processes; effect of
transverse ply. Review of fracture mechanics methods and application to composites. Impact: Typical
impact damage; role of fibre, matrix and interface. Low and high-speed impact test methods. Fatigue:
Behavior of notched and unnotched specimens. Tension testing of composites. Fatigue damage –
Effect of matrix and fibre properties. Implications for component design. Environmental Effects:
Influence of moisture and other contaminants on fibre, matrix, interface and effect on mechanical
properties. Stress corrosion cracking. Influence of high and low temperatures.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Laminates
Plate Stiffness and Compliance, Assumptions, Strains, Stress Resultants, Plate Stiffness and
Compliance, Computation of Stresses, Types of Laminates -, Symmetric Laminates, Anti-symmetric
Laminate, Balanced Laminate, Quasi-isotropic Laminates, Cross-ply Laminate, Angle-ply Laminate.
Orthotropic Laminate, Laminate Moduli, Design Using Carpet Plots, Stiffness Controlled Design,
Design for Bending, Hydrothermal Stresses.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Joining Methods and Failure Theories
Joining –Advantages and disadvantages of adhesive and mechanically fastened joints. Typical bond
strengths and test procedures. Design philosophy and procedures (systems approach). Simple design
studies (pressure vessels, torsion bar); factors of safety. Case studies for failure design process,
materials selection, manufacturing method. Economic aspects of using composites. Stress Analysis:
Free edge stresses; typical distributions, significance of stacking sequence, significance of ply
blocking, effect on failure modes, experimental evidence. Development of engineer‟s theory of
bending for thin walled beams comprising several different materials and analysis of the shear flow
distribution. Buckling; strut buckling, buckling of especially orthotropic plates, significance of
bending-twisting coupling.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) K.K. Chawla, (2007), Composite Materials, Springer-Verlag, New York.1st Edition.
ISBN 978-0-387-74365-3
Reference Books
i) B. Frank L. Matthews and Rees D. Rawlings (1999), Composite Materials: Engineering and
Science, Woodhead Publishing.1st Edition. ISBN: 9781855734739
ii) Ning Hu (2012), Composites and Their Applications, in Tech Publisher
iii) PavlaTesinova (2011) Advances in Composite Materials: Analysis of Natural and Man-Made
Materials, in Tech Publisher.1st Edition, ISBN 978-953-307-449-8
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Nano Materials L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
MET 6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures =42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
Nano and micro electromechanical machines (NEM and MEM) are manufactured in the billions
annually for sensing, ink jet printing, automotive applications, communications, and medicine. In
medicine, bio MEMS promise to revolutionize biotechnology and biomedical engineering through
fabrication of devices under 100 micrometers using novel micro and Nano-fabrication techniques.
Nanofabrication is the group of techniques that allows scientists and engineers to build structures and
devices at the atomic scale. Traditional top-down nanofabrication consists of carving nanoscale
materials from a bulk structure through chemical means or by using beams of electrons or ions to strip
away layers of material. Bottom-up methods create structures by adding atomic layers one at a time
by deposition or by molecular or nanoparticle self-assembly.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To understand the basic concepts of Nanotechnology.
ii) To enhance the knowledge of nonmaterial.
iii) To familiarize with the properties of nonmaterial and their applications and explore the
MEMS / NEMS devices and their applications.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Use Nanomaterials for various industrial applications.
ii) Design MEMS / NEMS devices for various applications.
iii) Demonstrate the knowledge of devices used in MEMS/NEMS.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Introduction to Nanotechnology
Nanotechnology – Background and definition of nanotechnology –Types of Nano materials
Microstructure – Properties – Application in different fields – Reliability issues of MEMS/NEMS
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Synthesis of Nano materials
Nano materials synthesis and applications – Chemical methods- Gas phase synthesis – Liquid phase
synthesis –Plasma vapor deposition– Spray synthesis – Extrusion forging – ECAP – Characterization:
Description of AFM/FFM and various measurement techniques, TEM.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Types of Nano materials
Types of Nano materials :Metallic Nano particles – Metallic alloys – Nano wires and rods – Thin
films – Carbon Nanotubes :Structure – Synthesis – Growth mechanisms - Properties – Applications –
Nano wires: Synthesis – Characterization and physical properties – Applications - Polymer ceramic
Nano composites- Biological based Nano materials- Importance of hierarchy and third dimension of
bone – Self-assembly –Applications.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Mechanical Properties of
Nanostructures
Mechanical properties of nanostructures: Melting and solidification of Nano phase materials- Creep in
Nano materials – Experimental techniques for measurement of mechanical properties of Nano
structures - Self assembled mono layers for controlling adhesion - Friction and Wear.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: MEMS/NEMS Devices and
Applications
MEMS devices and applications, NEMS devices and applications, Current challenges and future
trends, MEMS fabrication techniques – Tribological issues in MEMS/NEMS – Lubrication studies
for MEMS/NEMS - Manufacturing strategy – Robust manufacturing – MEMS packaging – Hermetic
and vacuum packaging and applications
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E- Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Charles P. Poole and Frank J. Owens (2007), Introduction to Nanotechnology, John Wiley &
Sons. ISBN: 978-8-126-51099-3.
Reference Books:
i) Jin Zhang, Zhong-lin Wang, Jun Liu, Shaowei Chen and Gang-Yu Liu, (2003), Self
Assembled Nanostructures, Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers. ISBN: 978-0-306-47299-2.
ii) Bharat Bhushan (2007), Hand book of Nanotechnology, Springer Hand Book. ISBN: 978-3-
540-29855-7.
iii) Mark Ratner and Daniel Ratner (2009), Nanotechnology: A Gentle Introduction to the Next
Big Idea, 5th Edition, Pearson Education India. ISBN: 978-8-177-58743-2.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Finite Element
Method
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
Engineering
Physics
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Eve
n ()
Od
d ()
Eithe
r Sem
()
Ever
y
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
The aim of the course is to provide the participants an overview on Finite Element Method, Material
models, and Applications in Civil Engineering.
9. Learning objectives:
i) Basics of Finite Element Analysis.
ii) Available material models for structural materials, soils and interfaces/joints.
iii) Modelling of engineering systems and Soil–Structure Interaction (SSI).
iv) Importance of interfaces and joints on the behaviour of engineering systems.
v) Implementation of material model in finite element method and applications
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
At the end of the course, the student will be able to, apply finite element method to solve problems in solid
mechanics, fluid mechanics and heat transfer. Formulate and solve problems in one dimensional
structure including trusses, beams and frames. Formulate FE characteristic equations for two
dimensional elements and analyze plain stress, plain strain, axi-symmetric and plate bending
problems. Implement and solve the finite element formulations using MATLAB.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1
Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Introduction
Introduction to Finite Element Method for solving field problems. Stress and Equilibrium. Boundary
conditions. Strain – Displacement relations. Stress – strain relations. One Dimensional Problems:
Finite element modeling coordinates and shape functions. Assembly of Global stiffness matrix and
load vector. Finite element equations, Treatment of boundary conditions, Quadratic shape functions.
Unit – 2
Number of
lectures = 9
Title of the unit: Analysis of Trusses
Analysis of Trusses: Stiffness Matrix for Plane Truss and Space Truss Elements, Stress Calculations.
Analysis of Beams: Element stiffness matrix for two node, two degrees of freedom per node beam
element, Load Vector, Deflection, Stresses
Unit – 3
Number of
lectures = 9
Title of the unit: Modelling in FEM
Finite element modelling of two-dimensional stress analysis with constant strain triangles and
treatment of boundary conditions. Estimation of Load Vector, Stresses Finite element modelling of
Axi-symmetric solids subjected to Axi-symmetric loading with triangular elements. Two
dimensional four nodded Isoparametric elements and numerical integration.
Unit – 4
Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Heat Transfer Analysis
Steady State Heat Transfer Analysis: one dimensional analysis of Slab, fin and two-dimensional
analysis of thin plate. Analysis of a uniform shaft subjected to torsion
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Dynamic Analysis
Dynamic Analysis: Formulation of finite element model, element - Mass matrices, evaluation of
Eigen values and Eigen vectors for a stepped bar, truss and beam. Finite element – formulation to 3 D
problems in stress analysis, convergence requirements, Mesh generation. techniques such as semi-
automatic and fully Automatic use of softwares such as ANSYS, NISA, NASTRAN, etc.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E- Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Tirupathi R. Chandrupatla, Ashok D. Belegundu, Introduction to Finite Elements in
Engineering, Prentice Hall of India, 2012. (ISBN-10: 0132162741, ISBN-13: 978-
0132162746)
Reference Books:
i) Bathe K. J., Finite Element Procedures, PHI 2006. (ISBN-10: 097900490X, ISBN-13: 978-
0979004902)
ii) The Finite Element Method: Its Basis and Fundamentals- Paperback – 22 Aug 2013
by Zeinkiewicz (ISBN-10: 9789351071587, ISBN-13: 978-9351071587)
iii) Esam M. Alawadhi, Finite Element Simulations using ANSYS , CRC Press Taylor and
Francis Group, 2014. (ISBN: 9781482261974)
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Mechatronics L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
BOE and Engg.
Lab
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures =42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
Mechatronics is a design process that includes a combination of mechanical engineering, electrical
engineering, control engineering and computer engineering. Mechatronics is a multidisciplinary field
of engineering, that is to say, it rejects splitting engineering into separate disciplines. Originally,
mechatronics just included the combination of mechanics and electronics, hence the word is a
combination of mechanics and electronics; however, as technical systems have become more and
more complex the word has been “updated” during recent years to include more technical areas.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To introduce integrated approach to the design of complex engineering systems.
ii) To provide knowledge of sensors, actuators and their selection for an application.
iii) To expose interfacing of devices with controllers.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Identify the elements of mechatronics system.
ii) Select suitable sensors, actuators and controllers to meet specific requirements.
iii) Demonstrate intelligent mechatronics system for engineering applications.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Introduction to Mechatronics
Introduction to Mechatronics – Conventional and Mechatronics approach in designing products –
Mechatronics design process –Mechatronics in manufacturing – Adaptive and distributed control
systems – Modeling and simulation of Mechatronics Systems.
Unit – 2 Number of Title of the unit: Sensors and Actuators
lectures = 10
Overview of sensors and transducers – Microsensors – Signal conditioning – Operational amplifiers –
Protection – Filtering – Analog and Digital converters. Electro-pneumatics and Electro-hydraulics –
Solenoids – Direct Current motors – Servomotors – Stepper motors – Micro actuators – Drives
selection and application.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Microprocessor based Controllers
Architecture of microprocessor and microcontroller – System interfacing for a sensor, keyboard,
display and motors – Application cases for temperature control, warning and process control systems.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Programmable Logic Controllers
Architecture of Programmable Logic Controllers – Input/output modules – Programming methods –
Timers and counters – Master controls – Branching – Data handling – Analog input/output –
Selection of PLC and troubleshooting.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Intelligent Mechatronics and Case Studies
Fuzzy logic control and Artificial Neural Networks in mechatronics – Algorithms – Computer-based
instrumentation – Real-time Data Acquisition and Control – Software integration – Man-Machine
Interface – Vision system – Mechatronics system case studies.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E- Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) W. Bolton (2008), Mechatronics - Electronic Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical
Engineering, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-0-273-74286-9.
Reference Books:
i) Devdas Shetty and Richard A. Kolk (2012), Mechatronics System Design, 2nd Edition, C. L.
Engineering, ISBN: 978-8-131-51828-1.
ii) Michael B. Histand and David G. Alciatore (2005), Introduction to Mechatronics and
Measurement systems, McGraw- Hill. ISBN: 978-0-070-64814-2
iii) B.P. Singh (2006), Advanced Microprocessor and Microcontrollers, New Age International
Publisher.ISBN: 978-8-122-41956-6.
iv) A. Smaili and F. Mrad (2008), Mechatronics: Integrated Technologies for Intelligent
Machines, 1st Edition, Oxford University Press. ISBN: 978-0-198-06016-1.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Industrial
Engineering
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
Manufacturing
systems and
Statistics
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
This course introduces the concepts of manufacturing economics and its critical parameters.
Introducing thoroughly the concepts of Productivity, Fixed and Variable costs, Materials
management, EOQ, Inventory management, Quality management, Production planning and control
and Management Information systems.
9. Learning objectives:
To know the structure, operation and applications of the concepts of Industrial production and
Management
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
i) Define and measure various productivities in industrial manufacturing.
ii) Perform full cost analysis for a manufacturing system.
iii) Understand the concept of Inventory control and its application.
iv) Explain key features of Industrial and Quality Management.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Introduction
Definition of Industrial Engineering: Objectives, Method study, Principle of motion economy,
Techniques of method study - Various charts, THERBLIGS, Work measurement - various methods,
time study PMTS, determining time, Work sampling, Numericals.
Productivity & Workforce Management: Productivity - Definition, Various methods of measurement,
Factors effecting productivity, Strategies for improving productivity, Various methods of Job
evaluation & merit rating, Various incentive payment schemes, Behavioural aspects, Financial
incentives.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Manufacturing Cost Analysis
Manufacturing Cost Analysis: Fixed & variable costs, Direct, indirect & overhead costs, & Job
costing,
Recovery of overheads, Standard costing, Cost control, Cost variance Analysis - Labour, material,
overhead in volume, rate & efficiency, Break even Analysis, Marginal costing & contribution,
Numericals. Materials Management: Strategic importance of materials in manufacturing industries,
Relevant costs.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Inventory Control
Inventory control models - Economic order quantity (EOQ), Economic batch quantity (EBQ) with &
without shortage, Purchase discounts, Sensitivity analysis, Inventory control systems - P,Q,Ss
Systems, Service level, Stock out risk, determination of order point & safety stock, Selective
inventory control - ABC, FSN, SDE, VED and three dimensional, Numericals.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Product Quality Management
Product Design and Development: Various Approaches, Product life cycle, Role 3S‟s –
Standardization, Simplification, Specialization, Introduction to value engineering and analysis, Role
of Ergonomics in Product Design. Definition of quality, Various approaches, Concept of quality
assurance systems, Costs of quality, Statistical quality Control (SQC), Variables & Attributes, X, R, P
& C - charts, Acceptance sampling, OC - curve, Concept of AOQL, Sampling plan - Single, Double
& sequential, Introduction to TQM & ISO - 9000.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Production Planning
Introduction to Forecasting - Simple & Weighted moving average methods, Objectives & variables of
PPC, Aggregate planning - Basic Concept, its relations with other decision areas, Decision options -
Basic & mixed strategies, Master production schedule (MPS), Scheduling Operations Various
methods for line & intermittent production systems, Gantt chart, Sequencing – Johnson algorithm for
n-Jobs-2 machines, n- Jobs-3 machines, 2 Jobs n-machines, n-Jobs m-machines Various means of
measuring effectiveness of PPC, Introduction to JIT, Numericals.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Books:
i) Industrial Engineering and organization management by S K Sharma and Swati Sharma (2013) SK
Kataria & Sons Publishing House ISBN-13:978-8185749136
Reference Books:
i) Industrial Engineering and production management by Martand Telsang (2006) S Chand; 2nd
Revised Edition 2006 edition ISBN-13: 978-8121917735
ii) Industrial Engineering and Management by O P Khanna Dhanpat Rai Publications (2018)
ISBN-13: 978-8189928353
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name The Recent
Trends in
Automotive
Technology
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
IC Engines,
Automobile
Engineering
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
This course provides students a synopsis of latest trends in automotive industry used in evaluation of
world. This includes understanding the basic principles of various hybrid and electric vehicles with
importance, applications and limitations.
9. Learning objectives:
i) Understand the suspension, brakes and safety
ii) Understand the vehicle operation and control
iii) Understand the Electric and Hybrid Vehicles
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Know the Hybrid, Battery and Magnetic track Vehicle
ii) Describe the computer control in automotive
iii) Describe the working of vehicle for safe ad fast travel
iv) Know the latest trend in Automotive Industry.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 09
Title of the unit: Future of Automotive Industry
Challenges and Concepts for the 21st century, crucial issues facing the industry and approaches to
meet these challenges.
Fuel Cell Technology for Vehicles: What is fuel cell, Type of fuel cell, Advantages of fuel cell?
current state of the technology, potential and challenges, advantages and disadvantages of hydrogen
fuel.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Electrical and Hybrid Vehicles
Types of hybrid systems, Objective and Advantages of hybrid systems. Current status, Future
developments and Prospects of Hybrid Vehicles.
Starts stop operation, Power Assist, Regenerative Braking, Advanced lead acid batteries, alkaline
batteries, and Lithium batteries, Development of new energy storage systems, Deep discharge and
rapid charging ultra-capacitors.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Safety Equipment‟s
Seat belt, regulations, automatic seat belt tightener system, collapsible steering column, tiltable
steering wheel, air bags, electronic system for activating air bags, bumper design for safety. EBD,
ABS, Electronic Braking, Traction and Stability control.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Collision Warning and
Avoidance, Comfort and Convenience Systems
Collision warning system, causes of rear end collision, frontal object detection, rear vehicle object
detection system, object detection system with braking system interactions.
Steering and mirror adjustment, central locking system, Garage door opening system, tyre pressure
control system, rain sensor system, environment information system
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Latest Engine Technology Features
and 42 Volt Systems
Advances in diesel engine technology. Direct fuel injection Gasoline engine, Diesel particulate
emission control, Throttling by wire. Variable Valve Timing, Method used to affect variable Valve
Timing, Electromagnetic Valves, and Cam less engine actuation. 42 VOLT SYSTEM: Need, benefits,
potentials and challenges, Technology Implications for the Automotive Industry, Technological
revolution that will occur as a result of the adoption of 42-volt systems.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Advanced Vehicle Technologies by Heinz Heisler-SAE International Publication,
Butterworth-Heinemann, 2nd
Edition, 2002, ISBN: 0750651318.
Reference Books:
i) Electric and Hybrid Electric vehicles by Ronald K. Jurgen - SAE International Publication
with a Product Code of PT-85, 2002, ISBN: 9780768008333.
ii) Electronic Braking, Traction and Stability control, SAE International, 2006, ISBN:
0768017866
iii) 42-Volt system by Daniel J. Holt, Society of Automotive Engineers, U.S., ISBN: 076801297X
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Nano
Technology and
Surface
Engineering
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
Automation in
Manufacturing
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
This course provides students a deep knowledge of nanotechnology and surface engineering in
manufacturing industry. This includes understanding the basic principles of synthesis,
characterization of Nano materials various with importance, applications and limitations. It‟s also
given overview of various coating technology.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To enable the students, understand the basic concepts of Nanotechnology.
ii) To enhance the knowledge of students in nanomaterials.
iii) To familiarize the students with the properties of nanomaterials and their applications
iv) To teach students the basic concepts of surface engineering and its development
v) To provide students the knowledge of coatings and the formation of technological surface
layers.
vi) To enable the students, understand the basic principles of Laser Technology and Plasma
Coating Technology
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Use Nanomaterials for various industrial applications
ii) Develop and apply various surface modifications technologies.
iii) Find applications of coating processes in industries
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Introduction to Nanoscience &
Technology
Single crystal, polycrystal and a nanocrystal- Nano in nature- Significance of nanostructures-- Present
and future applications of nanomaterials - Classification of nanomaterials - magic numbers-
Electronic and structural magic numbers - bulk to Nano transition- Size dependent property changes-
Factors leading to changes-Surface to volume ratio and quantum confinement-Surface energy-
Interatomic and intermolecular forces- -Forces acting between nanoparticles- van der Waals forces-
hydrophobic and hydrophilic forces- agglomeration of nanoparticles-stabilization of nanoparticles
Unit – 2 Number of Title of the unit: Synthesis, characterization of
Comment [8]: No change is required
lectures = 08 nanomaterials and mechanical properties
Bottom-up and top down approaches- Inert gas condensation- Ball milling and Sol –gel - lithographic
techniques- Particle size determination- XRD- laser diffraction- SEM, TEM, Raman, Infrared
spectroscopies, AFM and contact angle measurement and porosimeter – phase transitions
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Introduction to surface Engineering
Differences between surface and bulk, Properties of surfaces-wear, corrosion, optical, roughness,
electrical and thermal properties, wettability. Concepts of coating Coatings- Concepts of coatings,
Electroplating and electroplating -Metallic and nonmetallic coatings- Galvanizing – Thermal Spray,
types of thermals spray and their advantages and disadvantages - conventional verses Nano coatings
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Coating Technology
Plasma Coating Technology, Process parameters, thermal and kinetic history of inflight particle,
microstructural features of plasma sprayed coatings, single splat studies, process-structure property
relationship challenges in preparation, plasma spraying of Nano powders - its microstructure –
properties –Liquid precurser plasma spray- applications.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Characterization of Coatings
Coatings –thickness-porosity-hardness, fracture toughness, elastic modulus –adhesion bending
strength-fracture strength- tensile strength- wear and corrosion measurement phase analysis Hard and
soft coatings Caser cladding- laser alloying, Electron beam hardening-ion beam implantation- sol –gel
coatings –electrophoretic deposition –DLC and diamond coatings, antifriction and anti-scratch
coatings
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E- Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Charles P. Poole, Frank J. Owens, (2003), Introduction to Nanotechnology, John Wiley & Sons.,
1st Edition, ISBN:0471079359.
ii) Surface Engineering of Metals, Principles, Equipment‟s and Technologies- Tadeusz Burakowski,
Padeusg and Weirzxhon, CRC press, 1998, 1st Edition, ISBN: 9780849382253
Reference Books:
i) Nanocrystalline Materials, Glieter, Progress in Materials Science Vol. 33, pp. 223- 315, 1989
2
ii) Mechanical alloying and milling, C. Suryanarayana, Progress in Materials Science 46 (2001)
1,184
iii) Guozhong Cao, Nanostructures and Nanomarterials, Imperial college press, 2003
iv) H. Nalwa; Encyclopedia of nanoscience and nanotechnology. American Scientific publishers
v) Surface coatings ASM handbook
vi) Characterization Techniques ASM Handbook
vii) P. Fauchais, A. Vardelle, and B. Dussoubs, "Quo Vadis Thermal Spraying? "Journal of
Thermal Spray Technology, Volume 10(1) March 2001
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Supply Chain
and Logistic
Management
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
IEM 6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
This is a course in supply chain management (SCM), a term which denotes the integration of key
business processes from end user through original suppliers for the purpose of adding value for the
firm, its key supply chain members, to include customers and other stakeholders. This course presents
a framework for SCM that requires cross-functional integration of key business processes within the
firm and across the network of firms that comprise the supply chain.
9. Learning objectives:
i) An understanding of the primary differences between logistics and supply chain management.
ii) An understanding of the individual processes of supply chain management and their
interrelationships within individual companies and across the supply chain.
iii) An understanding of the management components of supply chain management.
iv) An understanding of the tools and techniques useful in implementing supply chain
management.
v) Knowledge about the professional opportunities in supply chain management.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Explore opportunities for cost reduction through Supply Chain efficiency.
ii) Understand how optimization can improve revenue streams.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 06
Title of the unit: Logistic Managements
Introduction, Logistics system design, Demand planning, Multiple channel distribution, Multi-echlon
system, Model development, Concept of warehousing, Methods of storage, Primary and secondary
transportation, Logistics information system, Logistics costing
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 06
Title of the unit: Supply Chain Management
Understanding the Supply Chain, Process view, Decision phases and importance of supply chain,
Supply chain management and logistics, supply chain and the value chain, Competitive advantage,
supply chain and competitive performance, changing competitive environment, Supply Chain drivers
and obstacle
Unit – 3 Number of Title of the unit: Matching supply and demand
lectures = 10
The lead-time gap, Improving the visibility of demand, supply chain fulcrum, forecast for capacity,
execute against demand, Demand management and aggregate planning, Collaborative planning,
forecasting and replenishment.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 12
Title of the unit: Strategic Management
Creating the responsive supply chain Product 'push' versus demand 'pull' The Japanese philosophy,
Foundations of agility, Route map to responsiveness. Strategic lead-time management: Time-based
competition, Lead-time concepts, Logistics pipeline management. Planning and managing inventories
in a supply chain: managing economies of scale in supply chain cycle inventory, managing
uncertainty in supply chain, determining optimal level of product availability.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Transportation, Network Design and
Information Technology in a supply chain
Transportation, facility design network design in a supply chain, extended enterprise and the virtual
supply chain, role of information and information technology in the supply chain, Laying the
foundations for synchronization, 'Quick response' logistics, Production strategies for quick response,
Logistics systems dynamics.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Chopra, S. and Meindl, P. “Supply Chain Management”, Prentice Hall, 6th
Edition, 2016,
ISBN: 0133800202
Reference Books:
i) Christopher, M. Logistics & Supply Chain Management, FT Prentice Hall, 5th
Edition, 2016,
ISBN: 1292083794.
ii) John T. Mentzer, J. T. Supply Chain Management, illustrated edition, SAGE Publications
(2001), 1st Edition, ISBN: 1412918057
iii) Michael H. Hugos, M. H. Essentials of Supply Chain Management, John Wiley, (2011), 3rd
Edition, ISBN: 0470942185
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Hydrogen and
Fuel Cells
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
IC Engines,
Automobile
Engineering
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
This course provides students a brief overview on Hydrogen and Fuel cells. This includes
understanding the newest energy variants. Also give overview how to store and utilize these energies.
9. Learning objectives:
i) The objective of the course is to provide comprehensive and logical knowledge of hydrogen
production, storage and utilization. In addition, provides an understanding of various fuel cell
technologies
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Evaluate the performance of fuel cells under different operating conditions.
ii) Select and defend appropriate fuel cell technology for a given application.
iii) Design and develop suitable hydrogen storage system to be used along with fuel cell system.
iv) Minimize environmental hazards associated with the use of hydrogen storage and fuel cell
technology.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 09
Title of the unit: Introduction of hydrogen energy
systems
Properties of hydrogen as fuel, Hydrogen pathways introduction-current uses, general introduction to
infrastructure requirement for hydrogen production, storage, dispensing and utilization, and hydrogen
production plants.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Hydrogen production processes
Thermal-Steam reformation, thermo chemical water splitting, gasification-pyrolysis, nuclear thermal
catalytic and partial oxidation methods. Electrochemical-Electrolysis, photo electro chemical,
Biological-Anaerobic digestion, fermentation micro-organism, PM based electrolyzer.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Hydrogen Storage and utilization
Physical and chemical properties, general storage methods, compressed storage-composite cylinders,
glass micro sphere storage, zeolites, metal hydride storage, chemical hydride storage and cryogenic
storage, carbon-based materials for hydrogen storage.
Overview of hydrogen utilization, IC Engines, gas turbines, hydrogen burners, power plant, domestic
cooking gas, marine applications, hydrogen dual fuel engines.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Fuel cells
History – principle - working - thermodynamics and kinetics of fuel cell process – performance
evaluation of fuel cell – comparison on battery Vs fuel cell, Types of fuel cells – AFC, PAFC, SOFC,
MCFC, DMFC, PEMFC, microbial fuel cells, relative merits and demerits.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Applications of fuel cells
Fuel cell usage for domestic power systems, large scale power generation, Automobile, Space,
economic and environmental analysis on usage of hydrogen and fuel cell. Future trends in fuel cells,
portable fuel cells, laptops, mobiles, submarines.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Sorenson B, Hydrogen and Fuel Cells: Emerging Technologies and Applications, Bent
Sorenson, Academic Press (2005), ISBN:0126552819.
Reference Books:
i) Hordeski MF, Alternative Fuels: The Future of Hydrogen, CRC Press, 3rd
Edition, 2013,
ISBN: 9781466580244.
ii) Busby RL, Hydrogen and Fuel Cells: A Comprehensive Guide, Penn Well Books, American
Edition, (2005), ISBN: 1593700431.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Industrial
Safety
Engineering
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
Workshop
Technology
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
This course provides students a brief overview on Industrial Safety. This includes understanding the
safety precautions in various manufacturing processes. Also give overview on safety in finishing and
testing.
9. Learning objectives:
i) Possess a mastery of Health safety and environment knowledge and safety management skills,
to reach higher levels in their profession.
ii) Effectively communicate information on Health safety and environment facilitating
collaboration with experts across various disciplines so as to create and execute safe
methodology in complex engineering activities.
iii) Competent safety Engineer rendering professional expertise to the industrial and societal
needs at national and global level subject to legal requirements.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of the course,
i) Apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science, Engineering fundamentals and an engineering
specialization for hazard identification, risk assessment and control of occupational hazards. b.
ii) Design, Establish, Implement maintain and continually improve an occupation health and
management system to improve safety.
iii) Conduct investigations on unwanted incidents using root cause analysis and generate
corrective and preventive action to prevent recurrence and occurrence of such incidents.
iv) Design complex man machine systems using human factors engineering tools so as to achieve
comfort, worker satisfaction, efficiency, error free and safe workplace environment.
v) Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams and in multi-
disciplinary settings so as to provide practical solutions to safety problems.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Safety in metal working and wood
working machines
General safety rules-turning machines-boring machines-milling, planning and grinding machines-
general safety principles-safety in the use of sawing machines-wood working equipment‟s. CNC
machines-need for selection and care of cutting tools – preventive maintenance, periodical checks for
safe operation – associated hazards and prevention.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 09
Title of the unit: Principles of Machine Guarding
Guarding during maintenance-Zero Mechanical State (ZMS) – Definition – Policy for ZMS –
guarding of hazards point of operation, protective devices-machine guarding-types-fixed guard-
interlock guard-automatic guard-trip guard-electron eye-positional control guard-fixed guard fencing.
Selection and suitability: lathe-drilling-boring-milling-grinding-shaping-sawing-shearing- presses-
forge hammer-flywheels-shafts-couplings-gears sprockets wheels and chains- pulleys and belts-
authorized entry to hazardous installations-benefits of good guarding systems.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 09
Title of the unit: Safety in Welding and Gas Cutting
Gas welding and oxygen cutting-resistances welding, arc welding and cutting-common hazards-
personal protective equipment-training-safety precautions in brazing, soldering and metalizing –
explosive welding – selection, care and maintenance of the associated equipment and instruments –
safety in generation, distribution and handling of industrial gases-colour coding – flashback arrestor –
leak detection-pipe line safety-storage and handling of gas cylinders.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit:
Safety in Cold Farming and Hot Working of Metals
Cold working-power presses-point of operation safe guarding-auxiliary mechanisms
feeding and cutting mechanism-hand or foot-operated presses-power press electriccontrols-power
press set up and die removal-inspection and maintenance-metal sheers- press brakes. Hot working
safety in forging-hot rolling mill operation – safe guards in hot rolling mills – hot bending of pipes –
hazards and control measures. Safety in gas furnace operation – cupola-crucibles-ovens-foundry
health hazards-work environment-material handling in foundries-foundry production cleaning and
finishing foundry processes.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit:
Safety in Finishing, Inspection and Testing
Safety in grinding-heat treatment operations-electro plating-paint shops-sand and shot blasting-safety
in inspection and testing-dynamic balancing-hydro testing-valves-boiler drums and headers-
pressure vessels-air leak test-steam testing-safety in radiography- personal monitoring devices-
radiation hazards – engineering and administrative controls, Indian Boilers Regulation. Health and
welfare measures in engineering industry-pollution control in engineering industry-industrial waste
disposal.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E- Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Books:
i) Safety Management by John V. Grimaldi and Rollin H. Simonds, All India Travelers Book
seller, New Delhi, 5th
Edition. ISBN: 0939874989
Reference Books:
i) “Occupational safety Manual” BHEL, Trichy, 1988.
ii) “Accident Prevention Manual” – NSC, Chicago, 1982.
iii) Indian Boiler acts and Regulations, Government of India
iv) Safety in the use of wood working machines, HMSO, UK 1992.
v) Health and Safety in welding and Allied Processes, welding Institute, UK, High Tech.
Publishing Ltd., London, 2002 5th
Edition. ISBN: 9781855735385
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2.Course Name Plant Layout
and Material
Handling
L T P
3.Course Code 3 0 0
4.Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5.Pre-requisite (if
any)
6.Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7.Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8.Course Description
Introduction to Plant Layout and Material Handling Objectives and Functions of Plant Layout and
Material Handling Introduction to Layout and its Importance Types of layouts Selection and
specifications of layouts Implementation and follow up of layouts Introduction to CORELAP,
ALDEP and CRAFT, CORELAP and ALDEP concepts Introduction to Group Layout and Fixed
Position Layout Quadratic assignment model. Branch and bound method Introduction to Material
Handling Relationship of material handling to plant layout Methods to minimize cost of material
handling Ergonomics of Material Handling equipment.
9.Learning objectives
i) Plan, analyze and design to improve manufacturing and services facilities. ii) Explore equipment requirements for a specific process. iii) Summarize the benefit of an efficient material handling system. iv) Understand what effect process layout has on the material handling system. v) Apply the techniques to evaluate and design material handling and storage systems. vi) Visualize plant layout and material handling in industries.
10.Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Understand proper material handling engineering techniques regarding hoisting and
conveying equipment.
ii) Understand toxic hazards of materials being handled, such as chemicals, dusts and poisons
11.Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Introduction
Introduction Criteria, Strategies/Tactics, Sustainability and Eco-Efficiency in Facility Design, Basic
Planning, Alternative Machine Arrangements, Flow Lines, Location Models, Act/Building Details,
Aisles and Security, Storage, Shipping and Receiving, Offices, Specialized Areas.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Workstations
Workstations, Unit Loads & Containers, Conveyors, Vehicles, Lifting Devices, Workstation Material
Handling, Ethics in Facility Design Facilities design procedure and planning strategies, Production,
activity and materials flow analysis, Space requirements and personnel services design
considerations.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Layout construction techniques
Systematic layout planning; activity relationship analysis, pair wise exchange, graph-based
construction algorithmic. Material Handling: Material handling principles; material handling
equipment and material handling systems.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Computerized Layout and
Analytical Methods
ALDEP, CORELAP, CRAFT, BLOCPLAN, etc. Warehouse operations: function, storage operations.
Manufacturing operation: JIT, TQM, AM, CIM, SCM, Facility systems, Quantitative models: Layout
model, waiting line, AS/RS, simulation model, etc.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Assessment and Evaluation
Assessment and evaluation of layout alternatives Projects, Use Spiral software to practice plant layout
design, apply mathematical and engineering techniques such as systematic layout planning approach,
quantitative model, cost estimate to solve practical facility layout problem.
12.Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13.Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Plant Layout and Material Handling, by- S. C. Sharma, Jain Brothers, Khanna Publishers;
Third edition, 2000, ISBN: 8174093192 Reference Books:
i) Plant Layout and Material Handling, by- James M. Apple, John Wiley & Sons, 3rd
Edition,
ISBN: 0471071714. ii) Plant Layout and Material Handling, by- Fred E. Meyers, Prentice Hall. Latest Edition, ISBN:
0130134759 iii) Facility Layout and Location: An Analytical Approach, by Richard L, Francis, Pearson India,
2nd
Edition, ISBN: 0132992310 iv) Plant Layout and Material Handling, by- B. K. Aggarwal, Jain Brothers, Latest Edition, 2017,
ISBN: 8186321780
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Robotics
Engineering and
Application
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE () MS ()
5. Pre-requisite
Robotics 6. Frequency
(use tick marks)
Even () Odd () Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description:
Introduction to Robotics, Components, Types and classification, control, sensing, static and dynamic
properties. Grippers, types, mechanisms for actuation & design. Industrial robots‟ specifications.
Selection based on the Application. Kinematics: Direct and Inverse Kinematics for industrial robots.
Differential Kinematics for planar serial robots. Trajectory planning: Introduction Cartesian space
scheme, adaptive control, and Servo system for robot control. Programming of Robots and Vision
System.
9. Learning Objectives:
i) To familiarize the students with the concepts and techniques in robotic engineering and
control, manipulator kinematics & dynamics, application and selection of robotic system for
various industrial scenarios.
ii) Make the students acquainted with the theoretical aspects of Robotics
iii) Enable the students to acquire practical experience in the field of Robotics through case
studies.
iv) Make the students to understand the importance of robots in various fields of engineering.
v) Expose the students to various robots and their operational details.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): At the end of this course, the learner will be:
i) Understand the basic components of robots.
ii) Differentiate types of robots and robot grippers.
iii) Model forward and inverse kinematics of robot manipulators.
iv) Analyze forces in links and joints of a robot.
v) Programme a robot to perform tasks in industrial applications.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Fundamentals of Robotic Systems
Introduction to Robotics, Components of a robotic system, Types and classification of Robots,
applications Drives and actuators, control components (Serial manipulator & Parallel Manipulator),
Sensors and Transducers (force, velocity, displacement, optical, proximity etc.), Components
of Industrial robotics-precession of movement-resolution, accuracy & repeatability-
Dynamic characteristics- speed of motion, load carrying capacity & speed of response.
Unit - 2 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Robotic actuation and specification
Grippers – Mechanical Gripper-Grasping force-Engelberger-g-factors-mechanisms for actuation,
Magnetic gripper, vacuum cup gripper-considerations in gripper selection & design. Industrial robots‟
specifications. Selection based on the Application.
Unit - 3 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Kinematics in Robots
Kinematics-Manipulators Kinematics, Rotation Matrix, Homogenous Transformation Matrix, D-H
transformation matrix, D-H method of assignment of frames. Direct and Inverse Kinematics for
industrial robots. Differential Kinematics for planar serial robots
Unit - 4 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Robotic Navigation
Trajectory planning: Joint space scheme- Cubic polynomial fit-Obstacle avoidance in operation
space-cubic polynomial fit with via point, bleding scheme. Introduction Cartesian space
scheme. Control- Interaction control, Rigid Body mechanics, Control architecture- position,
path velocity, and force control systems, computed torque control, adaptive control, and Servo system
for robot control.
Unit - 5 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Programming in Robots
Programming of Robots and Vision System-Lead through programming methods-
Teach pendent- overview of various textual programming languages like VAL etc. Machine
(robot) vision
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book
i) Industrial Robotics / Groover M P /McGraw Hill. (ISBN-10: 0071004424, ISBN-13: 978-0071004428)
Reference Books:
i) John J. Craig (2008), Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics and Control, 3rd Edition, Pearson
Education. ISBN: 978-8-131-71836-0.
ii) Theory of Applied Robotics /Jazar/Springer. (ISBN- 978-1-4419-1750-8)
iv) Richard D. Klafter, Thomas A. Chmielewski and Michael Negin, (2010), Robotic Engineering
An Integrated Approach, 1st Edition, Prentice-hall of India. ISBN: 978-8-120-30842-8.
v) S. R. Deb and Sankha Deb (2009), Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation, 2nd
Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Edu-cation. ISBN: 978-0-070-07791-1.
vi) Robert Joseph Schilling (2007), Fundamentals of Robotics: Analysis and Control, Prentice
Hall India. ISBN: 978-8-120-31047-6.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Electronics &
Instrumentation
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE () MS ()
5. Pre-
requisite
6. Frequency
(use tick marks)
Even () Odd () Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description:
This course deals with the basics of Electrical and Electronic devices &measuring instruments used in
laboratory and industry. In the process they learn different type of instruments like PMMC, Moving
Iron, Electrodynamometer which includes voltmeter, ammeter, wattmeter, energy meter, power factor
meter, frequency meter, Q meter, etc. along with structure of some basic electronic devices. Students
will also learn about different AC and DC bridges to obtain various electrical parameters. Display
devices which include DVM, CRO, and DSO etc. are also learnt to analyze electrical signals in the
course.
9. Learning Objectives:
i) Understand the structure of basic electronic devices.
ii) Be exposed to active and passive circuit elements.
iii) To know the necessity of different measuring instruments and their design principle.
iv) To understand the working principle of different measuring instruments and technical solutions
to handle different errors.
v) To learn the architecture and working principle of advanced measuring instrument and their
applications.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): At the end of this course, the learner will be:
i) Explain the structure and working operation of basic electronic devices.
ii) Able to identify and differentiate both active and passive elements
iii) Learn units, dimensions, standards and errors and basics of different types of measuring
instruments to measure different electrical quantities
iv) Apply their knowledge to measure electrical quantities using standard analog and digital
measuring instruments.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Fundamentals of Electronics
PN junction diode –structure, operation and V-I characteristics, Half Wave and Full Wave Rectifier, –
Display devices- LED, Laser diodes, Zener& reverse Zener diode characteristics. BJT, JFET,
MOSFET- structure, operation, characteristics.
Unit - 2 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Philosophy of Measurement &
Analog Measurement of Electrical Quantities
Unit & dimensions, standards, Errors, Characteristics of Instruments and measurement system, basics
of statistical analysis. PMMC instrument, DC ammeter, DC voltmeter, Ohm meter, Moving Iron
instrument, Electrodynamics Wattmeter, errors and remedies, Three Phase Wattmeter, Power in three
phase system, Energy meter
Unit - 3 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Measurement: Instrument
Transformer
Instrument Transformer and their applications in the extension of instrument range, Introduction to
measurement of speed, frequency and power factor.
Unit - 4 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Measurement of Parameters
Different methods of measuring low, medium and high resistances, measurement of inductance &
capacitance with the help of AC Bridges- Wheatstone, Kelvin, Maxwell, Hay's, Anderson, Owen,
Heaviside, Campbell, Schering, Wien bridges, Wagner Earthling device, Q Meter.
Unit - 5 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: AC Potentiometer & Magnetic
Measurement
Polar type & Co-ordinate type AC potentiometers, application of AC Potentiometers in
electrical measurement. Ballistic Galvanometer, Flux meter. Digital Measurement: Concept of
digital measurement, Digital voltmeter, Frequency meter, Power Analyzer and Harmonics
Analyzer, Electronic, Multimeter. DSO and its applications.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) E.W. Golding & F.C. Widdis, “Electrical Measurement &Measuring Instrument”, A.W.
Wheeler & Co. Pvt. Ltd. India. (ISBN-10: 8190630725, ISBN-13: 978-8190630726)
Reference Books:
i) A.K. Sawhney, “A corse in Electrical & Electronic Measurement & Instrument”, Dhanpat Rai
& Sons. (ISBN-9788177001006, 8177001000)
ii) Forest K. Harries, “Electrical Measurement”, Willey Eastern Pvt. Ltd. India. (ISBN-
10: 0471353760, ISBN-13: 978-0471353768)
iii) W. D. Cooper, “Electronic Instrument & Measurement Technique”, Prentice Hall
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Electronics &
Instrumentation
Lab
L T P
3. Course Code 0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE () MS ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even () Odd () Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 00 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Brief Syllabus
This Lab deals with the basics of Electrical and Electronic devices &measuring instruments used in industry. In
the process they learn different type of instruments like PMMC, Moving Iron, Electrodynamometer which
includes voltmeter, ammeter, wattmeter, energy meter, power factor meter, frequency meter, Q meter, etc.
along with structure of some basic electronic devices. Students will also learn about different AC and DC
bridges to obtain various electrical parameters. Display devices which include DVM, CRO, and DSO etc.
9. Learning objectives:
i) Understand the structure of basic electronic devices.
ii) Be exposed to active and passive circuit elements.
iii) To know the necessity of different measuring instruments and their design principle.
iv) To understand the working principle of different measuring instruments and technical solutions to handle
different errors.
v) To learn the architecture and working principle of advanced measuring instrument and their applications.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Explain the structure and working operation of basic electronic devices.
ii) Able to identify and differentiate both active and passive elements
iii) Learn units, dimensions, standards and errors and basics of different types of measuring instruments to
measure different electrical quantities
iv) Apply their knowledge to measure electrical quantities using standard analog and digital measuring
instruments.
v) Work with various electronic measurement devices
11. Experimental content
Sr. No. Title CO covered 1 To find the value of unknown resistor using Wheatstone bridge. i, ii, iv
2 To find the value of unknown capacitance and inductance using
Maxwell‟s bridge.
i, ii, iv
3 To find the value of unknown capacitance using Wein‟s series and parallel i, ii, iii, iv
bridge. 4 Measurement of frequency using Lissajous method. ii, iii
5 To study and verify characteristic of variable resistor transducer (strain
gauge).
iii, iv
6 To study and verify characteristic of LVDT iii, iv
7 To study and verify characteristic of Thermocouple/RTD. iii, iv
8 To analyze analog and digital multi meter for various measurements v
9 To verify the performance characteristics of compensated attenuator. v
10 To demonstrate the functionality of function generator and its use as a test
and measurement equipment.
iv, v
11 Measurement of LCRQ meter. iv, v
12 To demonstrate the functionality of IC tester and test various ICs. v
13 To demonstrate the functionality of distortion meter. v
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Control
Systems
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE
()
OE
()
MS ()
5. Pre-requisite
(if any)
None 6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
Basic elements of control system, open loop control system, closed loop control system, basic
elements of a servo mechanism, Examples of automatic control systems, introduction to Laplace
transform. Transfer function, block diagram, reduction of block diagram, problems on block diagram,
Mason‟s formula signal flow graph. Time & Frequency Response Analysis: Standard test signals,
time response of first and second-order system, time constant, time response of second order system,
time response specifications, steady-state errors and error constants, problems in first and second
order system. Stability: Routh-Hurwitz Criterion, Root Locus, Bode Plotting using semi log graph
paper, State Space Analysis of Control Systems.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To understand the different ways of system representations such as Transfer
function representation and state space representations, and to assess the systems‟ static and
dynamic response
ii) To assess the system performance using time domain analysis and methods for improving it.
iii) To assess the system performance using frequency domain analysis and techniques for
improving the performance
iv) To design various controllers and compensators to improve system performance.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Improve the system performance by selecting a suitable controller and/or a compensator for a
specific application
ii) Apply various time domain and frequency domain techniques to assess the system
performance.
iii) Apply various control strategies to different applications (example: Power systems, electrical
drives etc.
iv) Test system Controllability using state space representation and applications of state space
representation to various systems.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1
Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Introduction to Control systems
Elements of control systems, concept of open loop and closed loop systems, Examples and
application of open loop and closed loop systems, brief idea of multivariable control systems,
Representation of physical system (Electro-Mechanical) by differential equations. Transfer function,
POLES and ZEROS of a control system, Determination of transfer function: block diagram reduction
techniques and signal flow graph method, Laplace transformation function, inverse Laplace
transformation. Constructional and working concept of AC servomotor, synchronous and stepper
motor
Unit – 2
Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Time Response Analysis
First Order and Second Order System: Characteristic Equations, response to step, ramp and parabolic
inputs, Transient response analysis, steady state errors and error constants, Transient & steady state
analysis of LTI systems. Error analysis: Steady state error, Static and Dynamic error coefficients.
Unit – 3
Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Frequency Domain Analysis
Frequency response, correlation between time and frequency responses, polar and inverse polar plots,
Bode plots, Nyquist Plot, Stability in Frequency domain: Nyquist stability criterion, assessment of
relative stability: gain margin and phase margin, M and N Loci, Nichols chart.
Unit – 4
Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Stability analysis
Concept of stability and necessary conditions, Routh-Hurwitz criteria and limitations. Root Locus
Technique: The root locus concepts, construction of root loci. The design problem and preliminary
considerations lead, lag and lead-lag networks, design of closed loop systems using compensation
techniques in time domain and frequency domain.
Unit – 5
Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: State Space Analysis of Control Systems
Concepts of state, state variables and state model, derivation of state models from block diagrams,
Diagonalization- Solving the Time invariant state Equations- State Transition Matrix and its
Properties.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) „Automatic Control Systems‟, by HasanSaeed. (ISBN-10: 9350141337, ISBN-13: 978-
9350141335)
Reference Books:
i) “N. K. Sinha”, “Control Systems”, New Age International (P) Limited Publishers, 3rdEdition,
1998. (ISBN-10: 8122433537, ISBN-13: 978-8122433531)
ii) Norman N. Nise, “Control Systems Engineering”, John wiley, 6th Edition, 2011. (ISBN-
10: 0470917695, ISBN-13: 978-0470917695)
iii) Katsuhiko Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 3rd edition,
1998. (ISBN-10: 8120340108, ISBN-13: 978-8120340107)
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Control Systems
Lab L T P
3. Course Code 0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE () MS ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 00 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Brief Syllabus
Basic elements of control system, Examples of automatic control systems, introduction to Laplace transform.
Transfer function. Time & Frequency Response Analysis: Standard test signals, time response of first and
second-order system, time constant, time response of second order system, time response specifications,
steady-state errors and error constants, problems in first and second order system. Root Locus, Bode Plotting
using semi log graph paper, PID controllers & State Space Analysis of Control Systems
9. Learning objectives:
i) To understand the different ways of system representations such as Transfer
function representation and state space representations, and to assess the systems‟ static and
dynamic response
ii) To assess the system performance using time domain analysis and methods for improving it
iii) To assess the system performance using frequency domain analysis and techniques for
improving the performance
iv) To design various controllers and compensators to improve system performance.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Improve the system performance by selecting a suitable controller and/or a compensator for a
specific application
ii) Apply various time domain and frequency domain techniques to assess the
system performance
iii) Apply various control strategies to different applications (example: Power systems, electrical
drives etc…)
iv) Test system Controllability using state space representation and applications of state space
representation to various systems.
v) Familiarize with techniques of stability checks via various models
11. Experimental content
Sr. No. Title CO covered 1 Step, ramp and impulse response i, ii
2 Identification of damping in second order ii
3 Time domain analysis ii
4 Stability analysis using routh- hurwitz method iv
5 Stability analysis of linear system using various graphical methods iii, iv
6 Frequency response analysis using bode plot iii
7 Frequency response analysis using polar plot iii
8 Design of PID Controller for first order and second order systems i, ii, iii
9 Design of PID Controller for speed control of DC Motor System. i, ii, iii
10 Design of PID Based controller for Twin Rotor Multi Input Multi Output
System
i, ii, iii
11 Root locus from a transfer function iii
12 State model from transfer function v
13 Response of a state model v
1. Name of the Department Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Hydraulics &
Pneumatics
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE
()
OE
()
MS ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = s42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
Introduction to Hydraulic and Pneumatic Systems, basic principles, components, accessories, basic
circuit design, ISO/ANSI symbols for hydraulic and pneumatic components, Electro-pneumatics,
vacuum technology, case studies, Introduction to Automation in hydraulic and Pneumatic Systems.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To learn the basic principles of Hydraulics and Pneumatics.
ii) To be able to design a Hydraulic, Pneumatic or Electro- Pneumatics Circuit for a specified
problem at hand.
iii) To analyze the performance of such systems based on their capacity and Power Transmission
capability.
iv) This course will give an appreciation of the fundamental principles, design and operation of
hydraulic and pneumatic machines, components and systems and their application in recent
automation revolution.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
i) Identify and analyze the functional requirements of a power transmission system for a given
application.
ii) Design an appropriate hydraulic or pneumatic circuit or combination circuit like electro-
pneumatics for a given application.
iii) Visualize how the hydraulic/pneumatic circuit will work to accomplish the function.
iv) Selection and sizing of components of the circuit.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of Title of the unit: Introduction to hydraulics
lectures = 8
Introduction, fluid power principles, Basic Hydraulic Systems-Major advantages and disadvantages,
physical properties, characteristics & functions of hydraulic Oils, Classification- Mineral based, Fire
resistant& Biodegradable Oils, Filters, Contaminations. Major components of Hydraulic systems:
Hydraulic Pumps, Motors and Actuators, Hydraulic Valves and Hydraulic System Accessories.
Unit – 2
Number of
lectures = 9
Title of the unit: Design of hydraulic circuits
Hydraulic Symbols as per ISO/ANSI, Basic hydraulic circuits, Selection of various components and
valves for hydraulic circuits, Industrial hydraulic circuits, Power losses in flow control circuits, Case
studies of various basic hydraulic circuits, Exercises.
Unit – 3
Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Introduction to Pneumatics
Introduction, Pneumatics, Air properties, Basic Requirements for Pneumatic System, Applications,
Pneumatic fundamentals, Components of a Pneumatics system: Service unit, Directional valves, Air
Compressor, Air filtration and dehumidification, Actuators and Accessories. Vacuum Technology
Unit – 4
Number of
lectures = 9
Title of the unit: Design of Pneumatic Circuits
Pneumatics Symbols as per ISO/ANSI, Basic pneumatic circuits, Development of single Actuator
Circuits, Development of multiple Actuator Circuits, Cascade method for sequencing, Case studies
of various basic Pneumatics circuits.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Electro- Pneumatics
Basic Electrical Theories, Basic Electrical Components, Electro-Magnetism, Electro-Pneumatic
Components, Electrical Logic Control Components, Electro-Pneumatics Circuit Design, Case
Studies, Introduction to Automation in hydraulic and Pneumatic Systems.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book
i) Shanmugasundaram K., “Hydraulic and Pneumatic controls”, Chand & Co, 2006 (ISBN-
10: 8121926351, ISBN-13: 978-8121926355)
Reference Books
i) Majumdar, S.R., “Oil Hydraulics Systems- Principles and Maintenance”, Tata McGraw Hill,
2001, (ISBN-10: 0071406697, ISBN-13: 978-0071406697)
ii) Majumdar, S.R., “Pneumatic Systems – Principles and Maintenance”, Tata McGraw Hill,
2007, (ISBN-10: 0074602314, ISBN-13: 978-0074602317)
iii) Srinivasan. R, "Hydraulic and Pneumatic Control", 2nd
Edition, Tata McGraw - Hill
Education, (ISBN-8182090245, 9788182090248)
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Hydraulics &
Pneumatics Lab
L T P
3. Course Code 0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE () MS ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 00 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Brief Syllabus
Introduction to Hydraulic and Pneumatic circuits, basic principles, components, accessories, basic circuit design,
ISO/ANSI symbols for hydraulic and pneumatic components, Electro-pneumatics, vacuum technology,
Automation in hydraulic and Pneumatic Systems.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To learn the basic principles of Hydraulics and Pneumatics.
ii) To be able to design a Hydraulic, Pneumatic or Electro- Pneumatics Circuit for a specified
problem at hand.
iii) To analyze the performance of such systems based on their capacity and Power
Transmission capability.
iv) This course will give an appreciation of the fundamental principles, design and operation
of hydraulic and pneumatic machines, components and systems and their application in
recent automation revolution.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Identify and analyze the functional requirements of a power transmission system for a given
application.
ii) Design an appropriate hydraulic or pneumatic circuit or combination circuit like electro-
pneumatics for a given application.
iii) Visualize how the hydraulic/pneumatic circuit will work to accomplish the function.
iv) Selection and sizing of components of the circuit.
v) Vacuum technology
11. Experimental content
Sr. No. Title CO covered 1 To demonstrate the motion of a single acting cylinder and double acting
cylinder.
iii, iv
2 To demonstrate the use of memory valve and quick exhaust valve with
double acting cylinder.
iii, iv
3 To demonstrate the use of dual pressure valve and shuttle valve with
single acting cylinder.
iii, iv
4 To perform AND & OR logic for forward stroke of a double acting
cylinder using two manual control.
iii, iv
5 To control the speed of a double acting cylinder using metering in and
metering out flow control valve (Speed controlling operation).
iii, iv
6 To perform single and multicycle operation of a double acting cylinder
using roller lever valve and memory valve.
iii, iv
7 Hydraulic Counter-balancing circuit. i, ii
8 To operate two double acting cylinders electro pneumatically (Sequence
of operation: A+B+A-B-).
iii, iv, v
9 To demonstrate the use of an inductive sensor with double acting cylinder
and double solenoid valve.
iii, iv
10 To demonstrate the auto reset of a counter after the operation of a double
acting cylinder after „n‟ cycles using double solenoid valve.
iii, iv
11 To study Vacuum technology on vacuum bench. iii
12 Hydraulic Unloading circuit. i, ii
13 Study of hydraulics and Pneumatics circuit, based on the industrial
application.
i, ii, iii, iv, v
1. Name of the Department Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Solar and
Nuclear Power
Engineering
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE
()
OE
()
MS ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
Thermodynamics 6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
It offers to eligible candidates in-depth training in various aspects of design, manufacture, testing,
control, and evaluation of thermal power equipment. Thermal power plants have an increasingly
dominant role to play in the vital power generation sector.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To enable the students, understand solar radiation received on the earth and fundamentals of
solar thermal engineering.
ii) To enable students, know about solar thermal devices like cookers, pumps, ponds etc.
iii) To introduce students to solar flat plates and solar concentrators.
iv) To teach students about solar power generation.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Estimate solar radiation received on a surface.
ii) Predict and analyses the performance of solar devices.
iii) Identify and integrate solar thermal devices in various applications.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1
Number of lectures
= 8
Title of the unit: Solar Radiation & Nuclear Reactors
Unit -1
Sun Earth relationship – Solar radiation components – Measurement Mechanism of nuclear fission –
Nuclides - Radioactivity
Unit – 2
Number of lectures
= 8
Title of the unit: Solar Flat Plate Collectors & Reactor
Materials
Theory of Flat Plate Collectors – Performance Evaluation – Collector Testing – Natural and Forced
Circulation – System Configurations – Applications - Nuclear fuel cycles – Characteristics of nuclear
fuels.
Unit – 3
Number of lectures
= 8
Title of the unit: Solar Thermal Devices – I
Solar Air Heaters: Theory and Applications – Solar drying: Theory, design, performance analysis and
types – Solar Desalination: Theory and Performance analysis.
Unit – 4
Number of lectures
= 8
Title of the unit: Solar Thermal Devices – II
Solar Cooking Devices – Solar cooling: Absorption, adsorption and passive systems – Solar Thermal
Pumps – Energy Storage – Solar Ponds.
Unit – 5
Number of lectures
= 10
Title of the unit: Solar Concentrators and Power
Generation & Waste Disposal
Solar concentrator types – Optics – Performance analysis – Design considerations – Tracking – Solar
Electric Power Generation Systems – Economics of Solar thermal systems & devices. Types of
nuclear wastes – Safety control and pollution control and abatement
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Y. Goswami, F. Kreith and J. F. Kreider, (2000), Principles of Solar Engineering, 2nd
Edition,
CRC Press, ISBN-10: 9781560327141
Reference Books:
i) S. P. Sukhatme, Solar Energy, (2017), 4th
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, ISBN-10: 9352607112
ii) M.M. El-Wakil (1962), Nuclear Power Engineering, McGraw-Hill, ISBN-10: 0070193002
iii) J.R. Lamarsh (1966), Introduction to Nuclear Reactor Theory, Wesley, ISBN-10: 0201041200
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Design of Thermal
Systems
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE
()
OE
()
MS ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
Thermodynamics 6. Frequenc
y (use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
Design and analysis of thermofluidic systems using principles of thermodynamics, fluid mechanics
and heat transfer.
9. Learning objectives:
i) Design a heat exchanger.
ii) Optimize the conceptual design of a heat engine and refrigeration system.
iii) Design a thermofluidic system involving moving fluids, heat transfer, and conversion of
energy between heat and work.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Synthesize the knowledge and skills acquired in their previous curriculum, in the context of
realistic design project.
ii) Reduce their problem in mathematical modelling and solve the problem using numerical
simulation by choosing the design variables which affects the problem.
iii) Address a broad range of requirements such as economic analysis for adapting a new
technology
iv) Understand and solve the optimization problem for single variable and multivariable using the
classical optimization technique.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1
Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Introduction
Introduction to engineering design, Thermal systems, Basic Considerations in design, Conceptual
design, Steps in the design process, Computer-aided design of thermal systems, Material selection,
Properties and characteristics for thermal systems.
Unit – 2
Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Modelling
Modelling of thermal systems, Types of models, Interaction between models, Mathematical
modelling, physical modelling and dimensional analysis, Curve fitting.
Unit – 3
Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Simulation
Numerical modelling and simulation, Solution procedure, Numerical model for a system, System
simulation, Methods for numerical simulation. Acceptable design of a thermal system, Design of
system from different application
Unit – 4
Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Economic Consideration
Economic consideration, Introduction, Calculation of interest, Worth of money as a function of time,
Series of payments, Raising capital, Economic factor in design, Cost comparison, rate of return,
Application to thermal systems.
Unit – 5
Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Optimization
Optimization in design, Basic concepts, Mathematical formulation, Optimization methods, Calculus
methods, Search methods, Optimization of thermal systems, Optimization of unconstrained problems,
Conversion of constrained to unconstrained, Optimization of constrained problems
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E- Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Design and Optimization of Thermal systems – Yogesh Jaluria – CRC Press, 2007, 2nd
Edition, ISBN: 0849337534.
Reference Books:
i) Optimization of Engineering Design – Kalyanmoy Deb – PHI, 2nd
Edition, 2012, ISBN:
8120346785.
ii) Design of thermal systems – W.F. Stoecker -TMH Publication, Latest Edition, ISBN:
0070616205.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Design of
Thermal Systems
Lab
L T P
3. Course
Code
0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE
()
OE
()
MS ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
Thermodynamics 6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 00 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Course Description
Design and analysis of thermofluidic systems using principles of thermodynamics, fluid mechanics
and heat transfer.
9. Learning objectives:
i) Design a heat exchanger.
ii) Optimize the conceptual design of a heat engine and refrigeration system.
iii) Design a thermofluidic system involving moving fluids, heat transfer, and conversion of
energy between heat and work.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Synthesize the knowledge and skills acquired in their previous curriculum, in the context of
realistic design project.
ii) Reduce their problem in mathematical modelling and solve the problem using numerical
simulation by choosing the design variables which affects the problem.
iii) Address a broad range of requirements such as economic analysis for adapting a new
technology
11. Lab Component
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 Thermal aspects of heat exchanger design i, ii
2 Design of double pipe Heat exchanger i, ii
3 Timkers model & TEMA standards i, ii, iii
4 Bell Deware‟s method for shell and tube type heat exchanger design i, ii, iii
5 Design of Reboilers and estimation of loss of energy in the pipe i, ii, iii
6 Analysis and design regenerative heat exchanger i, ii, iii
7 Circulated fluidized bed combustion boiler i, ii, iii
8 Design of compact heat exchanger i, ii, iii
9 Design of plate type heat exchanger i, ii, iii
10 Heat exchange networking i, ii, iii
11 To simulate the given configuration of a thermal system To i, ii, iii
12 Exercise on IC Engine Simulation code (FIRE & BOOST software) i, ii, iii
13 To develop knowledge-based system for optimization Shell and Tube
Heat Exchanger/Plate Heat Exchanger.
i, ii, iii
14 To simulate the piping system using Hardy-Cross method of simulation i, ii, iii
15 To perform exercises on equation fit and testing the goodness of fit. i, ii, iii
16 To optimize typical thermal system i, ii, iii
17 To optimize typical energy system i, ii, iii
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Advance Heat Transfer L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE
()
OE
()
MS ()
5. Pre-
requisit
e (if
any)
Heat and Mass Transfer 6. Frequenc
y (use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials
= 0
Practical = 0
8. Course Description
The course is intended to build up necessary fundamentals for the understanding of the physical
behavior of conduction and convection.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To develop the ability to use the heat transfer concepts for various applications like finned
systems, turbulence flows, high speed flows.
ii) To analyse the thermal analysis and sizing of heat exchangers and to learn the heat transfer
coefficient for compact heat exchanges.
iii) To achieve an understanding of the basic concepts of phase change processes and mass
transfer.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Develop ability to apply the basic principles of classical heat transfer in real engineering
application
ii) Analyze the analytical and numerical solutions for heat transfer problem.
iii) Understand the basic concepts of turbulence and their impact on heat transfer
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1
Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: External Flow and Forced
Convection
Introduction, Exact and approximate integral solutions for the flow over flat plate, hydrodynamic &
thermal boundary layer, boundary layer thickness, drag coefficient , mean drag coefficient, The local
& average heat transfer coefficient, mass flow through the boundary, Turbulent flow over flat plate,
Reynolds analogy, Reynolds-Colburn analogy, Drag & heat transfer in mixed boundary layer, Flow
over curved surfaces, Cylinder, Sphere, Cross flow over banks of tubes, Numericals.
Unit – 2
Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: External Flow and Forced
Convection
Introduction, Exact and approximate integral solutions for the flow over flat plate, hydrodynamic &
thermal boundary layer, boundary layer thickness, drag coefficient , mean drag coefficient, The local
& average heat transfer coefficient, mass flow through the boundary, Turbulent flow over flat plate,
Reynolds analogy, Reynolds-Colburn analogy, Drag & heat transfer in mixed boundary layer, Flow
over curved surfaces, Cylinder, Sphere, Cross flow over banks of tubes, Numericals.
Unit – 3
Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Internal Flow and Forced
Convection
Introduction, Entrance region, Fully developed region, Mean velocity, Mean temperature, Governing
differential equation and velocity profile for fully developed laminar tube flow, Hagen-Poiseuille
equation, Fanning friction coefficient, Heat transfer for fully developed laminar tube flow: Governing
differential equation, heat transfer coefficient for constant wall temperature and constant wall heat
flux boundary conditions, Velocity distribution in turbulent flow through pipe, Fluid friction,
Convection Correlations for turbulent flow in tubes: Reynolds Analogy, Reynolds-Colburn analogy,
Dittus- Boelter equation, Sieder and Tate equation, Petukhov expression, Numericals
Unit – 4
Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Two phase Heat Transfer and
Heat Exchangers
Heat Transfer with Change of Phase: Laminar film condensation on a vertical plate, Drop-wise
condensation, Boiling regimes, Nucleate and film boiling, Heat pipe.
Classification and selection of heat exchangers, Some important definitions, Heat Exchanger
Analysis: Use of LMTD, Multiphases heat exchangers, Effectiveness NTU Method, Plate heat
exchanger, evaporative tubular heat exchanger, Evaporative Effectiveness, Dry out heat flux, Design
of Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger, Simulation of heat exchangers, Pressure drop and Pumping
power, Optimization of heat exchanger size, Numericals.
Unit – 5
Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Radiations
Review of basic laws for radiation-, Black body concept, gray body radiation, Solar radiations,
Radiation between surfaces- Shape factor and correlations, Radiation exchange between surfaces in
black enclosure, Network representation, Radiation exchange in gray enclosure, apparent emissivity
of a cavity, Radiation shields, Radiations in emitting and absorbing media.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E- Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, Sarit K. Dass, Narosa Publishing House, New
Delhi, 2009, ISBN: 1842655817
Reference Books:
i) Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer Frank P. Incropera, Published by John Wiley &
Sons, New York, 6th
Edition, 2006, ISBN: 0471457280
ii) Heat & Mass Transfer P.K. Nag, Published by Tata-McGraw hill, New Delhi, 2011, 3rd
Edition, ISBN: 9780070702530
iii) Heat Transfer J.P. Holman, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 9th
Edition, 2008, ISBN:
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Advance Heat
Transfer Lab
L T P
3. Course
Code
0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE
()
OE
()
MS ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
Heat and Mass
Transfer
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 0 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Course Description
The course is intended to build up necessary fundamentals for the understanding of the physical
behavior of conduction and convection.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To develop the ability to use the heat transfer concepts for various applications like finned
systems, turbulence flows, high speed flows.
ii) To analyses the thermal analysis and sizing of heat exchangers and to learn the heat transfer
coefficient for compact heat exchanges.
iii) To achieve an understanding of the basic concepts of phase change processes and mass
transfer.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Develop ability to apply the basic principles of classical heat transfer in real engineering
application
ii) Analyze the analytical and numerical solutions for heat transfer problem.
iii) Understand the basic concepts of turbulence and their impact on heat transfer
11. Lab Component
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 Experiment on “Heat transfer through composite wall at different
temperature”
i, ii
2 Experiment on “Thermal conductivity of insulating powder (Asbestos
powder)”
i, ii
3 Experiment on “Heat transfer in turbulent flow” i, ii, iii
4 Experiment on “Heat transfer by forced convection” i, ii, iii
5 Experiment on “Heat transfer coefficient in natural convection” i, ii, iii
6 Experiment on “Heat transfer by radiation: Stefan-Boltzmann Law” i, ii, iii
7 Experiment on “Drop and Film wise condensation” i, ii, iii
8 Experiment on “Unsteady state conduction heat transfer” i, ii, iii
9 Experiment on “Thermal conductivity of metal rod” i, ii, iii
1. Name of the Department: Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Computational
Fluid Dynamics
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE () MS ()
5. Pre-requisite
Fluid Mechanics 6. Frequency
(use tick marks)
Even () Odd () Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description:
Computational Fluid Dynamics is one of the fastly-evolving fields engineering which takes essential
concepts from continuum mechanics, numerical analysis, computer programming and data structures
and applies to almost all engineering problems where fluid flow occurs. This course enables a
thorough understanding of the basics of CFD like the governing equations, meshing issues, heat
transfer applications and the method of finite differences.
9. Learning Objectives:
i) To understand the mathematical basis and evolution of the governing equations of fluid flow
and heat transfer.
ii) To solve one and two-dimensional partial differential equations using traditional CFD tools.
iii) To learn meshing methods and intricacies and techniques of discretization.
iv) To apply the various finite differencing schemes to CFD problems.
v) To learn the algorithms for standard CFD problems.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): At the end of this course, the learner will be:
i) Use the knowledge of CFD techniques, basic aspects of discretization and grid generation.
ii) Solve fluid flow fields using CFD methods.
iii) Model fluid flow problems and heat transfer.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Introduction and Governing
Equations
Introduction - Impact and applications of CFD in diverse fields - Governing equations of fluid
dynamics – Continuity – Momentum and energy - Generic integral form for governing equations -
Initial and Boundary conditions - Classification of partial differential equations – Hyperbolic -
Parabolic - Elliptic and Mixed types - Applications and relevance.
Unit - 2 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Discretization
Basic aspects of discretization - Discretization techniques – Finite difference - Finite volume and
Finite Element Method– Comparison of discretization by the three methods - Introduction to Finite
differences - Difference equations - Uniform and non-uniform grids - Numerical errors - Grid
independence test - Optimum step size.
Unit - 3 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Grid Generation and
Transformation
Grid generation – Transformation of non-uniform grids to uniform grids - General transformation of
the equations - Form of the governing equations suitable for CFD - Compressed grids - Boundary
fitted co-ordinate systems – Elliptic grid generation -Adaptive grids - Modern developments in grid
generation.
Unit - 4 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Numerical Heat Transfer
Steady one-dimensional, two and three-dimensional conduction - Steady one-dimensional convection
and diffusion – Transient one-dimensional and two-dimensional conduction – Explicit - Implicit -
Crank-Nicolson - ADI scheme – Stability criterion.
Unit - 5 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Calculation of Flow Field
Discretization of convection - Diffusion – Central difference, upwind, hybrid and power law
schemes - Representation of the pressure - Gradient term and continuity equation – Staggered
grid - Momentum equations - Pressure and velocity corrections – Pressure Correction equation -
Numerical procedure for SIMPLE algorithm - Boundary conditions for the pressure correction
method. Stream function – Vorticity method - Discussion of case studies.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) J.D. Anderson, Jr., (2012), Computational Fluid Dynamics – Th e basics with applications,
McGraw-Hill, ISBN: 978-1-259-02596-9.
Reference Books:
i) John D. Ramshaw (2011), Elements of Computational Fluid Dynamics, Imperial College
Press. ISBN: 978-1-848-16695-0.
ii) Oleg Zikanov (2010), Essential Computational Fluid Dynamics, John Wiley & Sons. ISBN:
978-0-470-42329-5.
1. Name of the Department: Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Computational
Fluid Dynamics
Lab
L T P
3. Course Code 0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE () MS ()
5. Pre-requisite
Fluid Mechanics 6. Frequency
(use tick marks)
Even () Odd () Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical
Lectures = 0 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Course Description:
Computational Fluid Dynamics is one of the fastly-evolving fields engineering which takes essential
concepts from continuum mechanics, numerical analysis, computer programming and data structures
and applies to almost all engineering problems where fluid flow occurs. This course enables a
thorough understanding of the basics of CFD like the governing equations, meshing issues, heat
transfer applications and the method of finite differences.
9. Learning Objectives:
i) To understand the mathematical basis and evolution of the governing equations of fluid flow
and heat transfer.
ii) To solve one and two-dimensional partial differential equations using traditional CFD tools.
iii) To learn meshing methods and intricacies and techniques of discretization.
iv) To apply the various finite differencing schemes to CFD problems.
v) To learn the algorithms for standard CFD problems.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): At the end of this course, the learner will be:
i) Use the knowledge of CFD techniques, basic aspects of discretization and grid generation.
ii) Solve fluid flow fields using CFD methods.
iii) Model fluid flow problems and heat transfer.
11. Lab Component
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 To study of governing equations applicable in fluid flow and heat
transfer; introduction, features and applications of commercial and open
source tools for CFD/FEM analysis.
i
2 To draw 2D and 3D structured grid generation by using Salome software. i, ii
3 To draw 3D unstructured grid generation by using Salome software. i, ii
4 To study incompressible internal laminar flows in two-dimensional
geometry.
i, iii
5 To study incompressible internal turbulent flows in two-dimensional i, iii
geometry.
6 To study incompressible external laminar flows in two-dimensional
geometry.
i, iii
7 To study incompressible external turbulent flows in two-dimensional
geometry.
i, iii
8 To study compressible flows in two-dimensional geometry. i, iii
9 Numerical simulation of the following flow problems using commercial
software packages: Flow over an airfoil.
i, ii, iii
10 Numerical simulation of the following flow problems using commercial
software packages: Supersonic flow over a wedge
i, ii, iii
11 Numerical simulation of the following flow problems using commercial
software packages: Flat plate boundary layer.
i, ii, iii
12 Numerical simulation of the following flow problems using commercial
software packages: Laminar flow through pipe.
i, ii, iii
13 Numerical simulation of the following flow problems using commercial
software package Flow past a cylinder.
i, ii, iii
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Design for Manufacture
and Assembly
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE () MS ()
5. Pre-requisite
(if any)
Design for Mechanical
Elements
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
The Design for Manufacturing and assembly is challenging subject that includes design principles for
manufacturability and Influencing factors on Design. To learn about the machining, casting and
environmental consideration while design. The aim of present course is to introduce and aware
students about the basic design process with general design principles which based on different
aspects of manufacturing as well assembly.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To study various factors influencing the manufacturability of components
ii) To study applications of various casting, forging and welding processes
iii) To study life cycle assessment of the product.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) To know various Environmental objectives affecting design
ii) To know general design principles for manufacturability.
iii) Introduction of basic design process based on different aspects of manufacturing.
iv) Student will have idea about different criteria made on design such as machining and casting.
v) They also have knowledge on Environment factors.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Introduction
Strength and mechanical factors, mechanisms selection, evaluation method, Process capability:
Feature tolerances, Geometric tolerances, Assembly limits, Datum features, and Tolerance stacks.
Unit – 2 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Factors Influencing Design
Working principle, Material, Manufacture, Design- Possible solutions, Materials choice, Influence of
materials on form design, form design of Welded members, forgings and castings.
Unit – 3 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Component Design-I
Machining Consideration: Design features to facilitate machining: drills, milling cutters, keyways,
Doweling procedures, counter sunk screws, Reduction of machined area, simplification by separation,
simplification by amalgamation, Design for machinability, Design for economy, Design for
clampability, Design for accessibility, Design for assembly.
Unit – 4 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Component Design-II
Casting Consideration: Redesign of castings based on parting line considerations, minimizing core
requirements, machined holes, redesign of cast members to obviate cores. Identification of
uneconomical design, Modifying the design, group technology, Computer Applications for DFMA
Unit – 5 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Design for the Environment:
Introduction, Environmental objectives, Global issues, Regional and local issues, Basic DFE methods,
Design guide lines, Example application, Lifecycle assessment, Basic method, Environmentally
responsible product assessment, Weighted sum assessment method, Lifecycle assessment method,
Techniques to reduce environmental impact, Design to minimize material usage, Design for
disassembly, Design for recyclability, Design for remanufacture, Design for energy efficiency, Design
to regulations and standards.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E- Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
i) Kevien Otto and Kristin Wood, Product Design. Pearson Publication, 2004.
ii) Product design and development, by K.T. Ulrich and S.D. Eppinger, Tata McGraw Hill
iii) Boothroyd, G, Heartz and Nike, Product Design for Manufacture, Marcel Dekker, 1994.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Mechanism and
Manipulator Design
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE () MS ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
KOM, DOM, Robotics
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
This course includes basically kinematics of Machines consists of Kutzbach and Grublers criterion,
links, pairs, chains. It covers Dimensional synthesis of mechanism. It consists Actuation and
transmission systems and rigid body dynamics.
9. Learning objectives:
i) The course aims to study different types of mechanism.
ii) To understand the basics of manipulator.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Understand the links, pairs and chains.
ii) Understand the different mechanisms uses in machines.
iii) Understand the anatomy of manipulators.
iv) Understand the basic design of the manipulators.
v) Understand the dynamics of manipulators.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Mechanism Design
Kinematics and Dynamics, Mechanisms and Machines, Plane and Space Mechanisms, Kinematic
Pairs, Kinematic Chains, Kinematic Diagrams, Kinematic Inversion, Mobility and range of movement
- Kutzbach and Grubler‟s criterion, Number Synthesis, Grashof‟s criterion, Plane motion of a rigid
body, Instantaneous Centre (IC) of Velocity, Velocity and Acceleration Diagrams, Velocity and
Acceleration analysis, Corioli‟s component of acceleration.
Unit – 2 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Mechanism Synthesis
Dimensional synthesis of mechanism; motion, path and function generation, precision point approach,
Chebyshev spacing, Three position synthesis, graphical approach for four link mechanisms,
Advanced synthesis solutions, branch and order defects, Analytical methods, straight line mechanisms
Unit – 3 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Manipulator Kinematics
Classification, Actuation and transmission systems, Homogeneous Co-ordinate transformations, DH
notations, Inverse and forward kinematics
Unit – 4 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Manipulators Dynamics
Rigid body dynamics, Manipulator dynamics by Newtonian and Lagrangian approach.
Unit – 5 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Motion planning and control
Joint and Cartesian space trajectory planning and generation, Classical control concepts using the
example of control of a single link, Independent joint PID control, Control of a multi-link
manipulator, Non-linear model based control schemes, Simulation and experimental case studies on
serial and parallel manipulators, Control of constrained manipulators, Cartesian control, Force control
and hybrid position/force control, Advanced topics in non-linear control of manipulators.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) A. Ghosh (2009), Theory of Mechanisms and Machines, 3rd
Edition, East-West Press Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, ISBN: 978-8-185-93893-6.
ii) Robotics and Control by R K Mittal and I J Nagrath, Mcgraw Hill,2003, ISBN:
9780070482937
Reference Books:
i) Richard D. Klafter, Thomas A. Chmielewski and Michael Negin, (2010), Robotic Engineering
an Integrated Approach, 1st Edition, Prentice-hall of India. ISBN: 978-8-120-30842-8.
ii) S. R. Deb and Sankha Deb (2009), Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation, 2nd
Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Edu-cation. ISBN: 978-0-070-07791-1.
iii) Robert Joseph Schilling (2007), Fundamentals of Robotics: Analysis and Control, Prentice
Hall India. ISBN: 978-8-120-31047-6.
iv) John J. Craig (2008), Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics and Control, 3rd Edition, Pearson
Education. ISBN: 978-8-131-71836-0.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Mechanism and
Manipulator
Design Lab
L T P
3. Course Code 0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE () MS ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
KOM, DOM,
Robotics
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 0 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Course Description
This course includes basically kinematics of Machines consists of Kutzbach and Grublers criterion,
links, pairs, chains. It covers Dimensional synthesis of mechanism. It consists Actuation and
transmission systems and rigid body dynamics.
9. Learning objectives:
i) The course aims to study different types of mechanism.
ii) To understand the basics of manipulator.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Understand the links, pairs and chains.
ii) Understand the different mechanisms uses in machines.
iii) Understand the anatomy of manipulators.
iv) Understand the basic design of the manipulators.
v) Understand the dynamics of manipulators.
11. Lab Component
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 Create various types of linkage mechanism in CAD and simulate for
motion outputs and study the relevant effects.
i, ii
2 Creation of various joints like revolute, planes, spherical, cam follower
and study the degree of freedom and motion patterns available.
i, ii
3 To design a cam profile by using the requirement graph using on-line
engineering handbook and verify the same using a 3D mechanism on
CAD.
i, ii
4 Simulations of Gears and Gear trains in Solidworks i, ii
5 Modeling and analysis of four bar mechanism and its inversions. i, ii
6 Modeling and analysis of single slider crank mechanism and its
inversions.
i, ii
7 Modeling and analysis of double slider crank mechanism and its i, ii
inversions.
8 Acceleration and velocity analysis of single slider crank mechanism i, ii
9 Acceleration and velocity analysis of double slider crank mechanism i, ii
10 To study of robot anatomy. iii, iv
11 To study different types of robots. v
12 To study Denavit- Hartenberg parameters of Robotics. iii, iv, v
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Advanced Tribology L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE () MS ()
5. Pre-requisite
(if any)
Fluid Mechanics
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
To provide broad based understanding of the subject “Tribology” and its technological significance,
syllabus includes the genesis of friction, the theories/laws of sliding and rolling friction and the effect
of viscosity. To learn about consequences of wear, wear mechanisms, wear theories and analysis of
wear problems and to get knowledge about different bearing materials.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To know theories of hydrodynamic
ii) To understand the nature of engineering surfaces, their topography and learn about surface
characterization techniques
iii) To learn about the importance and types of lubrication techniques.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Understanding of the subject and its technological significance.
ii) Understanding the theories/laws of sliding and rolling friction and the effect of viscosity
iii) Solve the problems involving dry friction.
iv) Get basic idea on consequences of wear, wear mechanisms, wear theories and analysis of wear
problems
v) get knowledge about different bearing materials
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Introduction
Tribology in design, tribology in industry Viscosity, flow of fluids, viscosity and its variation
absolute and kinematic viscosity, temperature variation, viscosity index determination of viscosity,
different viscometers, Tribological considerations Nature of surfaces and their contact; Physic
mechanical properties of surface layer, Geometrical properties of surfaces, methods of studying
surfaces; Study of contact of smoothly and rough surfaces.
Unit – 2 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Friction and wear
Role of friction and laws of static friction, causes of friction, theories of friction, Laws of rolling
friction; Friction of metals and non-metals; Friction measurements. Definition of wear, mechanism of
wear, types and measurement of wear, friction affecting wear, Theories of wear; Wear of metals and
non-metals.
Unit – 3 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Surface Roughness
Standardization, measurement with contacting and non-contacting instruments, Statistical analysis of
surface, characteristics of the surface, tribological behaviour of asperities contact. Behaviour of
Tribological components: Plain & Antifriction Bearings: selection, effect of frictional torque, factors
affecting performance, failure modes, bearing lubrication. Gears: friction & stresses, wear, lubrication
& failure. Failure Case Studies.
Unit – 4 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Lubricants
Types and specific field of applications. Requisite properties of lubricants. Viscosity, its
measurement, effect of temperature and pressure on viscosity, standard grades of lubricants, selection
of lubricants. Lubricant Rheology, Lubrication Types, Basic equation of lubrication.
Unit – 5 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Hydrodynamic Bearings
Mechanism of pressure development, classification, Idealized Journal Bearing, oil film thickness,
pressure distribution, load carrying capacity. Failure Case Studies. Elasto hydrodynamic Lubrication:
Theoretical considerations, line and point contacts, film thickness equations, different regimes in EHL
contact
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E- Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Engineering Tribology, Prasanta Sahoo, PHI Learning Private Ltd, New Delhi, 2011, ISBN-
978-8120327245
Reference Books:
i) Tribology: Friction and Wear of Engineering Materials, Butterworth- Heinemann,1992,
ISBN:9780340561843
ii) Engineering Tribology, John Williams, Cambridge university press, ISBN-13: 978-
0521609883
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name Advanced
Tribology Lab
L T P
3. Course Code 0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE () MS ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
Fluid
Mechanics
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 0 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Course Description
To provide broad based understanding of the subject “Tribology” and its technological significance,
syllabus includes the genesis of friction, the theories/laws of sliding and rolling friction and the effect
of viscosity. To learn about consequences of wear, wear mechanisms, wear theories and analysis of
wear problems and to get knowledge about different bearing materials.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To know theories of hydrodynamic
ii) To understand the nature of engineering surfaces, their topography and learn about surface
characterization techniques
iii) To learn about the importance and types of lubrication techniques.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Understanding of the subject and its technological significance.
ii) Understanding the theories/laws of sliding and rolling friction and the effect of viscosity
iii) Solve the problems involving dry friction.
iv) Get basic idea on consequences of wear, wear mechanisms, wear theories and analysis of wear
problems
11. Lab Component
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 To perform experiment on the journal bearing test rig for the
measurement of Pressure and Temperature distribution in the fluid film
of hydrodynamic journal bearings at different loads and speeds. To
analyze the real time results obtained through data acquisition system for
predicting the performance characteristics of bearing.
i, ii
2 To perform experiment on the journal bearing test rig for investigating
the fluid film thickness of hydrodynamic journal bearings at different
loads and speeds. To analyze the real time results obtained through data
acquisition system for predicting the performance characteristics of
bearing.
i, ii
3 To measure the frictional torque in hydrodynamic journal bearings at
different loads and speeds on journal bearing test rig. To analyze the real
time results obtained through data acquisition system for predicting the
performance of bearing.
i, ii
4 To determine wear preventive (WP) and extreme pressure (EP) behavior
of lubricants on four ball tester and to measure viscosity of lubricants
with the help of viscometer.To analyze the real time results obtained
through data acquisition system for predicting behavior of lubricants.
i, ii, iv
5 To determine the friction and wear characteristics in sliding contacts
under various normal loads and speeds on wear and friction monitor. To
analyze the real time results obtained through data acquisition system for
predicting tribological characteristics.
i, iii, iv
6 The modeling and analysis hydrodynamic/hydrostatic bearings using
software (ARMD).
i, ii, iii
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name FEM/FEA L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE () MS ()
5. Pre-requisite
(if any)
Mechanics, SOM 6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
The finite element analysis (FEA) is among one of the most powerful tools for the numeric solution
of wide range of engineering problems. The application ranges from deformation and stress analysis
of civil and mechanical structures, automotive components, aircraft designs, heat flux analysis, fluid
flow problems, electrical magnetic flux problem. Upon completion, students should be able to solve
the problems in solid mechanics and heat transfer using FEA.
9. Learning Objectives:
i) To enable the students, understand the mathematical and physical principles underlying the
Finite Element Method (FEM) as applied to solid mechanics and thermal analysis.
ii) To understand the characteristics of various finite elements.
iii) To develop finite element equations for simple and complex domains.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) To introduce the concepts of Mathematical Modeling of Engineering Problems.
ii) To appreciate the use of FEM to a range of Engineering Problems.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of lectures = 09 Title of the unit: Introduction
Historical Background – Mathematical Modeling of field problems in Engineering – Governing
Equations – Discrete and continuous models – Boundary, Initial and Eigen Value problems–
Weighted Residual Methods – Variational Formulation of Boundary Value Problems – Ritz
Technique – Basic concepts of the Finite Element Method.
Unit – 2 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: One-Dimensional Problems
One Dimensional Second Order Equations – Discretization – Element types- Linear and Higher order
Elements – Derivation of Shape functions and Stiffness matrices and force vectors- Assembly of
Matrices – Solution of problems from solid mechanics and heat transfer. Longitudinal vibration
frequencies and mode shapes. Fourth Order Beam Equation –Transverse deflections and Natural
frequencies of beams.
Unit – 3 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Two-Dimensional Scalar
Variable Problems
Second Order 2D Equations involving Scalar Variable Functions – Variational formulation –Finite
Element formulation – Triangular elements – Shape functions and element matrices and vectors.
Application to Field Problems – Thermal problems – Torsion of Non circular shafts –Quadrilateral
elements – Higher Order Elements.
Unit – 4 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Two-Dimensional Vector
Variable Problems
Equations of elasticity – Plane stress, plane strain and axisymmetric problems – Body forces and
temperature effects – Stress calculations – Plate and shell elements.
Unit – 5 Number of lectures = 08 Title of the unit: Isoparametric Formulation
Natural co-ordinate systems – Isoparametric elements – Shape functions for iso parametric elements –
One and two dimensions – Serendipity elements – Numerical integration and application to plane
stress problems – Matrix solution techniques – Solutions Techniques to Dynamic problems –
Introduction to Analysis Software
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Reddy. J.N., “An Introduction to the Finite Element Method”, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill,
2005, ISBN 13: 9780070607415.
Reference Books:
i) Seshu, P, “Text Book of Finite Element Analysis”, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 2007, ISBN-10: 8120323157
ii) Rao, S.S., “The Finite Element Method in Engineering”, 3rd Edition, Butterworth Heinemann,
2004, ISBN-13: 978-9380931555.
iii) Robert D. Cook, David S. Malkus, Michael E. Plesha, Robert J. Witt, “Concepts and
Applications of Finite Element Analysis”, 4th Edition, Wiley Student Edition, 2002, ISBN-
13: 978-0471356059.
iv) Chandrupatla & Belagundu, “Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering”, 3rd Edition,
Prentice Hall College Div, 4th
Edition, 2015, ISBN-10: 9332551820
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name FEM/FEA L T P
3. Course Code 0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE () MS ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
Mechanics,
SOM
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 0 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Course Description
The finite element analysis (FEA) is among one of the most powerful tools for the numeric solution of
wide range of engineering problems. The application ranges from deformation and stress analysis of
civil and mechanical structures, automotive components, aircraft designs, heat flux analysis, fluid
flow problems, electrical magnetic flux problem. Upon completion, students should be able to solve
the problems in solid mechanics and heat transfer using FEA.
9. Learning Objectives:
i) To enable the students, understand the mathematical and physical principles underlying the
Finite Element Method (FEM) as applied to solid mechanics and thermal analysis.
ii) To understand the characteristics of various finite elements.
iii) To develop finite element equations for simple and complex domains.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) To introduce the concepts of Mathematical Modeling of Engineering Problems.
ii) To appreciate the use of FEM to a range of Engineering Problems.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 Introduction to MATLAB i
2 MATLAB code for analysis of spring systems i
3 MATLAB code for One-Dimensional elasticity problems i
4 MATLAB code for plane truss analysis i, ii
5 MATLAB code for beam analysis i, ii
6 MATLAB code for 2-D frame analysis i, ii
7 MATLAB code for plane stress analysis using CST element i, ii
8 MATLAB code for one-dimensional heat conduction considering
convection
i, ii
9 Bars of constant cross section area, tapered cross section area and
stepped bar in ANSYS
ii
10 Trusses in ANSYS Ii
11 Beams – Simply supported, cantilever, beams with point load, UDL,
beams with varying load etc. in ANSYS
i, ii
12 Stress analysis of a rectangular plate with a circular hole in ANSYS i, ii
13 Thermal Analysis – 1D & 2D problem with conduction and convection
boundary conditions in ANSYS
i, ii
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Rapid
Manufacturing
Technologies
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE
()
OE
()
MS ()
5. Pre-
requisi
te (if
any)
Material Engineering
& Technology 6. Frequenc
y (use tick
marks)
Eve
n ()
Od
d
()
Eithe
r Sem
()
Ever
y
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
The syllabus includes importance of rapid additive manufacturing in advance manufacturing process
and technology used in Rapid manufacturing. Data formats to acquire knowledge, techniques and
skills to select relevant additive and rapid manufacturing process. It also includes case studies to
explore the potential of rapid manufacturing in different industrial sectors.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To explore technology used in rapid manufacturing.
ii) To understand importance of additive manufacturing in advance manufacturing process.
iii) To understand the potential of rapid manufacturing in different industrial sectors through case
studies.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On course completion students will be
i) Able to define the various process used in Rapid Manufacturing
ii) Able to analyze and select suitable process and materials used in Rapid Manufacturing.
iii) Able to apply knowledge of rapid manufacturing for various real-life applications.
iv) Able to apply technique of reverse engineering for geometry transformation in Rapid
Manufacturing.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of lectures = 8 Title of the unit: Introduction to rapid manufacturing
Introduction to Rapid Manufacturing, Customization and Mass Customization, Classification of
Rapid Manufacturing Processes (Additive/Subtractive/Formative, Process Chain for Additive and
Other Rapid Manufacturing Processes.
Unit – 2 Number of lectures = 6 Title of the unit: Data Conversion
Data Formats for additive and Other Rapid Manufacturing Processes and associated details. Data
Conversion for Layered/additive manufacturing and Associated Difficulties.
Unit – 3 Number of lectures = 12 Title of the unit: Layered Manufacturing
Data Validity Checks for Layered Manufacturing, Data repair procedures for Layered Manufacturing,
Data repair procedures for Layered Manufacturing, Fused Deposition Modelling of Polymers,
Ceramics and Metals.
Unit – 4 Number of lectures = 10 Title of the unit: Laminated object Manufacturing
Extruder deposition System, Laminated Object Manufacturing and Laminated Tooling Systems,
Shaped Deposition Manufacturing and Modular configuration, Stereo lithography and other liquid-
based systems.
Unit – 5 Number of lectures =6 Title of the unit: Rapid manufacturing case study
Rapid Manufacturing Processes: Subtractive, Rapid Manufacturing Processes: Formative, Process
selection, Applications and Case studies
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Kau Gibson, I, Rosen, D W., and Stucker, B., Additive Manufacturing Methodologies, 2nd
Edition, 2015, ISBN: 1493921126. Reference Books:
i) Additive Manufacturing Technologies, Rapid Prototyping to Direct Digital Manufacturing by
Ian Gibson, David Rosen and Brent Stucker, Springer, 2010, DOI: 10.1007/978-1-4419-1120-
9. ii) Hopkinson, N, Haque, R., and Dickens, P., Rapid Manufacturing: An Industrial Revolution
for a Digital Age: An Industrial Revolution for the Digital Age, Wiley, 2005
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Machine Tool
Technology
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE () MS ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
6. Frequenc
y (use tick
marks)
Even () Odd
()
Either
Sem ()
Every
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
Study of different machine tools and hence educates the students about the scope of the subject. To
train the students in the metal cutting domain so as to equip them with adequate knowledge about the
various processes. To emphasize upon the prominent theories, concepts and constructional features of
machines related to them. To provide an insight about the super finishing operations of gear
generating. To lay groundwork for further studies in manufacturing stream.
9. Learning objectives: i) The course provides students with fundamental knowledge and principles of tool design. ii) To demonstrate the fundamentals of machining tool guide ways. iii) Understand the basics of press tool engineering and jigs- fixtures. iv) To develop fundamental knowledge of gear generating processes.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): The curriculum of the Department is designed to satisfy the diverse
needs of students.
i) Understand the cutting tool geometry, mechanism of machine tool design.
ii) Design locating and clamping devices to produce a component.
iii) Select a machining operation and corresponding machine tool for a specific application in real
time.
iv) Understand the gear generation process with applications, advantages and disadvantages
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of lectures
= 08
Title of the unit: Introduction Machine Tools Design
General requirement of machine tool design, engineering design process applied to machine tool,
Desisn of machine tool structure, bed column, housing, materials and profile of machine tool
requirement.
Unit – 2 Number of lectures
= 08
Title of the unit: Design of Machine Tool Guide ways.
Functions, requirement, types of slide ways, plastic slideways, functions, requirements, types,
aerostatic sideways.
Unit – 3 Number of lectures
= 08
Title of the unit: Gear Generating Process
Introduction to Gear generating process, gear shaping, gear hobbling, Gear shaving, copying machine.
Unit – 4 Number of lectures
= 10
Title of the unit: Press Tool Engineering
Design of punches and dies. Classification based on operation classification based on constructional
and operation. Design of drawing dies, factors affecting drawing, design procedure for drawing die
Unit – 5 Number of lectures
= 08
Title of the Unit: Design of Jigs and Fixtures
Introduction to jigs and mixture, types of Jigs and fixtures locations, Design of jigs, design of fixture.
Applications.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) PC Sharma, A text book of Production Engineering, S. Chand, 2009, ISBN: 8121901111.
Reference Books:
i) Rao PN; Manufacturing Technologies, 2017, Fourth Edition, McGraw Hill Education,
ISBN:1259062570.
ii) Victor Repp and Williard McCarthy, Machine Tool Technology, Career Education, ISBN:
0026715708.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Machine Tool
Technology
Lab
L T P
3. Course
Code
0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE
()
OE
()
MS ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Eithe
r Sem
()
Ever
y
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 00 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Course Description
Study of different machine tools and hence educates the students about the scope of the subject. To
train the students in the metal cutting domain so as to equip them with adequate knowledge about the
various processes. To emphasize upon the prominent theories, concepts and constructional features of
machines related to them. To provide an insight about the super finishing operations of gear
generating. To lay groundwork for further studies in manufacturing stream.
9. Learning objectives: i) The course provides students with fundamental knowledge and principles of tool design. ii) To demonstrate the fundamentals of machining tool guide ways. iii) Understand the basics of press tool engineering and jigs- fixtures. iv) To develop fundamental knowledge of gear generating processes.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): The curriculum of the Department is designed to satisfy the diverse
needs of students.
i) Understand the cutting tool geometry, mechanism of machine tool design.
ii) Design locating and clamping devices to produce a component.
iii) Select a machining operation and corresponding machine tool for a specific application in real
time.
iv) Understand the gear generation process with applications, advantages and disadvantages
11. Lab Component
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 Tool grinding (to provide tool angles) on tool-grinder machine. i
2 Experiments on turning and facing on lathe i
3 To perform step turning and thread cutting on lathe. i
4 To perform taper turning operation on lathe i, ii
5 To perform knurling, drilling operation on lathe. i, iii
6 To study the characteristic features of Milling machine and shaper
machine.
i, iv
7 To perform Gear cutting on Milling machine. i, ii, iii
8 Machining a block on shaper machine. i, v
9 Finishing of a surface on surface-grinding machine. ii
10 Drilling holes on drilling machine and study of twist-drill. iii
11 Study of different types of tools and its angles & materials. iv
12 Experiment on jigs/Fixtures and its uses ii
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Non-
Conventional
Machining
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE
()
OE
()
MS ()
5. Pre-
requisit
e (if
any)
Fundamentals of
Machining
Processes
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Eve
n ()
Od
d ()
Eithe
r Sem
()
Ever
y
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
This course is designed to understand advance manufacturing process within the Mechanical
Engineering curriculum. Students will explore advance manufacturing process over conventional
manufacturing process known as non-conventional manufacturing. The nonconventional
manufacturing is designed to prepare interested students for future careers manufacturing industry
where non-conventional machines are used.
9. Learning objectives: Students undergoing this course are expected to:
i) Acquire a functional understanding of non-traditional manufacturing equipment.
ii) Understand the terminology used in non-traditional manufacturing industries.
iii) To provide knowledge on the classification of non-traditional machining process.
iv) Know about various process parameters and their influence on performance and their
applications.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Understand the need of Non-Traditional Machining Processes and able to Classify various
processes
ii) Recognize the role of mechanical energy in non-traditional machining processes.
iii) Apply the knowledge on machining electrically conductive material through electrical energy
in non-traditional machining processes.
iv) Understand the concept of machining the hard material using chemical energy and
electrochemical energy.
v) Familiarity with various thermal energy based nontraditional machining processes.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 6
Title of the unit: Non-conventional machining methods
Non-Conventional Machining Methods: Classification of non-traditional machining methods, their
comparative study with traditional machines, economic considerations, applications and limitations,
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 6
Title of the unit: Mechanical energy-based process
Principle, process parameter and classifications of AJM, determination and evaluation of MRR and
applications and limitations.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 12
Title of the unit: Numerical control and Thermal based
Process
Concepts and types, position and motion control constructional features of NC machines CNC and
DNC. Ultrasonic Machining, Principle, applications and process parameters, purpose of slurry
selection, analysis of process parameters. Plasma Arc Machining: Principles and applications.
Electron Beam Machining Principle, advantages and limitations
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Electrical energy Based Process
Electric Discharge Machining, Principle and applications, mechanism of metal removal, basic EDM
circuits, evaluation of metal removal, calculation of metal removal rate and optimization of MRR,
selection of tool material and dielectrics
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Electro chemical energy-based process
Principle and classification of ECM, Chemical machining and electro chemical machining, etchants
maskant, techniques of applying maskant, process parameters, surface finish and MRR applications
principles of ECM Equipment, surface roughness. Determination and evaluation of MRR,
Electrochemistry of ECM, selection of electrolytes and analysis of ECM, Electro Chemical Grinding.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) PN Rao; Manufacturing Technology; Vol-I, Fourth Edition, 2017, Mc Graw Hill Education,
ISBN: 1259062570 Reference Books:
i) Amitabh Gosh and A.K. Mallik, “Manufacturing Science”, Affiliated East-West Press Pvt.
Ltd., Second Edition, 2010, ISBN: 8176710636. ii) PC Sharma, A text book of Production Engineering, S. Chand, 2009, ISBN: 8121901111.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Non-
Conventiona
l Machining
Lab
L T P
3. Course
Code
0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE
()
OE
()
MS ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
Fundamentals
of Machining
Processes
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Eve
n ()
Od
d ()
Eithe
r Sem
()
Ever
y
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 00 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Course Description
This course is designed to understand advance manufacturing process within the Mechanical
Engineering curriculum. Students will explore advance manufacturing process over conventional
manufacturing process known as non-conventional manufacturing. The nonconventional
manufacturing is designed to prepare interested students for future careers manufacturing industry
where non-conventional machines are used.
9. Learning objectives: Students undergoing this course are expected to:
i) Acquire a functional understanding of non-traditional manufacturing equipment.
ii) Understand the terminology used in non-traditional manufacturing industries.
iii) To provide knowledge on the classification of non-traditional machining process.
iv) Know about various process parameters and their influence on performance and their
applications.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Understand the need of Non-Traditional Machining Processes and able to Classify various
processes
ii) Recognize the role of mechanical energy in non-traditional machining processes.
iii) Apply the knowledge on machining electrically conductive material through electrical energy
in non-traditional machining processes.
iv) Understand the concept of machining the hard material using chemical energy and
electrochemical energy.
11. Lab Component
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 Electric Discharge Machining i, ii, iii, iv
2 Electro-Chemical Machining i, ii, iii, iv
3 Laser Beam Machining i, ii, iii, iv
4 Electron Beam machining i, ii, iii, iv
5 Abrasive Jet Machining i, ii, iii, iv
6 Water Jet Machining i, ii, iii, iv
7 Ultra-Sonic Machining i, ii, iii, iv
8 Chemical Machining i, ii, iii, iv
9 Abrasive Water Jet Machining i, ii, iii, iv
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Non-Destructive
Evaluation and
Testing
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE
()
OE
()
MS ()
5. Pre-
requisit
e (if
any)
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Eve
n ()
Od
d
()
Eithe
r Sem
()
Ever
y
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
This course provides students a synopsis of non-destructive evaluation and testing methods used in
evaluation of welds. This includes understanding the basic principles of various NDT methods with
importance, applications and limitations.
9. Learning objectives: i) To calibrate the instrument and evaluate the component for imperfections. ii) To list and define different defects that occurs in welding shown through Non-Destructive
Evaluation/ Testing. iii) Understanding of Different defect types and select the appropriate NDT methods for the
specimen 10. Course Outcomes (COs): On course completion Students will be able to
i) Identify the types of equipment used for each Non-Destructive evaluation and testing
ii) Explain the purpose of the Equipment, Application, and standard techniques required to
perform major non-destructive and destructive examinations of welds.
iii) Know to specific Code, Standard, or Specification related to each testing method.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Introduction of Non-Destructive testing.
Introduction to non-destructive testing, Non-destructive methods for testing weld jobs and general
stages of weld inspection and testing, visual inspection, leak test, dye test, x ray test, particle
inspections, fluorescent penetrate inspection, ultrasonic inspection.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Surface and Methods
Liquid Penetrate Testing – Principles, types and properties of liquid penetrates developers,
advantages and limitations of various methods, Testing Procedure, Interpretation of results. Magnetic
Particle Testing- Theory of magnetism, inspection materials Magnetization methods, Interpretation
and evaluation of test indications, Principles and methods of demagnetization, Residual magnetism.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Thermography and eddy current testing
Thermography- Principles, Contact and non-contact inspection methods, Techniques for applying
liquid crystals, Advantages and limitation, infrared radiation and infrared detectors, Instrumentations
and methods, applications.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 6
Title of the unit: Eddy Current Testing
Eddy Current Testing-Generation of eddy currents, Properties of eddy currents, Eddy current sensing
elements, Probes, Instrumentation, Types of arrangement, Applications, advantages, Limitations,
Interpretation/Evaluation.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the Unit: Radiography
Principle, interaction of X-Ray with matter, imaging, film and film less techniques, types and use of
filters and screens, geometric factors. Pentameters, Exposure charts, Radiographic equivalence.
Fluoroscopy- Xerox-Radiography, Computed Radiography, Computed Tomography.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Baldev Raj, T.Jayakumar, M.Thavasimuthu “Practical Non-Destructive Testing”, Wood Head
Publishing, 2009, ISBN: 1855736004 Reference Books:
i) Ravi Prakash, “Non-Destructive Testing Techniques”, New Age International Private Limited;
1st edition (1 January 2010), ISBN: 8122425887 ii) Chuck Hellier, “Handbook of Non-Destructive Evaluation” Second Edition, Mc Graw Hill
Education, 2012, ISBN: 0071777148. iii) J Prasad, C G Krishnadas Nair, “Non-Destructive Test and Evaluation of Materials”, Mc
Graw Hill Education, 2007, ISBN: 0070620849.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Non-
Destructive
Evaluation
and Testing
Lab
L T P
3. Course
Code
0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE
()
OE
()
MS ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Eve
n ()
Od
d
()
Eithe
r Sem
()
Ever
y
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 0 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Course Description
This course provides students a synopsis of non-destructive evaluation and testing methods used in
evaluation of welds. This includes understanding the basic principles of various NDT methods with
importance, applications and limitations.
9. Learning objectives: i) To calibrate the instrument and evaluate the component for imperfections. ii) To list and define different defects that occurs in welding shown through Non-Destructive
Evaluation/ Testing. iii) Understanding of Different defect types and select the appropriate NDT methods for the
specimen 10. Course Outcomes (COs): On course completion Students will be able to
i) Identify the types of equipment used for each Non-Destructive evaluation and testing
ii) Explain the purpose of the Equipment, Application, and standard techniques required to
perform major non-destructive and destructive examinations of welds.
iii) Know to specific Code, Standard, or Specification related to each testing method.
11. Lab Component
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 Dye penetration inspection i, ii, iii
2 Eddy current testing i, ii, iii
3 Magnetic particle inspection i, ii, iii
4 Ultra-sonic testing (Acoustic resonance technology) i, ii, iii
5 Visual inspection i, ii, iii
6 Electromagnetic testing i, ii, iii
7 Magnetic Flux Leakage testing i, ii, iii
8 Infra-red and Thermal Testing i, ii, iii
9 LASER testing i, ii, iii
10 Scanning electron Microscopy i, ii, iii
11 X-ray Diffraction testing i, ii, iii
12 Transmission Electron Microscopy i, ii, iii
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Advanced
Automotive
Electronics
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE
()
OE
()
MS ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
Basics of
Electronics
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Eve
n ()
Odd
()
Eithe
r Sem
()
Ever
y
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
Automotive electronics are electronic systems used in vehicles, including engine management,
ignition, radio, carputers, telematics, in-car entertainment systems and others. Ignition, engine, and
transmission electronics are also found in trucks, motorcycles, off-road vehicles, and other internal
combustion-powered machinery such as forklifts, tractors, and excavators. Related elements for
control of relevant electrical systems are found on hybrid vehicles and electric cars as well.
9. Learning objectives: i) To understand the concepts of Automotive Electronics and its evolution and trends. ii) Automotive systems & subsystems overview. iii) To understand sensors and sensor monitoring mechanisms aligned to automotive systems,
different signal conditioning techniques, interfacing techniques and actuator mechanisms. iv) To understand, design and model various automotive control systems using Model based
development technique. v) To understand role of Microcontrollers in ECU design and choice of appropriate Hardware
and Software. vi) To describe various communication systems, wired and wireless protocols used in vehicle
networking. 10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Obtain an overview of automotive components, subsystems, design cycles, communication
protocols and safety systems employed in today‟s automotive industry ii) Interface automotive sensors and actuators with microcontrollers. iii) Develop, simulate and integrate control algorithms for ECUs with hardware
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Engine/Vehicle Sensors
Introduction, basic sensor arrangement, types of sensors, oxygen sensors, fuel metering/vehicle speed
sensors, detonation sensor. Flow sensor. Throttle position sensors. Solenoids, stepper motors, and
relays.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 12
Title of the unit: Electronic Fuel Injection and Ignition
system
Introduction, feedback carburettor system (FBC), types of gasoline fuel injection system, Throttle
body injection and multi-port of point fuel injection, injection system control. Robert Bosch gasoline
fuel injection system controls. Fuel air ration sensing. Turbo charged engine fuel system.
Advantages of electronic ignition system, principle of operation, high energy ignition distributors
operation, simplified operational diagram for a distributor less ignition system, Electronic spark
timing /control.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Digital Engine Control System
Open loop and close loop control system, Engine Control Module (ECM), engine cooling and warm
up control, Acceleration, detonation and idle speed control-integrated engine system, exhaust
emission control engineering, on-board diagnostics, diagnostics, future automotive electronic systems
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Warning and alarm instruments
Brake actuation warning system, traficators, flash system, oil pressure warning system, engine over
heat warning system, air pressure warning system, speed warning system, door lock indicators, gear
neutral indicator, horn design, permanent magnet horn, air & music horns.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Dash board amenities, Comfort and Safety
Car radio and stereo, courtesy lamp, time piece, cigar lamp, car fan, wind shield wiper, window
washer, instrument wiring system and electromagnetic interference suppression, wiring circuits for
instruments, electronic instruments, dash board illumination.
seats, mirrors and sun-roofs, central locking and electronic windows, cruise control, in-car
multimedia, security, airbag and belt tensioners, other safety and comfort systems, advanced comfort
and safety systems, New developments in comfort and safety, the system approach to control &
instrumentation, Antilock braking system (ABS). Electronic Ride Microprocessor control.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Robert N. Brandy, “Automotive Computers & Digital Instrumentation”, Prentice Hall
Eaglewood, Cliffs, Reston Pub Co, ISBN: 0835902633
Reference Books:
i) Wiliam B. Ribbens- Understanding Automotive Electronics, Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 5th
Revised Edition, ISBN: 0750670088.
ii) Tom Denton- Automobile Electrical & Electronic Systems, Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 3rd
Edition, 2004, ISBN: 0768014972
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Engine Design L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE
()
MS ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
IC Engines 6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Eithe
r Sem
()
Ever
y
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
This course develops competence in IC Engine Systems and Systems Modeling, and is oriented to
graduate students who are interested in designing, testing, analyzing, or controlling next generation
IC engine systems.
9. Learning objectives: i) To make students familiar with the design and operating characteristics of modern internal
combustion engines.
ii) To apply analytical techniques to the engineering problems and performance analysis of
internal combustion engines.
iii) To study the thermodynamics, combustion, heat transfer, friction and other factors affecting
engine power, efficiency and emission.
iv) To introduce students to the environmental and fuel economy challenges facing the internal
combustion engine.
v) To introduce students to future internal combustion engine technology and market trends.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): The curriculum of the Department is designed to satisfy the diverse
needs of students.
i) Differentiate among different internal combustion engine designs.
ii) Recognize and understand reasons for differences among operating characteristics of different
engine types and designs
iii) Learn to compare and contrast experimental results with theoretical trends, and to attribute
observed discrepancies to either measurement error or modeling limitations
iv) Develop an ability to optimize future engine designs for specific sets of constraints (fuel
economy, performance, emissions)
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Introduction
Design procedure of theoretical analysis, design considerations, material selection & actual design of
components - cylinder block deign, cylinder head design, piston & piston pin design, piston ring
design, connecting rod design, crankshaft design, flywheel design, design of valve mechanism
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Design Parameters
Engine balancing, firing order, longitudinal forces, transverse forces, pitching moments, yawing
moments, Engine layout, major critical speed & minor critical speed, design of engine mounting,
design of cooling system, design principles of exhaust & inlet systems,
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Fundamentals of Engine Modelling
Governing equations, Equilibrium charts of combustion chemistry, Chemical reaction rates,
Approaches of modeling, Model building and integration methods. Gas exchange through valves,
engine and porting geometry, exhaust gas recirculation, valve lift curves.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Thermodynamic Combustion Models of
Engines
Single zone models, premixed and diffusive combustion models, combustion heat release using
Wiebe function, wall heat transfer correlations, ignition delay, internal energy estimations, two-zone
model, applications of heat release analysis. for drawing die
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the Unit: Mathematical Models of SI Engines
Simulation of Otto cycle at full throttle, part throttle and supercharged conditions, progressive
combustion, Autoignition Modeling, single zone models, multi-zone models and mass burning rate
estimation, SI engine with stratified charge. Friction in pumping, in piston assembly, bearings and
valve train etc. Friction estimation for warm and the warm-up engines.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) William Harry Crouse- Engine Design, Tata McGraw Publication, Delhi, 2017, ISBN:
9780070634350
Reference Books:
i) Internal Combustion Engine Modeling, J.I. Ramos, Hemisphere Publishing Corporation,
1989.
ii) Modeling Engine Spray and Combustion Processes, G. Stiesch, Springer Verlag, 2003, ISBN:
9783662087909
iii) Giles J. G.- Engine Design, Lliffe Book Ltd., London, Latest Edition, ASIN: B0000COABL
iv) William Harry Crouse- Engine Design, Tata McGraw Publication, Delhi, 2017, ISBN:
9780070634350
v) Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, John B Heywood, McGraw-Hill, 1988, ISBN:
007028637X
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Engine Design
Lab
L T P
3. Course
Code
0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE
()
MS ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
IC Engines 6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Eithe
r Sem
()
Ever
y
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 0 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Course Description
This course develops competence in IC Engine Systems and Systems Modeling, and is oriented to
graduate students who are interested in designing, testing, analyzing, or controlling next generation
IC engine systems.
9. Learning objectives: i) To make students familiar with the design and operating characteristics of modern internal
combustion engines.
ii) To apply analytical techniques to the engineering problems and performance analysis of
internal combustion engines.
iii) To study the thermodynamics, combustion, heat transfer, friction and other factors affecting
engine power, efficiency and emission.
iv) To introduce students to the environmental and fuel economy challenges facing the internal
combustion engine.
v) To introduce students to future internal combustion engine technology and market trends.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): The curriculum of the Department is designed to satisfy the diverse
needs of students.
i) Differentiate among different internal combustion engine designs.
ii) Recognize and understand reasons for differences among operating characteristics of different
engine types and designs
iii) Learn to compare and contrast experimental results with theoretical trends, and to attribute
observed discrepancies to either measurement error or modelling limitations
iv) Develop an ability to optimize future engine designs for specific sets of constraints (fuel
economy, performance, emissions)
11. Lab Component
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 Performance test on Gasoline engine i, iv
2 Performance & emission test on Genset diesel engine i, iv
3 Performance & emission test on CNG engine i, iv
4 Swirl & Flow tests of ports on steady state flow-bench. i, ii, iii
5 Designing automobile parts and assemblies using CATIA, PRO-
Engineering like softwares.
i, ii, iii
6 Stress Analysis using software like ANSYS. i, ii, iii
7 Manufacturing Simulation using software like DELMIA. i, ii, iii
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Design of
Transmission
Systems
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE
()
OE
()
MS ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
Mechanical
Machine
Design
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Eve
n ()
Odd
()
Eithe
r Sem
()
Ever
y
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
Transmission system is most important part of any automotive vehicle. Often transmission refers
simply to the gearbox that uses gears and gear trains to provide speed and torque conversions from a
rotating power source to another device. But in broad understanding transmission also refers to refers
to the whole drive train, including clutch, gearbox, prop shaft (for rear-wheel drive), differential, and
final drive shafts. In design of transmission system course, student learns to design various
components of transmission such as gears, bearings, clutches, brakes, cams etc. After going through
the course, students will be able to understand the design aspects of a transmission system and the
materials which are used to make them.
9. Learning objectives: i) To understand the various elements involved in a transmission system.
ii) To design the system based on input and output parameters.
iii) To produce working drawings of the system involving pulleys, gears, clutches and brakes.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Design pulleys, chain drives, rope drives and belt drives.
ii) Determine performance requirements in the selection of commercially available transmission
drives.
iii) Design Brakes and Clutches
iv) Design various types of gear boxes.
v) Know the applications of the various systems, materials used to make them, and methods
used.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Design of bearing and flexible power
transmission systems
Design of sliding contact bearing using Sommer field number – Design using Mckee‟s equation –
Selection of rolling contact bearings. Design of Belts – Flat Belts and Pulleys – V Belts and Pulleys –
Design of chain drives – Wire ropes.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Spur Gear
Gear geometry – Kinematics – Forces on gear tooth – Stresses in Gear tooth – Selection of gear
material based on bending stress and contact stress – Design of Spur gear – Power transmitting
capacity. Computer – Aided Spur gear Design and Analysis.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Helical, Bevel and Worm Gears
Parallel Helical Gears – Kinematics – Tooth proportions – Force analysis – Stresses in Helical gear –
Design of helical gear – Crossed Helical gears – Straight Bevel gears – Kinematics – Force analysis –
Stresses in straight bevel gear tooth – Design of bevel gear – Worm gearing – Kinematics – Forces -
Friction and Efficiencies – Stresses in worm gear tooth.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 8
Title of the unit: Design of Gear boxes
Design of Speed reducers – Design of multi speed gear boxes for machine tools – Structural
and ray diagrams.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Motion control: clutches, brakes and cams
Internal – Expanding Rim clutches and Brakes, External- Contracting Rim clutches and Brakes
– Band type Clutches – Core clutches and Brakes – Energy considerations – Temperature rise –
Friction materials.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) P. Kanniah, „Design of Transmission Elements‟, SciTech Pvt. Ltd., 2015, ISBN 978-81-8-
963-8733.
Reference Books:
i) Joseph Edward Shigley and Charles, R. Mischke (2011), Mechanical Engineering Design, 9th
Edition, McGraw –Hill International Editions, ISBN: 978-0-071-07783.
ii) V B Bhandari, “Design of Machine Elements”, TMH Publications, Fourth Edition, 2017,
ISBN: 9789339221126.
iii) Sundaraja Moorthy T.V. and Shanmugam, „Machine Design‟, Nandhini Publications, 2017,
Third Edition, ISBN: 8192549364
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Design of
Transmission
Systems Lab
L T P
3. Course
Code
0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE
()
OE
()
MS ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
Mechanical
Machine
Design
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Eve
n ()
Odd
()
Eithe
r Sem
()
Ever
y
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 0 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 14
8. Course Description
Transmission system is most important part of any automotive vehicle. Often transmission refers
simply to the gearbox that uses gears and gear trains to provide speed and torque conversions from a
rotating power source to another device. But in broad understanding transmission also refers to refers
to the whole drive train, including clutch, gearbox, prop shaft (for rear-wheel drive), differential, and
final drive shafts. In design of transmission system course, student learns to design various
components of transmission such as gears, bearings, clutches, brakes, cams etc. After going through
the course, students will be able to understand the design aspects of a transmission system and the
materials which are used to make them.
9. Learning objectives: i) To understand the various elements involved in a transmission system.
ii) To design the system based on input and output parameters.
iii) To produce working drawings of the system involving pulleys, gears, clutches and brakes.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Design pulleys, chain drives, rope drives and belt drives.
ii) Determine performance requirements in the selection of commercially available transmission
drives.
iii) Design Brakes and Clutches
iv) Design various types of gear boxes.
v) Know the applications of the various systems, materials used to make them, and methods
used.
11. Lab Component
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 Study on Gear Box iv
2 Study of manual steering Mechanism iv, v
3 Study of power steering Mechanism. iv, v
4 Study of suspension System. i
5 Study of braking system. ii, iii
6 Study of clutches (Centrifugal, Claw, Single and multiple, Conical). iii
7 Study on Differential Gear Mechanism of Rear Axle. ii
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Automotive
Fuels and
Emissions
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE
()
OE
()
MS ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
NIL 6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Eve
n ()
Odd
()
Eithe
r Sem
()
Ever
y
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
After completing this course, students will have a broad and fundamental understanding of Internal
Combustion Engines. Topics range from an overview of IC Engines and its different types of
combustion process in SI Engine, CI Engine normal combustion and abnormal combustion and
performance evaluation of IC Engine heat balance sheet and learn the working of gas turbines and
performance evaluation of gas turbine and method to improve efficiency of gas turbine In addition,
students will learn common evaluation terminology, of IC Engine and gas turbine used and career
options available within this field.
9. Learning objectives: i) To give an overview of Internal Combustion Engines, their classification, applications,
operation and processes. ii) To give complete knowledge of type of fuels used in IC engines and the fuel supply systems. iii) To describe combustion phenomena in IC engines. iv) To explain the different performance analysis of IC engines. v) To explain the effects of exhaust emission on human health and various pollution norms. vi) To explain the Gas Turbine with various operating cycles.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Analyze the effect of various operating variables on engine performance. ii) Identify fuel metering and fuel supply systems for different types of engines. iii) Understand normal and abnormal combustion phenomena in SI and CI engines. iv) Evaluate performance Analysis of IC Engine and Justify the suitability of IC Engine for
different application v) Understand the conventional and non-conventional fuels for IC engines and effects of
emission formation of IC engines, its effects and the legislation standards. 11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Introduction
Estimate of petroleum reserve, need for alternate fuel, availability and comparative properties of
alternate fuels, CNG, LPG, Alcohol, Vegetable oil and Bio-gas
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: CNG and LPG
CNG and LPG: Availability, properties, modifications required in SI and CI engines, performance
and emission characteristics, storage, handling and dispensing, safety aspects. Alcohol - Manufacture
of alcohol, properties, blending of Methanol and Ethanol, engine design modifications required and
effects of design parameters, performance and emission characteristics, durability. Types of vegetable
oils for engine application, esterification, biogas, properties, engine performance and emission
characteristics
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Hydrogen and Fuel cells
Production methods, properties, performance and emission characteristics, storage and handling,
safety aspects, Working principle, classification, description of fuel cell systems, fuel cell
components, properties of fuel cell, general performance characteristics, emission characteristics,
merits and demerits, vehicle design and layout aspects.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Emissions from SI & CI Engines and its
Control
Emission formation in S.I. engines – Hydrocarbons – Carbon monoxide – Nitric Oxide, Lead
particulates – Polynuclear aromatic hydro carbon emission – Effects of design and operating variables
on emission formation in spark ignition engines – Controlling of pollutant formation in engines –
Thermal reactors – Catalytic converters – Charcoal Canister Control for evaporative emission –
Positive crank case ventilation system for UBHC emission reduction. Chemical delay – Significance
– Intermediate compound formation – Pollutant formation on incomplete combustion – effect of
operating variables on pollutant formation – Controlling of emissions – Driving behaviour –
Fumigation – Exhaust gas recirculation – Air injection – Cetane number effect.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the Unit: Emission Measurement and Test procedure
Measurement of CO, CO2, by NDIR. Hydrocarbon by FID – Chemiluminescent detector for NOx
measurement, Smoke meters – Dilution tunnel technique for particulate measurement. Procedures on
Engine and Chassis Constant Volume Sampling procedures –Emission Test– Sampling probes and
valves – Quantifying emissions –Dynamometers.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Ganesan.V, Internal Combustion Engines, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th
Edition, 2017,
ISBN:9781259006197
Reference Books:
i) Crouse.W.M, Anglin.A.L., Automotive Emission Control, McGraw Hill, 1995, ISBN:
007014639X
ii) Springer.G.S, Patterson.D.J, Engine Emissions, pollutant formation, Plenum Press, 1986
iii) Patterson, D.J, Henin.N.A, Emissions from Combustion engines and their Control, Anna
Arbor Science, 1985
iv) Linden. D, Handbook of Batteries and Fuel Cells, McGraw Hill, 3rd
Edition, 2001, ISBN:
0/07/135978/8
v) Maxwell et al, Alternative Fuel: Emission, Economic and Performance, SAE, ISBN:
9781560915232
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course
Name
Automotive
Fuels and
Emissions
Lab
L T P
3. Course
Code
0 0 2
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE
()
OE
()
MS ()
5. Pre-
requisite
(if any)
NIL 6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Eve
n ()
Odd
()
Eithe
r Sem
()
Ever
y
Sem
()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = o Tutorials = 0 Practical = 28
8. Course Description
After completing this course, students will have a broad and fundamental understanding of Internal
Combustion Engines. Topics range from an overview of IC Engines and its different types of
combustion process in SI Engine, CI Engine normal combustion and abnormal combustion and
performance evaluation of IC Engine heat balance sheet and learn the working of gas turbines and
performance evaluation of gas turbine and method to improve efficiency of gas turbine In addition,
students will learn common evaluation terminology, of IC Engine and gas turbine used and career
options available within this field.
9. Learning objectives: i) To give an overview of Internal Combustion Engines, their classification, applications,
operation and processes. ii) To give complete knowledge of type of fuels used in IC engines and the fuel supply systems. iii) To describe combustion phenomena in IC engines. iv) To explain the different performance analysis of IC engines. v) To explain the effects of exhaust emission on human health and various pollution norms. vi) To explain the Gas Turbine with various operating cycles.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Analyze the effect of various operating variables on engine performance. ii) Identify fuel metering and fuel supply systems for different types of engines. iii) Understand normal and abnormal combustion phenomena in SI and CI engines. iv) Evaluate performance Analysis of IC Engine and Justify the suitability of IC Engine for
different application v) Understand the conventional and non-conventional fuels for IC engines and effects of
emission formation of IC engines, its effects and the legislation standards. 11. Lab Component
Sr. No. Title CO covered
1 Performance & emission test on Heavy duty diesel engine (transient
Dyno)
i, v
2 Study of Emission test for SI Engine 2 wheelers on Chassis
Dynamometer.
i, v
3 Study of Emission test for SI Engine 3 wheelers on Chassis
Dynamometer.
v
4 Study of Emission test for SI Engine 4 wheelers on Chassis
Dynamometer.
v
5 Analysis of Carbonyl Compound from exhaust emission using HPLC. i, ii, iii,
6 Chemical Characterization of Gasoline and Diesel Fuel. iv
1. Name of the Department- Civil Engineering
2. Course Name Air and Noise
Pollution
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
Environment
Science
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
Increased air and noise pollution is the common impact of industrialization lead to the several
dangerous and untreatable impacts on human beings. Students learn about air pollutants, particulates
and gaseous pollutants, effects of air pollution on human beings, elements of atmosphere and
dispersion of pollutants, meteorological factors, principles and design of air pollution control
measures, air quality monitoring, air pollution control measures, sources of noise pollution,
environmental and industrial noise and effects of noise pollution.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To understand the aspects of atmospheric pollution and its flow.
ii) To know about the issues such as atmospheric composition, monitoring, acidic deposition,
urban air quality.
iii) To understand the use and application of air quality models for the identification of plume
flow.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of the course,
i) The main chemical components and reactions occur in the atmosphere and examine the factors
responsible for perturbing this.
ii) The Implementation of the methods for monitoring and modeling spatial and temporal patterns
of pollution
iii) The air pollution issues at a range spatial scales and how these are relaxed.
iv) The environmental impacts of atmospheric pollutants and assess their concentration.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Sources and Effects of Air Pollution
Classification of air pollutants – Particulates and gaseous pollutants – Sources of air pollution –
Source inventory – Effects of air pollution on human beings, materials, vegetation, animals –
global warming-ozone layer depletion, Sampling and Analysis – Basic Principles of Sampling –
Source and ambient sampling – Analysis of pollutants – Principles.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 11
Title of the unit: Transport of Air Pollution
Elements of atmosphere and dispersion of pollutants – Meteorological factors – Wind roses –
Lapse rate - Atmospheric stability and turbulence – Plume rise – Dispersion of pollutions –
Gaussian dispersion models – Applications
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 09
Title of the unit: Control of Air Pollution
Concepts of control – Principles and design of control measures – Particulates control by
gravitational, centrifugal, filtration, scrubbing, electrostatic precipitation – Selection criteria for
equipment, gaseous pollutant control by adsorption & absorption, condensation, combustion –
Pollution control for specifi c major industries.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Air Quality Management
Air quality standards – Air quality monitoring – Air pollution control eff orts – Zoning – Town
planning regulation of new industries – Legislation and enforcement – Environmental Impact
Assessment – Methods.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Noise Pollution & Control
Sound and Noise: Sources of noise pollution – environmental and industrial noise; effects of
noise pollution- fundamentals of sound generation - propagation, sound measurement - sound
level meters – types, components, Noise prevention & control measures, environmental and
industrial noise - noise control legislation.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E- Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) M N Rao& H V N Rao (2007), Air Pollution, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, 26th
reprint, New Delhi.
Reference Books:
i) Noel De Nevers (2010), Air Pollution Control Engineering, 2nd Edition, Waveland Press, Inc.,
Long Grove, Illinois.
ii) Singal, S.P. (2000), Noise Pollution and Control, First Edition, Narosa Publishing House, New
Delhi.
iii) Rao C.S. (2006) Environmental Pollution Control Engineering, 2nd edition, New Age
International, New Delhi.
iv) William L. Heumann (1997), Industrial Air Pollution Control Systems, McGraw Hill
Professional, New York
1. Name of the Department- Civil Engineering
2. Course Name Non-Conventional
Energy Resources
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
Environment Science 6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
In order to reduce the load on the non-renewable sources of energy and minimize the impacts caused
by them, it is essential to shift from the non-renewable to different forms of renewable sources of
energy. Students will learn about Primary energy sources, direct energy conversion, comparison with
conventional energy, solar thermal applications, energy from the wind, hydro Power, description &
principles of working and basic design aspects of renewable sources of energy. Upon completion,
students should be able to design the solar plants, wind power station, hydro power station and
implement different application of renewable sources of energy.
9. Learning objectives:
i) Create awareness about the different forms of Energy and then utilization for sustainability
ii) To give an idea about the utilization of waste as renewable energy for the future generations to
come.
iii) Design the solar collector, solar cell.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of the course,
i) Identify the forms of energy and then use as energy resource
ii) Implement the methods involved in converting different source to energy
iii) Design the plant, based on the principles and form of resources
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of lectures =
10
Title of the unit: Primary Energy Sources
Primary energy sources, direct energy conversion, comparison with conventional energy,
conversion devices, Solar energy – Principles of solar energy collection, solar radiation,
measurements, instruments, data and estimation, type of collectors, characteristics and design
principles of different types of collectors, testing of collectors.
Unit – 2 Number of lectures =
11
Title of the unit: Solar Thermal Applications
Solar thermal applications - water heaters and air heaters performance and applications - simple
calculations - solar cooling, solar drying, solar ponds, solar tower concepts, solar furnace.
Unit – 3 Number of lectures =
09
Title of the unit:
Energy from the wind - general theory of wind mills - design aspects of horizontal axis and
vertical axis wind mills, applications- Energy from tides and waves - working principles of tidal
plants and ocean thermal energy conversion plants - power from geothermal energy - principle
of working of geothermal power plants.
Unit – 4 Number of lectures =
10
Title of the unit:
Hydro Power: Types, site identification, head and flow measurement, discharge curve, estimation of
power potential and system components. Energy from bio-mass, bio-gas plants - various types -
design principles of bio-gas plant applications- Energy from wastes – wastes burning power plants -
utilization of industrial and municipal wastes – energy from the agriculture wastes.
Unit – 5 Number of lectures =
08
Title of the unit:
Description, Principles of working and basic design aspects only – Magneto-hydrodynamic systems-
thermo–electric generators, thermionioc generators - fuel cells, solar cells, types, EMF generated,
power output - losses and efficiency and applications
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E- Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) GD Rai (2010), Non-Conventional Energy Sources, 1st Edition, Khanna Publishers.
Reference Books:
i) Bent Sorensen (2010), Renewable Energy: Physics, Engineering, Environmental Impacts,
Economics &Planning, Fourth Edition, Academic Press, 4th edition.
ii) William H. Kemp (2009), The Renewable Energy Handbook, Aztext Press; Third Edition.
iii) Bent Sorensen (2004), Renewable energy, Third edition, Academic Press.
1. Name of the Department- Civil Engineering
2. Course Name Urban Water
Resources
Management
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
Environment
Science
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
Student will study the ways in which water availability and use are matched, and seek to develop
alternative land use and water allocation policies, including legal and institutional arrangements from
the local watershed to the basin scale and beyond.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To introduce the concepts of urbanization and its impact on the natural water cycle
ii) The student is exposed to the use the urban storm water models for better storm water
management.
iii) Students also exposed for the preparation of urban storm water master plan and different types
of operation and maintenance.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of the course,
i) Apply appropriate management techniques for planning, operating and maintaining the
different components of urban and drainage system.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Urban Hydrologic Cycle
Water in the urban eco-system – Urban Water Resources – Major problems – Urban
hydrological cycle – Storm water management objectives and limitations – Storm water
policies – Feasibility consideration
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 11
Title of the unit: Urban Water Resources Management
Models
Types of models – Physically based – conceptual or unit hydrograph based – Urban surface runoff
models – Management models for flow rate and volume control rate – Quality models.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 09
Title of the unit: Urban Storm Water Management
Storm water management practices (Structural and Non-structural Management measures) –
Detention and retention concepts – Modelling concept – Types of storage – Magnitude of storage –
Hydraulic analysis and design guidelines – Flow and storage capacity of urban components – Temple
tanks.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Master Plans
Planning and organizational aspects – Inter dependency of planning and implementation of goals and
measures – Socio – economics financial aspects – Potential costs and benefit measures – Measures of
urban drainage and flood control benefits – Effective urban water user organizations.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Operation And Maintenance
General approaches to operations and maintenance – Complexity of operations and need for
diagnostic analysis – Operation and maintenance in urban water system – Maintenance
Management System – Inventories and conditions assessment – Social awareness and
involvement.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E- Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Geiger, W.F., Marsalek, F., and Zuidena, F.C., (Ed), manual ondrainage in urbanized areas –
Vol.1 and Vol.II, UNESCO,
Reference Books:
i) Hengeveld, H. and C. De Voch.t (Ed)., Role of Water in Urban Ecology
ii) Martin, P. Wanelista and Yousef, A. Yousef., Storm Water Management, John Wiley and son
iii) Neil S. Grigg., Urban Water Infrastructure Planning, Management and Operations, John Wiley
and Sons (2004), Renewable energy, Third edition, Academic Press.
1. Name of the Department- Civil Engineering
2. Course Name Geoinformatics L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
Surveying 6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
This course is intended to provide an introduction to the techniques used in radar remote sensing. The
course covers the underlying principles of the measurement techniques and the interaction of
microwaves with natural surfaces. The course focuses on the role of satellite radar systems and their
application to monitoring aspects of the Earth‟s surface, including snow and ice, oceanic wind fields,
agriculture and forestry.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To prepare the students for successful careers in Geospatial Industries and Information
Technology that meet the needs of India and other Countries.
ii) To develop the professional ability among the students to collect various Geospatial relates
from various platform, data, analysis and synthesis that create user oriented real-world
applications.
iii) To provide an opportunity for students to work as part of teams on multidisciplinary projects
iv) To provide students with a sound foundation in the mathematical, scientific and engineering
fundamentals necessary to formulate, solve and analyze engineering and multidisciplinary
problems and to prepare them for graduate studies.
v) To promote student‟s awareness of the life-long learning and to introduce them to professional
ethics and codes of professional practice.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of the course,
i) Will acquire basic knowledge in B.E (Geoinformatics) and engineering.
ii) Will acquire the ability to model and development of application in Geospatial arena interprets
and analyze data, and report results.
iii) Will acquire the ability to develop Geospatial system that meets desired specifications and
requirements.
iv) Will acquire the ability to function on engineering and science laboratory teams, as well as on
multidisciplinary problem-solving teams.
v) Will acquire the ability to identify, formulate and solve Geometrics related problems.
vi) Will acquire an understanding of their professional and ethical responsibilities.
vii) Will be able to communicate effectively in both verbal and written forms.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 11
Title of the unit: Photogrammetric Survey
Basic principles, elevation of a point, determination of focal length of lens, aerial camera, scale
of a vertical photograph, relief displacement of a vertical photograph, height of object from
relief displacement, scale of a tilted photograph, tilt distortion, relief displacement of a tilted
photograph, combined effects of tilt and relief, flight planning for aerial photography, selection
of altitude, interval between exposures, crab and drift, stereoscope parallax, parallax in aerial
stereoscopic views, parallax equations. Photogrammetry – analog, analytical and digital
photogrammetry.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Remote Sensing
Introduction, concepts and physical basis of Remote Sensing, Electromagnetic spectrum, radiation
laws, atmospheric effects, image characteristics. Remote sensing systems; sources of remote sensing
information, spectral quantities spectral signatures and characteristics spectral reflectance curves for
rocks, soil, vegetation and water. Introduction to Aerial and space borne platforms. Optical, thermal
and microwave sensors and their resolution, salient features of some of operating Remote Sensing
satellites
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Digital image processing
Introduction, image rectification and restoration, image enhancement, image transformation,
manipulation, image classification, fusion. Applications of remote sensing to civil engineering.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: GIS system
Definition terminology and data types, basic components of GIS software, data models, data
acquisition, both raster‟s based and vector-based data input and data processing and management
including topology, overlaying and integration and finally data product and report generation. GIS
applications in civil engineering.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Global Navigation Satellite System
GPS, GLONASS, GALILEO, GPS: Space segment, Control segment, User segment, GPS
satellite signals, Datum, coordinate system and map projection, Static, Kinematic and
Differential GPS, GPS Applications
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E- Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Sateesh Gopi, R Sath Kumar & N Madhu “Advanced Surveying GIS & Remote Sensing”
Pearson Education.
Reference Books:
i) Kang T Shung Chang “Introduction of Geographic Information Systems” TMH.
ii) Campbell, “Introduction to Remote Sensing” 3/e, CRC Press Taylor & Francis Group.
iii) Chen, “Signal and Image Processing for Remote Sensing” CRC Press Taylor & Francis
Group.
1. Name of the Department- Civil Engineering
2. Course Name Natural
Disaster
Mitigation and
Management
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
NIL 6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
With the increases in the numbers of interventions by the human beings with the natural processes
and by the implication on load on the environment, natural disasters are common in the today‟s world.
Students learn natural disasters around the world and risk assessment, disaster mitigation,
preparedness, response and recovery, earthquake, geological, geo-morphological aspects, landslides,
severe weather & tornadoes, cyclones, floods and droughts. Upon completion, students should be able
to Map, conduct modeling, risk analysis and loss estimation, natural disaster risk analysis and apply
prevention and mitigation measures to reduce the impacts.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To understand the aspects of atmospheric pollution and its flow.
ii) To know about the issues such as atmospheric composition, monitoring, acidic deposition,
urban air quality
iii) To understand the use and application of air quality models for the identification of plume
flow.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of the course,
i) The types of natural and environmental disasters and its causes.
ii) About organizational and Administrative strategies for managing disasters.
iii) About the early warning systems, monitoring of disasters effect and necessity of rehabilitation.
iv) About the engineering and non-engineering controls of mitigating various natural disasters.
v) Learn methodologies for disaster risk assessment with the help of latest tools like GPS, GIS,
Remote sensing, information technologies, etc.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 11
Title of the unit: Natural Disasters – Overview
Introduction- Natural Disasters around the world- Natural Disaster Risk Assessment- Earth and
its characteristics – Environmental Change and Degradation - Climate Change - Global
warming – Human Dimensions of Global environment Change – Disaster mitigation,
preparedness, response and recovery- comprehensive emergency management Early warning
systems and Disaster Preparedness– Rehabilitation, Vulnerable Populations - Logistics and
Services, Food, Nutrition and Shelter -Role of UN Red cross and NGOs
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Plate Tectonics& Earthquakes
Introduction and Review - Natural Disasters -Principles, Elements, and Systems - Geological-Geo-
morphological aspects, - Earthquake- Geology, Seismology, Characteristics and dimensions–
Landslides- Human impact on the mountainous terrain and its relationship with Rainfall, liquefaction
etc.- Tsunami - Nature and characteristics.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Critical climate system aspects and
Processes
Oceanic, Atmospheric and Hydrologic cycles - Severe Weather & Tornadoes, Cyclones, Floods and
Droughts - Global Patterns -Mitigation & Preparation – Drought – Famine- nature & dimensions –
Drought Assessment & Monitoring.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Natural hazards Assessment and
Communication
Mapping - Modeling, risk analysis and loss estimation – Natural disaster risk analysis - prevention
and mitigation - Applications of Space Technology (Satellite Communications, GPS, GIS and Remote
Sensing and Information / Communication Technologies (ICT) in Early warning Systems - Disaster
Monitoring and Support Centre– Information Dissemination – Mobile Communications etc.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Administrative mechanisms
Comm Module and Social organizations – Education and Training – Establishment of capacity
building among various stakeholders – Government - Educational institutions – Use of Multi-
media knowledge products for self-education.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E- Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Edward A Keller, Robert H Blodgett (2007), Natural Hazards: Earth‟s Processes as Hazards,
Disasters, and Catastrophes,
Reference Books:
i) Pearson Prentice Hall, 2nd Edition.
ii) Edward Bryant (2005), Natural Hazards, Cambridge University Press, New York. ISBN: 978-
0521537438
iii) Robert L Kovach Earth‟s Fury (1995), An Introduction to Natural Hazards and Disasters,
Prentice Hall.
iv) Davi Alexander (1993), Natural Disasters, Routledge. ISBN: 9781857280937
1. Name of the Department- Civil Engineering
2. Course Name Engineering
Geology
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
NIL 6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
Engineering Geology is the application of the geological sciences to Civil Engineering practice for the
purpose of recognizing the location, design, construction, operation and maintenance of engineering
projects such as Dams, Barrages, Bridges, High rise buildings and other such important projects.
Students will be able to know the details of rock formation and study of rock cycle. Students will be
able to identify different minerals and find their properties. They will understand the various
geological features e.g. folds and faults. They will be able to select geologically suitable sites for
massive Civil Constructions work.
9. Learning objectives:
i) The overall objective of lecture portion of engineering geology is to demonstrate the
importance of Geology in making engineering decisions specially site selection of engineering
projects.
ii) Introduce the fundamentals of engineering properties of earth materials for their use in civil
engineering constructions.
iii) Develop quantitative skills and frame work for solving basic engineering geology problems
related to geological features and geological hazards and remedial measures thereof.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of the course,
i) Characterize and classify various minerals and rocks on the basis of their engineering
properties.
ii) Assess geological hazards and develop mitigation frameworks.
iii) Use seismic and electrical methods to investigate subsurface and develop a native construction
plan
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Minerals and Rocks
Relevance and importance of Engineering Geology in Civil Engineering. Minerals - their
physical properties, rock forming minerals, Physical and engineering properties of igneous,
metaphoric and sedimentary rocks.
Unit – 2 Number of Title of the unit: Interior Structure of earth
lectures = 11
Earth‟s interior is based on seismic models, Earth‟s geomagnetic field, Plate tectonics and continental
drift theory, study of earth‟s geological structures – fold, faults and joints, Geological factors affecting
Civil Engineering constructions, Geological maps- their uses and interpretation.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Weathering and Soils
The atmosphere, Weather and climate, Ocean structure and composition, Rock decay and weathering.
Soil origin and formation, classification and its engineering importance, Slope stability, rock and soil
slope stability analysis
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 05
Title of the unit: Ground Water
Characteristic of ground water, Global distribution of water, Hydro Geological Cycle, Darcy‟s Law,
laboratory permeability tests, Types of aquifers, Water level fluctuations, Surface and subsurface
geophysical methods, Groundwater contamination, Artificial recharge of groundwater, Seawater
intrusion and harvesting of rainwater.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 06
Title of the unit: Earth Processes
Resources, minerals, water & energy, Natural hazards, Brief description on cause and formation
of flood, cyclone, volcano, earthquake, tsunami and landslides, Global warming and the
greenhouse effect, Future of the Earth.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E- Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) GD Rai (2010), Non-Conventional Energy Sources, 1st Edition, Khanna Publishers.
Reference Books:
i) William H. Kemp (2009), The Renewable Energy Handbook, Aztext Press; Third Edition.
ii) Bent Sorensen (2004), Renewable energy, Third edition, Academic Press.
1. Name of the Department- Civil Engineering
2. Course Name Solid Waste
management
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
NIL 6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
Solid waste management, the collecting, treating and disposing of solid material that is discarded
because it has served its purpose or is no longer useful. Improper disposal of municipal solid waste
can create unsanitary conditions, and these conditions in turn can lead to pollution of the environment
and to outbreaks of vector borne disease, that is, disease spread by rodents and insects. The tasks of
solid waste management present complex technical challenges. They also pose a wide variety of
administrative, economic and social problems that must be managed and solved.
9. Learning objectives:
i) To gain insight into collection, transfer and transport of municipal solid waste
ii) Understand the design and operation of municipal solid waste landfill
iii) Understand the design and operation of resource recovery facility.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of the course,
i) Understand solid waste and its composition
ii) Understand various processes involved in solid waste collection, segregation and
transportation.
iii) Design solid waste disposal facility
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Municipal Solid Waste Management
Definition of solid waste–waste generation–major, sources and types of solid waste – sampling
and characterization – Determination of composition of MSW–storage and handling of solid
waste – Future changes in waste composition.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 11
Title of the unit: Collection of Solid Waste
Waste collection systems, analysis of collection system–alternative techniques for collection system.
Need for transfer operation, transport means and methods, transfer station types and design
requirements
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Transportation of Solid Waste
Need for transfer operation, transport means and methods, transfer station types and design
requirements
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 05
Title of the unit: Process of Solid Waste and Energy
recovery
Unit operations for separation and processing, Materials Recovery facilities, Waste transformation
through combustion and aerobic composting, anaerobic methods for materials recovery and treatment
– Energy recovery – Incinerators
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 06
Title of the unit: Disposal of Solid Wastes
Land farming, Landfills: Design and operation including: site selection, Geo-environmental
investigations, engineered sites, liners and covers, leachate control and treatment, gas recovery and
control, including utilization of recovered gas (energy), and landfill monitoring and reclamation,
Requirements and technical solution, designated waste landfill remediation–Integrated waste
management facilities. Economics of the on-site /offsite waste management options.
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E- Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) George Techobanoglous et al," Integrated Solid Waste Management ", McGraw-Hill
Publication, 1993
Reference Books:
i) Handbook of Solid Waste Management by Frank Kreith, George Tchobanoglous, McGraw
Hill Publication
ii) Bagchi, A., Design, Construction, and Monitoring of Landfills, (2ndEd). Wiley Interscience,
iii) 1994. ISBN: 0-471-30681-9.
iv) Sharma, H.D., and Lewis, S.P., Waste Containment Systems, Waste Stabilization, and
Landfills: Design and Evaluation. Wiley Interscience, 1994.ISBN: 0471575364.
1. Name of the Department- Computer Science Engineering
2. Course Name Ethical
Hacking
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite
(if any)
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Brief Syllabus
This course helps students to aware about new Technology. This course covers Ethical Hacking, Foot
Printing and Social Engineering and Network Protection System & Hacking Web Servers
9. Learning objectives:
i) To understand how intruders, escalate privileges. ii) To understand Intrusion Detection, Policy Creation, Social Engineering, Buffer Overflows and
different types of Attacks and their protection mechanisms
iii) To learn about ethical laws and tests.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Identify and analyse the stages an ethical hacker requires to take in order to compromise a
target system.
ii) Identify tools and techniques to carry out a penetration testing.
iii) Critically evaluate security techniques used to protect system and user data.
iv) Demonstrate systematic understanding of the concepts of security at the level of policy and
strategy in a computer system
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 12
Title of the unit: Ethical Hacking
UNIT I - ETHICAL HACKING: Types of Data Stolen From the Organizations, Elements of
Information Security, Authenticity and Non-Repudiation, Security Challenges, Effects of Hacking,
Hacker – Types of Hacker, Ethical Hacker, Hacktivism - Role of Security and Penetration Tester,
Penetration Testing Methodology, Networking & Computer Attacks – Malicious Software (Malware),
Protection Against Malware, Intruder Attacks on Networks and Computers, Addressing Physical
Security – Key Loggers and Back Doors
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Foot Printing and Social Engineering
FOOT PRINTING AND SOCIAL ENGINEERING: Web Tools for Foot Printing, Conducting
Competitive Intelligence, Google Hacking, Scanning, Enumeration, Trojans & Backdoors, Virus &
Worms, Proxy & Packet Filtering, Denial of Service, Sniffer, Social Engineering – shoulder surfing,
Dumpster Diving, Piggybacking.
Data Security: Physical Security – Attacks and Protection, Steganography – Methods, Attacks and
Measures, Cryptography – Methods and Types of Attacks, Wireless Hacking, Windows Hacking,
Linux Hacking
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Network Protection System & Hacking
Web Servers
NETWORK PROTECTION SYSTEM & HACKING WEB SERVERS: Routers, Firewall &
Honeypots, IDS & IPS, Web Filtering, Vulnerability, Penetration Testing, Session Hijacking, Web
Server, SQL Injection, Cross Site Scripting, Exploit Writing, Buffer Overflow, Reverse Engineering,
Email Hacking, Incident Handling & Response, Bluetooth Hacking, Mobiles Phone Hacking
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Ethical Hacking Laws and Tests
ETHICAL HACKING LAWS AND TESTS: An introduction to the particular legal, professional
and ethical issues likely to face the domain of ethical hacking, ethical responsibilities, professional
integrity and making appropriate use of the tools and techniques associated with ethical hacking –
Social Engineering, Host Reconnaissance, Session Hijacking, Hacking - Web Server, Database,
Password Cracking, Network and Wireless, Trojan, Backdoor, UNIX, LINUX, Microsoft, NOVEL
Server, Buffer Overflow, Denial of Service Attack, Methodical Penetration Testing
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal. https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Michael T. Simpson, Kent Backman, James E. “Corley, Hands On Ethical Hacking and
Network Defense”, Second Edition, CENGAGE Learning, 2010.
Reference Books:
i) Steven DeFino, Barry Kaufman, Nick Valenteen, “Official Certified Ethical Hacker Review
Guide”, CENGAGE Learning, 2009-11-01.
ii) Whitaker & Newman, “ Penetration Testing and Network Defense” , Cisco Press,
Indianapolis, IN, 2006.
1. Name of the Department- Computer Science Engineering
2. Course Name Internet of
Things
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Brief Syllabus
This course helps students to aware about new Technology. This course covers Microcontroller,
Embedded System and knowledge of latest Software.
9. Learning objectives:
i) Vision and Introduction to IoT. ii) Understand IoT Market perspective. iii) Data and Knowledge Management and use of Devices in IoT Technology. iv) Understand State of the Art – IoT Architecture. v) Real World IoT Design Constraints, Industrial Automation and Commercial Building
Automation in IoT.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): At the end of the course the student will be able to:
i) Understand the vision of IoT from a global context.
ii) Determine the Market perspective of IoT.
iii) Use of Devices, Gateways and Data Management in IoT.
iv) Building state of the art architecture in IoT.
v) Application of IoT in Industrial and Commercial Building Automation and Real-World
Design
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Vision and Introduction to IoT.
M2M to IoT-The Vision-Introduction, From M2M to IoT, M2M towards IoT-the global context, A
use case example, Differing Characteristics
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Understand IoT Market perspective.
M2M to IoT – A Market Perspective– Introduction, Some Definitions, M2M Value Chains, IoT
Value Chains, An emerging industrial structure for IoT, The international driven global value chain
and global information monopolies.
M2M to IoT- An Architectural Overview– Building an architecture, Main design principles and
needed capabilities, An IoT architecture outline, standards considerations
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Data and Knowledge Management and
use of Devices in IoT Technology.
M2M and IoT Technology Fundamentals- Devices and gateways, Local and wide area networking,
Data management, Business processes in IoT, Everything as a Service (XaaS), M2M and IoT
Analytics, Knowledge Management
Understand State of the Art – IoT Architecture. 10 IoT Architecture-State of the Art –
Introduction, State of the art, Architecture Reference Model- Introduction, Reference Model and
architecture, IoT reference Model.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 12
Title of the unit: Real World IoT Design Constraints,
Industrial Automation and Commercial Building
Automation in IoT.
IoT Reference Architecture- Introduction, Functional View, Information View, Deployment and
Operational View, Other Relevant architectural views. Real-World Design Constraints- Introduction,
Technical Design constraints-hardware is popular again, Data representation and visualization,
Interaction and remote control.
Industrial Automation- Service-oriented architecture-based device integration, SOCRADES: realizing
the enterprise integrated Web of Things, IMC-AESOP: from the Web of Things to the Cloud of
Things,
Commercial Building Automation - Introduction, Case study: phase one-commercial building
automation today, Case study: phase two- commercial building automation in the future.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal. https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Jan Holler, Vlasios Tsiatsis, Catherine Mulligan, Stefan Avesand, Stamatis Karnouskos,
David Boyle, “From Machine-to-Machine to the Internet of Things: Introduction to a New
Age of Intelligence”, 1st Edition, Academic Press, 2014.
Reference Books:
i) Vijay Madisetti and Arshdeep Bahga, “Internet of Things (A Hands-on-
Approach)”, 1stEdition, VPT, 2014.
ii) Francis daCosta, “Rethinking the Internet of Things: A Scalable Approach to Connecting
Everything”, 1st Edition, Apress Publications, 2013
1. Name of the Department- Computer science
2. Course Name Software
Project
Management
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite
(if any)
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Brief Syllabus
This course is an introduction to the basic processes of project management for instructional design
projects. Students will be introduced to organizational issues, methods of planning, and techniques for
managing the business and creative processes that determine the success of a project. Students will
learn to use project management software for organizing, scheduling and monitoring project progress.
The experiences provided in the class will provide “real-world” examples and ask students to apply
and expand their student‟s academic program of study. The overall purpose of the class is to blend
theoretical aspects of project management to the pragmatic situations the student will face in industry
or in academic environments. The outcome of the course will provide the foundation for developing
technology-based project plans, management and experience in project management
9. Learning objectives:
The objective of this course is to
i) Define and highlight importance of software project management ii) Describe the software project management activities iii) Train software project managers and other individuals involved in software project iv) Planning and tracking and oversight in the implementation of the software project
management process.
10. COURSE OUTCOMES: On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Describe and determine the purpose and importance of project management from the
perspectives of planning, tracking and completion of project
ii) Compare and differentiate organization structures and project structures
iii) Implement a project to manage project schedule, expenses and resources with the application
of suitable project management tools.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures =
Title of the Unit: Introduction and Software Project
Planning
Fundamentals of Software Project Management (SPM), Need Identification, Vision and Scope
document, Project Management Cycle, SPM Objectives, Management Spectrum, SPM Framework,
Software Project Planning, Planning Objectives, Project Plan, Types of project plan, Structure of a
Software Project Management Plan, Software project estimation, Estimation methods, Estimation
models, Decision process.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the Unit: Project Organization and Scheduling
Unit II: Project Organization and Scheduling Project Elements, Work Breakdown Structure (WBS), Types of WBS, Functions, Activities and
Tasks, Project Life Cycle and Product Life Cycle, Ways to Organize Personnel, Project schedule,
Scheduling Objectives, Building the project schedule, Scheduling terminology and techniques,
Network Diagrams: PERT, CPM, Bar Charts: Milestone Charts, Gantt Charts.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the Unit: Project Monitoring and Control
Dimensions of Project Monitoring & Control, Earned Value Analysis, Earned Value Indicators: 23
Budgeted Cost for Work Scheduled (BCWS), Cost Variance (CV), Schedule Variance (SV), Cost
Performance Index (CPI), Schedule Performance Index (SPI), Interpretation of Earned Value
Indicators, Error Tracking, Software Reviews, Types of Review: Inspections, Deskchecks, Walk
through, Code Reviews, Pair Programming
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the Unit: Software Quality Assurance and
Testing
Testing Objectives, Testing Principles, Test Plans, Test Cases, Types of Testing, Levels of Testing,
Test Strategies, Program Correctness, Program Verification & validation, Testing Automation &
Testing Tools, Concept of Software Quality, Software Quality Attributes, Software Quality Metrics
and Indicators, The SEI Capability Maturity Model CMM), SQA Activities, Formal SQA
Approaches: Proof of correctness, Statistical quality assurance, Clean room process.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the Unit: Project Management and Project
Management Tools
Software Configuration Management: Software Configuration Items and tasks, Baselines, Plan for
Change, Change Control, Change Requests Management, Version Control, Risk Management: Risks
and risk types, Risk Breakdown Structure (RBS), Risk Management Process: Risk identification, Risk
analysis, Risk planning, Risk monitoring, Cost Benefit Analysis, Software Project Management
Tools: CASE Tools, Planning and Scheduling Tools, MS-Project.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal. https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) “Project Management: The Managerial Process with MS” - Clifford F. Gray and Erik W.
Larson, Mc Graw Hill.
Reference Books:
i) Software Project Management - M. Cotterell, Tata McGraw-Hill Publication.
ii) Software Project Management - Royce, Pearson Education
iii) Software Project Management - Kieron Conway, Dream Tech Press
iv) Software Project Management - S. A. Kelkar, PHI Publication
1. Name of the Department- Computer Science Engineering
2. Course Name E-Commerce L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite
(if any)
Web
development
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Brief Syllabus
This course introduces the concepts, vocabulary, and procedures associated with E-Commerce and
the Internet. The student gains an overview of all aspects of E-Commerce. Topics include
development of the Internet and E-Commerce, options available for do-ing business on the Internet,
features of Web sites and the tools used to build an E-Commerce web site, marketing issues, payment
options, security issues, and customer service.
9. Learning objectives: The objective of this course is to:
i) Discuss fundamentals of e-commerce, types and applications. ii) Evaluate the role of the major types of information systems in a business environment and
their relationship to each other iii) Assess the impact of the Internet and Internet technology on business electronic commerce
and electronic business iv) Identify the major management challenges for building and using information systems and
learn how to find appropriate solutions to those challenges. v) Learn strategies for e-commerce, Mobile Commerce, Wireless Application Protocol, WAP
technology and Mobile Information devices.
10. Course Outcomes: At the end of the course student will be able to:
i) Understand the basic concepts and technologies used in the field of management information
systems
ii) Understand the processes of developing and implementing information systems
iii) Be aware of the ethical, social, and security issues of information systems and
iv) Develop an understanding of how various information systems work together to accomplish
the information objectives of an organization
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the Unit: Introduction Ecommerce
Definition of Electronic Commerce, E-Commerce: technology and prospects, incentives for engaging
in electronic commerce, needs of E-Commerce, advantages and disadvantages, framework, Impact of
E-commerce on business, E-Commerce Models.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the Unit: Network Infrastructure For E-
Commerce
Internet and Intranet based E-commerce- Issues, problems and prospects, Network Infrastructure,
Network Access Equipment‟s, Broadband telecommunication (ATM, ISDN, FRAME RELAY).
Mobile Commerce: Introduction, Wireless Application Protocol, WAP technology, Mobile
Information device.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the Unit: Web Security
Security Issues on web, Importance of Firewall, components of Firewall, Transaction security,
Emerging client server, Security Threats, Network Security, Factors to consider in Firewall design,
Limitation of Firewalls.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the Unit: Encryption
Encryption techniques, Symmetric Encryption: Keys and data encryption standard, Triple encryption,
Secret key encryption; Asymmetric encryption: public and private pair key encryption, Digital
Signatures, Virtual Private Network.
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the Unit: Electronic Payments
Overview, The SET protocol, Payment Gateway, certificate, digital Tokens, Smart card, credit card,
magnetic strip card, E-Checks, Credit/Debit card-based EPS, online Banking Application in business,
E- Commerce Law, Forms of Agreement, Govt. policies and Agenda.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E--Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal. https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Ravi Kalakota, Andrew Winston, “Frontiers of Electronic Commerce”, Addison Wesley.
Reference Books:
i) Pete Lohsin , John Vacca “Electronic Commerce”, New Age International
ii) Goel, Ritendra “E-commerce”, New Age International
iii) Laudon, “E-Commerce: Business, Technology, Society”, Pearson Education
iv) Bajaj and Nag, “E-Commerce the cutting edge of Business”, TMH
v) Turban, “Electronic Commerce 2004: A Managerial Perspective”, Pearson Education
1. Name of the Department- Computer Science Engineering
2. Course Name Data Structure
and Algorithms
using C
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd
()
Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Brief Syllabus
The purpose of this course is to provide basic concepts of data structures a nd algorithms. The main
goal of the course is to teach the students how to select and design data structures for algorithms that
are appropriate for problems that they might encounter. This course is also to learn abstracts data
types, graphs, tree and its traversal, and different searching and sorting techniques. This also provides
knowledge of Hashing techniques and Garbage Collection and Compaction.
9. Learning objectives: The objective of this course is to:
i) Introduce the fundamentals and abstract concepts of Data Structures.
ii) Introduce searching, sorting techniques
iii) Learn how concepts of data structures are useful in problem solving.
10. Course Outcomes: The end of the course student will be able to
i) Use and implement appropriate data structure for the required problems using a programming
language such as C/C++.
ii) Analyze step by step and develop algorithms to solve real world problems.
iii) Implementing various data structures viz. Stacks, Queues, Linked Lists, Trees and Graphs.
iv) Understand various searching & sorting techniques.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Introduction: Basic Terminology
Elementary Data Organization, Algorithm, Efficiency of an Algorithm, Time and Space Complexity,
Asymptotic notations: Big-Oh, Time-Space trade-off. Abstract Data Types (ADT)Arrays: Definition,
Single and Multidimensional Arrays, Representation of Arrays : Row Major Order, and Column
Major Order, Application of arrays, Sparse Matrices and their representations. Linked lists: Array
Implementation and Dynamic Implementation of Singly Linked Lists, Doubly Linked List, Circularly
Linked List, Operations on a Linked List. Insertion, Deletion, Traversal, Polynomial Representation
and Addition, Generalized Linked List.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Stacks and Queues: Abstract Data
Type
Primitive Stack operations: Push & Pop, Array and Linked Implementation of Stack in C, Application
of stack: Prefix and Postfix Expressions, Evaluation of postfix expression, Recursion, Tower of Hanoi
Problem, Simulating Recursion, Principles of recursion, Tail recursion, Removal of recursion Queues,
Operations on Queue: Create, Add, Delete, Full and Empty, Circular queues, Array and linked
implementation of queues in C, Dequeue and Priority Queue.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Basic terminology
Binary Trees, Binary Tree Representation: Array Representation and Dynamic Representation,
Complete Binary Tree, Algebraic Expressions, Extended Binary Trees, Array and Linked
Representation of Binary trees, Tree Traversal algorithms: Inorder, Preorder and Postorder, Threaded
Binary trees, Traversing Threaded Binary trees, Huffman algorithm.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Graphs
Terminology, Sequential and linked Representations of Graphs: Adjacency Matrices, Adjacency List,
Adjacency Multi list, Graph Traversal : Depth First Search and Breadth First Search, Connected
Component, Spanning Trees, Minimum Cost Spanning Trees: Prims and Kruskal algorithm.
Transitive Closure and Shortest Path algorithm: Warshal Algorithm and Dijikstra Algorithm,
Introduction to Activity Networks
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Searching
Sequential search, Binary Search, Comparison and Analysis Internal Sorting: Insertion Sort,
Selection, Bubble Sort, Quick Sort, Two Way Merge Sort, Heap Sort, Radix Sort, Practical
consideration for Internal Sorting. Search Trees: Binary Search Trees (BST), Insertion and Deletion
in BST, Complexity of Search Algorithm, AVL trees, Introduction to m-way Search Trees, B Trees &
B+ Trees Hashing: Hash Function, Collision Resolution Strategies Storage Management: Garbage
Collection and Compaction.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal. https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Fundamentals of Data Structures - Horowitz and Sahani, Galgotia Publication
REFERENCE BOOKS:
i) Data Structures Using C and C++ - Aaron M. Tenenbaum, Yedidyah Langsam and Moshe J.
Augenstein, PHI Publications
ii) An Introduction to Data Structures with applications - Jean Paul Trembley and Paul G.
Sorenson, McGraw Hill Publications
iii) Data Structures and Program Design in C - R. Kruse etal, , Pearson Education
iv) Data Structures - Lipschutz, Schaum‟s Outline Series, TMH
1. Name of the Department- Electronics and Communication Engineering
2. Course
Name
Signal
and
System
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisit
e (if
any)
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Eve
n ()
Od
d ()
Eithe
r Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Brief Syllabus
The course covers basic of logic expression, Reduction techniques of Boolean expression.
Knowledge of digital systems design based on combinational and sequential logic is also imparted.
This course further teaches about PLD, Memories and Logic Families.
9. Learning Objectives: On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Verify and analyze the input/output data of each logic gate and circuits such as adders,
counters. ii) Apply the digital circuit design concept in developing basic component of computer
organization, projects or experiments.
10. Course Outcomes:
i) Understanding the different number systems used in computerized system and codes used to
represent the digits and arithmetic operation using each number system and codes.
ii) Enabling students to take up application specific sequential circuit to specify the finite state
machine and designing the logic circuit.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Number System and Boolean algebra
Review of number system, Boolean algebra: De-Morgan‟s theorem, PI & EPI, Expression minimization
using K-maps & Quine McCluskey method, Introduction to Logic Gates and their combinations.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Combinational & Sequential Circuits
Combinational Circuits: Design of adder/subtractors, Comparators, code converters,
encoders/decoders, multiplexers/de-multiplexers, Function realization.
Sequential Circuits: Latches and Flip flops - SR, D, JK and T. Design of Counters and shift registers.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Synchronous & Asynchronous Sequential
Circuits
Finite State Machine, Mealy/Moore Machines. Analysis & design of Synchronous sequential circuits,
Analysis & design of Asynchronous sequential machines
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Programmable Devices & Logic Families
Memories: ROM, RAM, PROM, EPROM, Cache Memories, And PLA, PLD, And FPGA, digital
logic families: TTL, ECL, CMOS.
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) P. Ramakrishna Rao, `Signal and Systems‟ 2008 Ed., Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
Reference Books:
i) Chi-Tsong Chen, `Signals and Systems‟, 3rd Edition, Oxford University Press, 2004
1. Name of the Department- Electronics and Communication Engineering
2. Course
Name
Digital
Electronic
s
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisit
e (if
any)
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Eve
n ()
Od
d ()
Eithe
r Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Brief Syllabus
This subject is about the mathematical representation of signals and systems. The most important
representations we introduce involve the frequency domain – a different way of looking at signals and
systems, and a complement to the time-domain viewpoint. Indeed engineers and scientists often think
of signals in terms of frequency content, and systems in terms of their effect on the frequency content
of the input signal.
9. Learning Objectives: The students will learn and understand
i) Determination of system response for a signal.
ii) Fourier and Z transform techniques as tool for signal analysis.
10. Course Outcomes (COs): On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Demonstrate an understanding of the relation among the transfer function, convolution, and the
impulse response, by explaining the relationship, and using the relationship to solve forced
response problems.
ii) Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between the stability and causality of
systems and the region of convergence of their Laplace transforms, by correctly explaining the
relationship, and using the relationship to determine the stability and causality of systems.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Introduction to Signals & Systems
Definition, types of signals and their representations: continuous-time/discrete-time, periodic/non-
periodic, even/odd, energy/power, deterministic/ random, one dimensional/ multidimensional;
commonly used signals (in continuous-time as well as in discrete-time): unit impulse, unit step, unit
ramp (and their inter-relationships), exponential, rectangular pulse, sinusoidal; operations on
continuous-time and discrete-time signals (including transformations of independent variables)
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Laplace-Transform (LT) and Z-
transform (ZT)
One-sided LT of some common signals, important theorems and properties of LT, inverse LT,
solutions of differential equations using LT, Bilateral LT, Regions of convergence (ROC), One sided
and Bilateral Z-transforms, ZT of some common signals, ROC, Properties and theorems, solution of
difference equations using one-sided ZT, s- to z-plane mapping
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Fourier Transforms (FT):
Definition, conditions of existence of FT, properties, magnitude and phase spectra, Some important
FT theorems, Parseval‟s theorem, Inverse FT, relation between LT and FT, Discrete time Fourier
transform (DTFT), inverse DTFT, convergence, properties and theorems, Comparison between
continuous time FT and DTFT
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Linear Time Invariant
Continuous Time Systems: Linear Time invariant Systems and their properties. Differential
equation & Block diagram representation, Impulse response, Convolution integral, Frequency
response (Transfer Function), Fourier transforms analysis. Discrete Time System: Difference
equations, Block diagram representation, Impulse response, Convolution sum, MATLAB tutorials
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Books:
i) Mano, Morris. "Digital logic." Computer Design. Englewood Cliffs Prentice-Hall (1979).
ii) Kumar, A. Anand. Fundamentals of Digital Circuits 2nd
Ed. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2009.
Reference Books:
i) Floyd, Thomas L. Digital Fundamentals, 10/e. Pearson Education India, 1986.
ii) Malvino, Albert Paul and Donald P. Leach. Digital principles and applications. McGraw-Hill,
1986.
iii) Jain, Rajendra Prasad, Modern Digital Electronics, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2003.
1. Name of the Department- Electronics and Communication Engineering
2. Course
Name
Embedde
d System
L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisit
e (if
any)
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Eve
n ()
Od
d ()
Eithe
r Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Brief Syllabus
Introduces microcontrollers and embedded processors. Gives knowledge of embedded system
programming. Students can independently design and develop a hardware platform encompassing a
microcontroller and peripherals.
9. Learning Objectives
i) To learn the basic concepts of Embedded Systems. ii) To gain an understanding of applications of embedded systems involving real-time
programming of microcontrollers.
10. Course Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Apply the concepts of embedded system.
ii) Design and program for Embedded Systems.
iii) Explain and work on Real time operating systems.
10. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: PIC Microcontroller
Architecture - Features – Resets –Memory Organizations: Program Memory, Data Memory –
Instruction Set – simple programs. Interrupts –I/O Ports –Timers- CCP Modules- Master
Synchronous serial Port (MSSP)- USART –ADC- I2C
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Embedded Processors
ARM processor- processor and memory organization, Data operations, Flow of Control, CPU Bus
configuration, ARM Bus, Memory devices, Input/output devices, Component interfacing, designing
with microprocessor development and debugging, Design Example: Alarm Clock.
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Embedded Programming
Programming in Assembly Language (ALP) Vs. High level language – C program elements, Macros and
Functions – Use of pointers – NULL pointers – use of function calls – multiple function calls in a
cyclic order in the main function pointers – Function queues and interrupt service Routines queues
pointers – Concepts of Embedded programming in C++ - Object oriented programming – Embedded
programming in C++, C program compilers – Cross compiler – optimization of memory codes.
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Real Time Operating Systems
Operating system services –I/O subsystems – Network operating systems –Interrupt Routines in
RTOS Environment – RTOS Task scheduling models, Interrupt – Performance Metric in Scheduling
Models –IEEE standard POSIX functions for standardization of RTOS and inter-task communication
functions–List of Basic functions in a Preemptive scheduler – Fifteen point strategy for
synchronization between processors, ISRs, OS Functions and Tasks – OS security issues- Mobile OS.
14. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
15. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Raj Kamal, Embedded Systems Architecture, Programming and Design, Tata McGraw-Hill,
New Delhi, 2003.ISBN 0-07-049470-3
Reference Books:
i) Wayne Wolf, Computers as Components: Principles of Embedded Computing System Design,
Morgan Kaufman Publishers, 2001.ISBN=0123884365
ii) Frank Vahid and Tony Givargi Embedded System Design: A Unified Hardware/Software
Introduction‟s, John Wiley & Sons, 2000.
iii) John B Peatman, Design with PIC Microcontrollers, Prentice Hall of India,
2007ISBN=0130462136
1. Name of the Department- Electronics and Communication Engineering
2. Course
Name
Sensors L T P
3. Course
Code
3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick
mark)
Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-
requisit
e (if
any)
6. Frequency
(use tick
marks)
Eve
n ()
Od
d ()
Eithe
r Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Brief Syllabus
This course deals with the different type of sensors and transducers. This also describe their role to
know the domain status. It also deals with the process to further processing of sensing elements.
9. Learning Objectives:
i) Educate students to understand the functioning of different types of sensors & their role in order
to sense various parameter. ii) To utilize the status of different signal parameters in the real time application to control the
working.
10. Course Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to
i) Select the correct sensor for a given problem.
ii) And also capable to interface that sensor with the processor for further processing.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Principle of sensing & transduction
Principle of sensing & transduction , classification 1 Mechanical and Electromechanical sensor;
Resistive (potentiometric type): Forms, material, resolution, accuracy, sensitivity; Strain gauge:
Theory, type, materials, design consideration, sensitivity, gauge factor, variation with temperature,
adhesive, rosettes.; Inductive sensor: common types- Reluctance change type, Mutual inductance
change type, transformer action type, Magnetostrictive type, brief discussion with respect to material,
construction and input output variable, Ferromagnetic plunger type, short analysis; LVDT:
Construction, material, output input relationship, I/O curve, discussion; Proximity sensor.
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Capacitive sensors
variable distance-parallel plate type, variable area- parallel plate, serrated plate/teeth type and
cylindrical type, variable dielectric constant type, calculation of sensitivity; Stretched diaphragm type:
microphone, response characteristics; Piezoelectric element: piezoelectric effect, charge and voltage
co-efficient, crystal model, materials, natural & synthetic type, their comparison, force & stress
sensing, ultrasonic sensors..
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the Unit III: Thermal sensors
Thermal sensors: Material expansion type: solid, liquid, gas & vapor; Resistance change type: RTD
materials, tip sensitive & stem sensitive type, Thermistor material, shape, ranges and accuracy
specification;
Thermo emf sensor: types, thermoelectric power, general consideration, Junction semiconductor type IC and
PTAT Type; Radiation sensors: types, characteristics and comparison; Piezoelectric type
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Magnetic sensors
Sensor based on Villari effect for assessment of force, torque, proximity, Wiedemann effect for yoke
coil sensors, Thomson effect, Hall effect, and Hall drive, performance characteristics; Radiation
sensors: LDR, Photovoltaic cells, photodiodes, photo emissive cell types, materials, construction,
response, Geiger counters, Scintillation detectors; Introduction to smart sensors;
12. Brief Description of self learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Sensor & transducers, D. Patranabis, 2nd edition, PHI
Reference Books:
i) Instrument transducers, H.K.P. Neubert, Oxford University press.
ii) Measurement systems: application & design, E. A. Doebelin, Mc Graw Hill.
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name German
Language-I
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
NIL 6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
Basic communication in simple German, Simple conversational phrases, formation of simple
sentences, negative sentences, interrogative sentences, simple vocabulary related to house, family,
common objects, simple prepositions and conjugation of verbs.
9. Learning objectives:
i) Enabled to write/frame simple sentences in day to day Life.
ii) Able to understand communication in German language.
iii) Able to speak simple sentences of day to day Life.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Understanding of the pronunciation of German words.
ii) Introduce them.
iii) Understand simple German conversation.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 09
Title of the unit: Getting to know people
Getting to know people
- Alphabet
- Vocabulary
-Introduction
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Arrival
Arrival
- Pronouns and Verbs
- Question formation
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Seeing the Sights
Seeing the Sights
- Verb conjugation (Grammar)
Kommen , gehen, sagen
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Public Transportation
Public Transportation
-More action Verbs
-Nouns and Articles (grammar )
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Public Transportation
Public Transportation
What to say to the conductor
Some contractions
More action Verbs
On Nouns and Articles (Grammar)
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Barron‟s German (Learn Deutsch) The Fast and Fun Way. Third Edition by Paul and
Heywood Wald, coordinating Editor. 2004
Reference Books:
ii) Deutsch als Fremd Sprache A1 by Dengler, Rusch, Schmitz and Sieber. Klett Langenscheidt,
Munchen. Published by Goyal Publishers.
iii) Lernziel Deutsch: Deutsch als Fremdsprache by Wolfgang Hieber. 2007. Max HueberVerlag
(Max Hueber Publication) Munchen
1. Name of the Department- Mechanical Engineering
2. Course Name German
Language-II
L T P
3. Course Code 3 0 0
4. Type of Course (use tick mark) Core () PE () OE ()
5. Pre-requisite (if
any)
NIL 6. Frequency (use
tick marks)
Even
()
Odd () Either
Sem
()
Every
Sem ()
7. Total Number of Lectures, Tutorials, Practical (assuming 14 weeks of one semester)
Lectures = 42 Tutorials = 0 Practical = 0
8. Course Description
Can understand sentences and commonly used expressions associated with topics directly related to
his/her direct circumstances (e.g., personal information or information about his/her family, shopping,
work, immediate surrounding). Can make him/ herself understood in simple, routine situations
dealing with a simple and direct exchange of information on familiar and common topics. Can
describe his/her background and education, immediate surroundings and other things associated with
immediate needs in a simple way.
9. Learning objectives:
i) Familiar with the basic level of German Language.
ii) Able to understand communication in German language
iii) Can read simple sentences of day to day Life.
iv) Enabled to write/frame simple sentences in day to day Life.
10. Course Outcomes (COs):
i) Understanding of the pronunciation of German words.
ii) Introduce them.
iii) Understand simple German conversation.
11. Unit wise detailed content
Unit-1 Number of
lectures = 09
Title of the unit: Cars and Vans
Cars and Vans, Road signs, At the Car Rental Office, Essential phrases for Drivers, Road signs, At
the service station, The Car, Essential Expressions about your car.
Grammar: The Imperative, Modal Verbs
Unit – 2 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: At the Grocery store
At the Grocery store, how do you say
Grammar: More important Verbs
Unit – 3 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Weather / Season
How is the weather
If today is Tues day, then….
Grammar: Adjective
Unit – 4 Number of
lectures = 10
Title of the unit: Airplanes and Trains
Airplanes and Trains
The Plane, Asking for something, All Aboard
Grammar: Reflexive Pronouns, Direct Object Pronouns -Nouns and Articles (grammar)
Unit – 5 Number of
lectures = 08
Title of the unit: Ordering Food
Ordering Food, Meals / Food , Breakfast, The Table, The main Meal , The Noon meal, To give and
take
12. Brief Description of self-learning / E-learning component
The students will be encouraged to learn using the SGT E-Learning portal and choose the relevant
lectures delivered by subject experts of SGT University.
The link to the E-Learning portal.
https://elearning.sgtuniversity.ac.in/
Journal papers; Patents in the respective field.
13. Books Recommended
Text Book:
i) Barron‟s German (Learn Deutsch) The Fast and Fun Way. Third Edition by Paul and
Heywood Wald, coordinating Editor. 2004
Reference Books:
i) Deutsch als Fremd Sprache A1 by Dengler, Rusch, Schmitz and Sieber. Klett Langenscheidt,
Munchen. Published by Goyal Publishers.
ii) Lernziel Deutsch: Deutsch als Fremdsprache by Wolfgang Hieber. 2007. Max HueberVerlag
(Max Hueber Publication) Munchen
Name of the Department- Centre for languages and Communication
Course Name French language-I (A1.1)
Brief Syllabus
Unit 1
Hi how are you?
Hello
How are you?
Personal pronouns (Grammar)
Reading: my first reading lesson
In a class (Vocabulary)
Articles – definite and indefinite (Grammar)
My first conversation (Speaking)
UNIT-II
Where I‟m from Countries and people (Vocabulary)
Where are you from?
Masculine and feminine (Grammar)
Reading: More years, more languages
Numbers (Vocabulary)
Who are you? (skills)
Talking about my country (Speaking)
My family This is my family (Vocabulary)
This is not my sister
Indefinite Articles (Grammar)
Reading: A great family (Reading)
Partitif, articles contractés (Grammar)
Talking about my family (Speaking)
UNIT-III
My daily routine My week and my day (Vocabulary)
It‟s five O‟clock
Pronouns – personal (Grammar)
What are you doing today? (Reading)
Thank you and please (Vocabulary)
This Sunday I‟m free
Regular and irregular verbs in present (Grammar)
Talking about my daily routine (Speaking)
Free Time The weather (Vocabulary)
Months and seasons
Relative(qui, que,où), y, en (Grammar)
Is it hot, June? (Reading)
My hobbies (Vocabulary)
Verbs – conjugation of regular and irregular verbes (Grammar)
Talking about my free Time (Speaking)
UNIT- IV
At the supermarket Let‟s go to the supermarket (Vocabulary)
Colors
affirmative and negative (Grammar)
At the bar and at the cinema (Reading)
How much does it cost? (Vocabulary)
What is there in the supermarket?
Verbs for food (Grammar)
Talking about food (Speaking)
Review A1.1 My first piece of writing in French (Writing)
First big talk (Speaking)